The post Deploy a VM from the Azure Marketplace appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When we create a new virtual machine within the Azure environment, we can use the Azure Marketplace. Services and software are available in the Azure Marketplace, which you can deploy within an environment. For virtual machines, Windows operating systems, Open source variants and also 3rd party appliances are available.
From the Azure portal, we can view the Azure Marketplace.
The Azure Marketplace from the Azure portal
Search within the Azure Marketplace
For example, search for “Windows”
In this example, I’m going to create my first Windows virtual machine. What do I need to know/have?
Overview of all the different image types of Windows Server in the Azure Marketplace.
Suppose we are going to build a new server based on Windows Server 2022, then we can easily select the right variant in the Azure Marketplace. But what are the differences? Small disk, Azure Edition Hotpatch, Core edition…how do I make the right choice?
A quantity of storage is linked per variant. By default, a virtual machine gets 127 GiB of OS disk. In a number of cases that is too much, for example when you choose the Core edition of Windows. A small(er) OS disk is sufficient. You then choose the option [smalldisk].
The different variants in the Azure Marketplace can also be seen with, for example, Powershell.
Login-AzAccount
Select-AzSubscription -Subscription “###############”
#———————————————
#Set Azure Location
$Location = “West Europe”
$PublisherName = “MicrosoftWindowsServer”
Get-AzVMImageOffer -Location $Location -PublisherName $PublisherName
Connect to the Azure subscription. Then specify the region in which you want to build the virtual machine, for example, Western Europe.
Now the OfferName and PublisherName values are important. All Marketplace images have an Offer, Publisher, SKU, and version. First we will make an overview of all Offers within the Publisher MicrosoftWindowsServer.
Overview of all Offers of publisher WindowsServer.
Here we choose the Offer WindowsServer and make an overview of all SKUs within this Offer.
#———————————————
#Set Azure Location
$Location = “West Europe”
$PublisherName = “MicrosoftWindowsServer”
$OfferName = “WindowsServer”
Get-AzVMImageSku -Location $Location -PublisherName $PublisherName -Offer $OfferName | Select Skus
Overview of all image SKUs of offer MicrosoftWindowsServer
Here we choose 2022-datacenter-azure-edition-hotpatch. As a final step, we can make an overview of all versions within this SKU.
can make an overview of all versions within this SKU.
If you want to deploy the latest version available, then use the variable latest instead of the version number.
All image details at a glance.
Before we can rollout an image from the Azure Marketplace, the Terms must first be accepted.
Get-AzMarketplaceterms -Publisher $PublisherName -Product $OfferName -Name $skuName
The Terms have not yet been accepted for the image in question.
Set-AzMarketplaceTerms -Publisher $PublisherName -Product $OfferName -Name $skuName -Accept
The Terms have been accepted and the image can be rolled out.
The Terraform code for deploying the appropriate image in Azure.
Because we use the Azure Hotpatching image, the patch mode must be indicated in the code.
Since we’re going to use Azure Hot Patching, we need to add another line to the Terraform code (line 64).
The first virtual machine with associated resources was successfully deployed.
The various resources rolled out with Infrastructure as Code.
The new server is running in Azure.
OS disk of server mss-azhp-22-01.
Now let’s rollout the same virtual machine, but with a different image SKU. Namely 2022-datacenter-azure-edition-hotpatch-smalldisk. The virtual machine is named mss-azhp-22-02.
Changed the SKU image to smalldisk.
Overview of the Plan, Offer, and Publisher per server in Azure.
The difference in OS disk size can be clearly seen here.
The number of IOPS (Read/Write operations) is also different
The throughput on the OS disk is different
The cost on the OS disk is different
Deploying a virtual machine in Azure can be done in multiple ways. Ofcourse via the Azure portal, where you can select most of the configuration yourselves. The fastest and most flexible way is through Infrastructure as Code (in this example, Terraform), but it can also be Bicep, Azure Resource Manager, or Powershell. You then have more influence on naming convention of the Azure resources and you can quickly and consistently rollout your virtual machines.
The choice of image SKU is of great importance when designing the workload and associated virtual machines. Determine a number of crucial variables in advance, such as:
If all variables are clear, then rolling out the necessary virtual machines is the last step. Spending a bit of time in preparation is therefore very important. Thansk for supporting my blog and feel free to reach out to me on my socials!
The post Deploy a VM from the Azure Marketplace appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Ignite 2023 Book of News appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download the Microsoft Ignite 2023 Book of News here.
The post Microsoft Ignite 2023 Book of News appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Deploy Microsoft LAPS and Windows LAPS appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>We’ve all heard of Microsoft LAPS. This stands for Local Administrator Password Solution and is already available from Windows Server 2008 R2. With Microsoft LAPS it is possible to periodically and fully automatically change the password of the local administrator account.
Microsoft recently launched Windows LAPS, as a successor to Microsoft LAPS. A number of new functionalities have been added and it is now also part of the Windows Server operating system (from Server 2019 April Update) and Windows 10 and 11.
In this blog post I will show you what steps are needed to implement and activate Microsoft LAPS and Windows LAPS within a Windows server landscape. We look at legacy operating systems (Windows Server 2008 R2, 2012 R2, 2016) and also the more modern operating systems (Windows Server 2019 and 2022). Of course you see the operation of Microsoft LAPS and Windows LAPS in a hybrid situation.
In my situation, I have built an infrastructure in Microsoft Azure. A domain controller based on Windows Server 2022 and five servers based on Windows Server 2008 R2, 2012 R2, 2016, 2019 and 2022.
The entire environment was rolled out with terraform (Infrastructure as Code), so the foundation was built up in a few minutes.
The steps I went through are.
The first step is to prepare your Active Directory environment for Microsoft and Windows LAPS. Download the Microsoft LAPS installer from the Microsoft website and install the tooling.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, 2012 R2, 2016 (legacy)
Update-AdmPwdAdSchemaFor Windows Server 2019 (April Update and higher) and 2022
Update-LapsADSchema
A crucial step in the configuration is setting the right permissions for the computer objects to perform the password reset. You need the DN of the organization unit where your computer objects are located. In my environment, all the servers (legacy and new) are located in the OU ‘Resources / Servers’. If your have multiple OU’s, you need to run the command for every OU. Running the command on top level, all the permissions are inherited to the below OU’s.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, 2012 R2, 2016 (legacy)
Set-AdmPwdComputerSelfPermission -Identity ‘DN of the organizational unit’For Windows Server 2019 (April Update and higher) and 2022
Set-LapsADComputerSelfPermission -Identity ‘DN of the organizational unit’
Okay, so now the Active Directory Schema and permissions are prepared. The next step is to setup the group policy objects. We need two different policies, because Microsoft LAPS and Windows LAPS have there own settings. Let’s take a look at the Microsoft LAPS group policy settings.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, 2012 R2, 2016 (legacy)
Computer Configuration / Administrative Templates / LAPS
Because all of my servers are in the same organization unit and they need different group policies, I’ve created a WMI filter that filters based on the operation system.
Select Name From Win32_OperatingSystem Where Name Like ‘%Windows Server 2008%’ Or Name Like ‘%Windows Server 2012%’ Or Name Like ‘%Windows Server 2016%’
The legacy server ‘mss-2008’ is joined to the domain. Let’s see what is happening when we active the new GPO.
The same thing for Windows Server 2012 R2 and 2016.
To view the newly applied password, you can use the LAPS UI tool, but you can also open the Attribute Editor in Active Directory Users & Computers. Look for the attribute ‘ms-Mcs-AdmPwd’.
Within Windows Server 2019 (April Update) and 2022, Microsoft LAPS in built-in by default. You don’t need to install some agents or extenstions. Also, within the Event Viewer, you can find some LAPS logging to see if all the configuration is working fine.
I’ve joined to newly created servers to my Active Directory environment called ‘mss-2019’ Windows Server 2019 and ‘mss-2022’ Windows Server 2022.
I’ve created a WMI filter that filters based on the operation system.
For Windows Server 2019 (April Update and higher) and 2022
Select Name From Win32_OperatingSystem Where Name Like ‘%Windows Server 2019%’ Or Name Like ‘%Windows Server 2022%’
Next step is to create a group policy for the modern operating systems.
For Windows Server 2019 (April Update and higher) and 2022
Select Name From Win32_OperatingSystem Where Name Like ‘%Windows Server 2019%’ Or Name Like ‘%Windows Server 2022%’
When opening Active Directory Users & Computers, you see directly the ‘LAPS’ tab. Here you can find the local admin usersname and the newly applied password. And yes, you can login with the new account!!
In this post we’ve succesfully prepared our environment for Microsoft LAPS (legacy) and the new Windows LAPS. We’ve configured the right group policies (these are my own settings! Review and choose you’re own baseline).
After the GPO’s are applied, the new settings are live and we can sign-in with RDP to our Windows servers. Hopefully this blogpost was usefull! If you have any questions or comments, please feel free to reach out to me.
The post How to: Deploy Microsoft LAPS and Windows LAPS appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SQL Server 2022 on Windows Server 2022 Core Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Today I’m going to install SQL Server 2022 on Windows Server 2022 Core Azure Edition. In a previous blog I installed ADDS on Windows Server Core edition.
Part 1: Install and configure ADDS on Windows Server Core in Azure
Part 2: Install and configure ADDS on Windows Server Core in Azure
I have done a large number of SQL server implementations in recent years, both in on-prem datacenter and in Azure (IaaS). Now that SQL 2022 is available, I’ve taken a look at the differences compared to previous versions. Installing on Windows Server Core edition is also supported, so I take that scenario as a starting point.
As a basis, it is of course important that an Active Directory environment is available. In my demo environment I ran a domain controller in Azure based on Windows Server 2022 Azure Edition. This server provides the other servers with DNS. The domain is called ‘demo.lab’.
As already mentioned, I performed the SQL Server 2022 installation on a server with Windwos Server 2022 Core edition Azure Edition. For a complete list of available versions of Windows Server 2022, see the link below.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/get-started/editions-comparison-windows-server-2022?tabs=full-comparison
The new SQL server has the following resources:
This is a demo environment, so the sizing of the server is not according to the recommendations. Always make sure you’re making the right sizing for your production environment and workloads.
For an overview of the prerequisites for installing SQL Server 2022, see the link below.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/sql-server/install/hardware-and-software-requirements-for-installing-sql-server-2022?view=sql-server-ver16
I used Terraform to roll out the server. In the variable file (.tfvars) Iused the latest version of the SKU ‘2022-datacenter-azure-edition-core’.
After a few minutes, the new Windows Server 2022 Azure Edition Core is up and running. The first step is to join the server to the Active Directory environment.
## to enable Remote Event Management.
Enable-NetFirewallRule -Displaygroup "Remote Event*"
## to enable Remote Scheduled Tasks.
Enable-NetFirewallRule -Displaygroup "Remote Scheduled*"
## to enable Remote Service Management.
Enable-NetFirewallRule -Displaygroup "Remote Service*"
## to enable Remote Firewall Management
Enable-NetFirewallRule -DisplayGroup "Windows Defender Firewall Remote Management"
## to enable remote Disk Management
Enable-NetFirewallRule -Displaygroup "Remote Volume*" to enable Remote Volume Management
From my management server, I configured the disks, file system type, and partitions through Remote Disk Management (Server Manager)
Download the SQL Server 2022 installation files and copy them to the local drive of your SQL server. In my example ‘C:\_Install’.
Normally, you would start the setup using the ‘.\setup.exe’ command, but on Windows Server Core edition, you get an error.
You can use the ‘.\setup.exe /UIMODE=EnableUIOnServerCore‘ command to enable the graphical user interface, but this didn’t work for me either. I was not able to click on some links within the window.
I performed the installation via the command line. The link below shows all the available installation switches.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/database-engine/install-windows/install-sql-server-from-the-command-prompt?view=sql-server-ver16
This is a demo environment, so the installation is just an example. Always make sure you’re using the right installation switches and values for your production environment.
First, I’ve created a new service account ‘svc_SQL’ and a new security group ‘SQL_Admins’ within my Active Directory environment.
.\setup.exe /q /ACTION=Install /IACCEPTSQLSERVERLICENSETERMS="True" /FEATURES=SQL /INSTANCENAME=MSSQLSERVER /SQLSVCACCOUNT="demo.lab\svc_SQL" /SQLSVCPASSWORD="BM&mdi#hy78^%$#d" /SQLSYSADMINACCOUNTS="demo.lab\SQL_Admins" /AGTSVCACCOUNT="NT AUTHORITY\NETWORK SERVICE" /INSTALLSQLDATADIR="D:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server" /SQLUSERDBDIR="E:\DB" /SQLUSERDBLOGDIR="E:\DBLOGS" /SQLSVCINSTANTFILEINIT="True"
You can find the logging in the following directory.
C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\160\Setup Bootstrap\Log
Now it’s time to wait! The installation of SQL Server 2022 will take some time, it depends on what features will be installed.
A good hardened server has enabled the Windows firewall. It is important that the correct ports are allowed so that the newly installed SQL server is approachable and manageable.
I’ve created a Powershell script to enable the necessary ports within the Windows firewall configuration. You can download that script on my GitHub.
The script called ‘SQL Firewall Ports.ps1’.
When the installation is completed, you can start installing the SQL Management Tools on your management server(s). In my environment, I’m using two management tools:
In the link below you can download the latest version of Azure Data Studio. https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/azure-data-studio/download-azure-data-studio?view=sql-server-ver16&tabs=redhat-install%2Credhat-uninstall
After the installation has completed, the management tools are available.
We can successfully connect through SSMS (SQL Server Management Studio).
And we can also connect through the new Azure Data Studio.
When you want to migrate your SQL databases to Azure SQL or Azure SQL Managed Instance, you can install the ‘Azure SQL Migration’ extension within Azure Data Studio. From here, you can perform an database assessment to see what migration strategy is the best for your environment. After the assessment, you can migrate your databases to Azure.
When you are going to build a new SQL Server 2022 environment, it is definitely advisable to seriously look at Windows Server 2022 Core edition. This version of Windows Server 2022 has a small footprint, requires a restart less often, is optimally tuned for workloads and applications and has a smaller attack surface than the full-fledged Windows Server installation with GUI.
Thank you for reading and for supporting my blog.
The post SQL Server 2022 on Windows Server 2022 Core Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Reduce costs with Azure Spot virtual machines appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Azure Spot VM is an Azure feature that allows you to take advantage of the unused capacity of the underlaying platform. If an host has some capacity compute left, these ‘spots’ will be filled with you Spot enabled virtual machines. When enabling this feature, you receive a discount up to 90 percent of the normal pricing in some cases.
Only pricing and eviction are the differences between Spot enabled virtual machines and the regular virtual machines. The compute, networking, storage, etc are exactly the same. The virtual machine can be attached to a virtual network or a load balancing solution, such as a internal/external load balancer. Also, the management capabilities are exactly the same and are done though the Azure Portal or with Infrastructure as Code (IaC) like Bicep, ARM, Powershell or Terraform.
But what is the main difference between Azure Spot virtual machines and regular virtual machines? Availability! When enabling the Spot feature on your virtual machine, there will be some uninterrupted availability. Microsoft will claim back the unused capacity of the hosts where your Spot enabled virtual machines are running, so customers who are paying the full pricing can allocated that space for their virtual machines. Your Azure Spot enabled virtual machines will be stopped and de-allocated.
There are two eviction options when enabling Azure Spot on your virtual machine.
Capacity Only: Azure will only evict your virtual machine when there is some capacity needed. In this case your Spot virtual machine will be stopped (de-allocated) so other regular virtual machines can start.
Price or Capacity: in this scenario, Azure evict your virtual machine when the pricing of the Spot VM exceeds the configured threshold during the creation of your virtual machine or Azure needs compute capacity for regular virtual machines.
You can enable the Spot feature when creating the virtual machine. You can do this through the Azure Portal, but you can also do this using Infrastructure as Code (IaC). For example: ARM, Bicep or Terraform. In this blogpost, I’m using Terraform to enable Azure Spot on my virtual machine.
You can configure two eviction policies, Stop / Deallocate or Delete. When using stop/deallocate, the Spot enabled virtual machine will be stopped and deallocated. You can manually start the VM at any time, available of the unused compute capacity, the VM will start. Otherwise there is no unused capacity and your VM will not be started.
When you choose Delete, your VM will be stopped and deleted.
Important note! Only the machine configuration will be deleted, the disk(s) and network interface(s) not. You will be charged for the used disk storage.
There are some restrictions of Azure Spot enabled virtual machines.
For example, the B-serie VM size is excluded. Also the NV, NC, H serie and promo VM series are excluded. You can find a complete overview of the supported machine series in the link below.
Azure Spot Virtual Machines – Pricing | Microsoft Azure
All free Microsoft Azure subscriptions are excluded for the Spot feature. Also subscription linked to an MPN or Partner Agreement are excluded. Supported subscriptions include Enterprise Agreements, PayG (Pay-as-you-Go) and NCE/CSP (New Commerce Experience or Cloud Solution Provider).
Azure Spot enabled virtual machines only supports the regular disk storage, no ephemeral disks (local storage).
It is not possible to convert a regular virtual machine to a Spot enabled virtual machine or the other way, converting a Spot enabled virtual machine to a regular virtual machine. You can delete the virtual machine configuration, create a new virtual machine and attach the disks and network interface to the new machine.
Important note! Depending on your workload, there is a risk of uninterrupted availability. So in any scenarios, please make the business case of using Azure Spot VM. For some mission critical workloads, you definitely NOT want to use Azure Spot VM. But in case of a Dev/Test environment, where you want to test some applications or software, in is pretty good to use Azure Spot VM. You have the benefits of low pricing compute costs and the massive functionality of the Azure platform.
Let’s start configuring an Azure Spot VM using Terraform. In this scenario I have deployed two virtual machines. One regular virtual machine with Azure Hybrid Benefit (license) enabled and one Azure Spot enabled virtual machine with Azur Hybrid Benefit (license) enabled. Later in this blog we will take a look from the cost perspective and the differences in pricing.
resource "azurerm_windows_virtual_machine" "vm" {
admin_username = var.vm_username
admin_password = "${data.azurerm_key_vault_secret.vmpassword.value}"
# var.vm_password
location = var.location
name = var.vm_name
network_interface_ids = [azurerm_network_interface.netinterface.id]
resource_group_name = var.vm_rg_name
license_type = "Windows_Server"
secure_boot_enabled = true
provision_vm_agent = true
size = var.vm_size
tags = {
Environment = var.tag_environment
Workload = var.tag_workload
}
timezone = var.vm_timezone
vtpm_enabled = true
zone = var.vm_avzone
priority = "Spot"
eviction_policy = "Deallocate"
os_disk {
name = "${var.vm_name}-osdisk"
caching = "ReadWrite"
storage_account_type = var.vm_storage
}
source_image_reference {
offer = var.offer
publisher = var.publisher
sku = var.sku
version = "latest"
}
boot_diagnostics {
storage_account_uri = data.azurerm_storage_account.vm_bootdiag.primary_blob_endpoint
}
}
I’m using exact the same Terraform module for both virtual machine, but in the first one I removed line 72 and 73 for Azure Spot VM. After deploying both virtual machines, this is the result.
The virtual machine types are exactly the same (Standard_D2as_v5), both with an OS disk of 127 GiB. The first VM has OS Hybrid Benefit enabled. The second VM has OS Hybrid Benefit enabled and Spot VM enabled with eviction policy Stop/Deallocate. Both servers are running Windows Server 2022 Azure Edition and have Secure Boot, vTPM and Trusted Launch enabled.
After a few days, we can take a look in Azure Cost Management, so we can see our scenario from a cost perspective. Here we can see the differences between a regular virtual machine and a Azure Spot enabled virtual machine.
I’ve created two little dashboards within Cost Management. The first one (light-blue) is the compute cost of virtual machine ‘mss-hb-001’ with only Azure Hybrid Benefit enabled. The second one is the compute cost of virtual machine ‘mss-hbspot-001’ with Azure Hybrid Benefit and Spot enabled.
As you can see, the compute costs are much lower for the Spot enabled virtual machine. In the next screenshots you can see that the attached disks pricing is the same for both virtual machines. This is because Azure Spot is only reducing the compute costs.
Azure Spot virtual machine is a great feature to enabled in some cases. When using Infrastructure as Code, you can easily enable this feature with a couple lines of code. Make sure you don’t enable this feature for mission critical virtual machines or workloads, because you can have uninterrupted availability.
Thanks for reading this blog.
The post Reduce costs with Azure Spot virtual machines appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Part 2 – Azure Privileged Identity Management (PIM) for Groups appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Sign in to the Azure portal and navigate to Azure Active Directory and select Groups. Find the right group, in this example the previously created group ‘PIM-for-Groups-example-group’. Select Privileged Access (Preview), then Settings.
Select Member and configure the desired settings here.
The configuration is divided into 2 parts. The upper part the properties for activation, the lower part for logging and auditing. To change settings, select Edit.
It is important to think carefully about how long a role may be activated. In this example, we opted for 8 hours. As mentioned, Azure MFA is required. New in preview is Azure AD Conditional Access authentication context, more on this later in a new blog.
It is a choice to have a short description and ticket information entered by the users during activation. Later in this blog post you can see the result of this.
Note! It is strongly recommended to have a request for approval sent to a person or several people within the organization. Think, for example, of a security officer. Only if approval is given, the activation will be carried out.
For now, the configuration is ready and we can see what steps a user needs to take to activate his or her roles.
Sign in to the Azure portal with the user wo wants to activate PIM for Groups and navigate to Azure AD Privileged Identity Management. Select Groups (Preview) and find the appropriate group that has PIM for Groups enabled and that the user is a member of ‘PIM-for-Groups-example-group’.
To activate, select Activate.
Here you can see that the user must apply additional authentication, as we have configured on the PIM group.
After applying MFA, in my case with number matching and filling in a ticket number and short description, PIM is activated in the background. If all steps have been completed successfully, the browser will be automatically refreshed and PIM will be active.
We can check the status of the PIM activation by navigating to Azure Privileged Identity Management, then Group (Preview) and select Active Acssignments. Here you can see that the PIM for groups is active for the duration as specified in the configuration.
If you have finished performing work earlier, the PIM activation can be deactivated manually. This can be done by selecting Deactivate .
If you search for the relevant user within the Azure Active Directory and then look in Assigned Roles, the relevant roles are also visible.
In this two-part blog we have seen what PIM for Groups is, how we can start with it, what is involved in configuring, what settings are recommended and what steps a user must perform when activating a PIM group.
Thanks for reading this blog. If you have any questions or want to know more about PIM for Groups, feel free to send me a message. Also take a look at the blog of my colleague Mike van den Brandt, Modern Workplace Consultant at Ictivity. He is involved in making the world digitally safer on a daily basis!!
The post Part 2 – Azure Privileged Identity Management (PIM) for Groups appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Part 1 – Azure Privileged Identity Management (PIM) for Groups appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>PIM for Groups is part of the Azure Active Directory Privileged Identity Management. With PIM for Groups users can activate membership or ownership of an Azure AD security group or Microsoft 365 group. These groups can be used to assign access to for example Azure AD roles or Azure roles.
When using Azure PIM with PIM for Groups, you’re following the Microsoft best practices of ‘least privileged’ strategy.
There are some prerequisites when starting with PIM for Groups.
When all the above prerequisites are in-place, we can start configuring PIM for Groups.
Open the Azure Portal https://portal.azure.com
Navigate to Azure Active Directory / Groups
Select New group
Choose the group type Security or Microsoft 365 (both are supported)
Give the new group a name and description
Set the Azure AD roles can be assigned to the group to enabled
For now we don’t select any roles, we’re going to configure this later
Select Create
Search for the new created group and open the properties
Navigate to Privileged access (preview) and select Enable Azure AD PIM for this group
After enabling PIM for Groups, we need to assign the Roles to this group.
Navigate to Assigned Roles and select Add Assignment
Select the right roles or multiple roles
On the Settings tab, you can select the assignment. Is this example we select Eligible. You can also choose to let the eligible assignment expire after a period of time, but for now we select Permanently eligible.
The next step is to create a Eligible Assignment. Navigate to Privileged access (Preview) and select Add assignment
On the Select role choose Member
Select the user in your Azure AD who needs this eligible permission
In the next part (Part 2) we are going to configure some settings of the eligible assignment, modify the default settings and login with the user and activate the eligible assignment through the user perspective.
Thanks for reading this blog! If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me.
The post Part 1 – Azure Privileged Identity Management (PIM) for Groups appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to enable hidden Education Themes for Windows 11 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open ‘regedit’
2.) Navigate to:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\PolicyManager\current\device
3.) Create a new ‘Key’ with the value ‘Education’
4.) Create a new ‘DWORD (32-bit) Value’ with the value ‘EnableEduThemes’
5.) Set the value to ‘1’ (Hexadecimal)
6.) Restart your device
7.) After restarting your device, make sure you’re connected to the Internet
Windows 11 will now download the new hidden Education Theme on your device. To enable the new theme, start ‘Personalization’ in Settings or hit ‘Windows + I’.
The post How to enable hidden Education Themes for Windows 11 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Install and configure ADDS on Windows Server 2022 Core in Azure (Part 2) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The first thing I always tell you is, you DON’T HAVE to do anything, but my advice is to do it. Especially for a number of crucial server roles.
Some advantages of Windows Server Core edition at a glance:
· It’s faster (less services running, no overhead, no graphical user interface)
· More secure
· It’s modern
· Less disk space required
· Smaller footprint
· Smaller attack surface
· Faster deployment
On Windows Server 2022 with a graphical user interface, there are 210 installed services. On the Windows Server Core edition, there are just 127 installed services. That’s a big difference of 83 services.
On Windows Server 2022 with a graphical user interface, there are 73 running services. On Windows Server Core edition, there are just 66 running services. That’s a difference of 7 servies.
On Windows Server 2022 with a graphical user interface, the installation of the operating system uses around the 13 GB of space.
The Windows Server Core edition, just uses arount the 9 GB of space for the operating system.
In performance, there is a little difference on ‘normal’ usage of the server. The memory usage on Server Core edition is around the 1,6 GB and 2,1 on the graphical version. The CPU load is also a little less as you can see.
The choice of whether or not to deploy Windows Server Core within the infrastructure depends on a number of things. First of all, the workload or application must be suitable to run on Server Core. This is certainly not the case for all applications or server roles.
Especially for crucial server roles, such as domain controllers, it is advisable to use Server Core. It offers a number of advantages, which contributes to a more stable and secure environment.
And with Remote Server Administration Tools (RSAT), Microsoft Management Console (MMC), Windows Admin Center or Arc, a Windows Server with core edition is easy to manage.
The post Install and configure ADDS on Windows Server 2022 Core in Azure (Part 2) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Install and configure ADDS on Windows Server 2022 Core in Azure (Part 1) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>I’ve used some ARM templates to deploy my two domain controllers in Azure, based on Windows Server 2022 Core edition. These servers are in a separate subnet within my Azure environment. In this example, Í’ve two domain controllers, mss-dc-core001 and mss-dc-core002.
The first step is to configure the following things:
After logging in to the first domain controllers, there’s just one big black screen with ‘SCONFIG’ open, that’s all!
The next step is to prepare the data partition on our second disk to place the ADDS database, NETLOGON and SYSVOL directories. For this configuration, we are using DISKPART. We have created a new volume on the second disk It’s drive D: with 16 GiB storage and disk caching is disabled.
After the first configuration of the servers, we are ready to start the installation of the necessary services and features. Press ‘15’ to enter Powershell.
Install-windowsfeature -name AD-Domain-Services -IncludeManagementTools
Install-ADDSForest -DomainName “network.lab” -DomainMode 7 -ForestMode 7 -DatabasePath “D:\NTDS” -SYSVOLPath “D:\SYSVOL” -LogPath “D:\Logs”
Because we are using Windows Core edition, we don’t have any graphical management tools on the domain controllers. Therefore, we have installed the Remote Server Administration Tools or RSAT on a management server.
Here we can start ‘Active Directory Users & Computers’ to take a look into our new created Active Directory environment.
Install-windowsfeature -name AD-Domain-Services, DNS -IncludeManagementTools
Install-ADDSDomainController -DomainName “network.lab” -DatabasePath “D:\NTDS” -SYSVOLPath “D:\SYSVOL” -LogPath “D:\Logs” -Credential (Get-Credential “network.lab\azlocadmin”)
Now we have two active domain controllers in our Active Directory environment, based on Windows Server 2022 Core edition.
Create a Central Store for your group policy ADMX and ADML files. Copy all the files from:
”C:\Windows\PolicyDefinitions” to “\\network.lab\SYSVOL\network.lab\Policies\PolicyDefinitions”.
Open the Group Policy Editor again and see if the policy definitions are loaded from the Central Store.
Wrap up:
We have created two domain controllers in Azure, based on Windows Server 2022 Core edition (no graphical user interface). We have created a new Active Directory Forest with a single domain ‘network.lab’. And last we have created the Central Store for storing the group policy definitions (ADMX and ADML) files.
In the next parts we are going to harden some security settings, configure Log Analytics for monitoring and configure Azure Backup for Back-up and Disaster Recovery.
The post Install and configure ADDS on Windows Server 2022 Core in Azure (Part 1) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free eBook – How to Get the Most Out of Windows Admin Center – Second Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>With so much functionality, figuring out where to focus is key. Whether you’re just setting out with Windows Admin Center or wanting to realize its full potential, start with Altaro’s free 160+ page second edition eBook, How To Get The Most Of The Windows Admin Center.
Written by Microsoft Cloud & Datacenter Management MVP Eric Siron, it covers the latest developments like the Control Azure Stack HCI, use of WinRM over HTTPs and integration with Azure Monitor, amongst others. It’s a comprehensive guide on everything from installation methods and security considerations to integrating Windows Admin Center into an existing environment. There is even a brief history lesson along with a comparison to alternatives so you should get a solid overview of Windows Admin Center, why chose it and how to work with it.
An all-new server management experience when it was introduced, Windows Admin Center modernized administrative activities with a centralized HTML 5 web application. Just add servers, clusters, desktops, and Azure virtual machines into a personalized, persistent interface, and manage their roles, features, software, registry, PKI certificates, and more. And with Microsoft’s latest investment into the Windows Admin Center and new functionality, there is now even more server management power to work with.
Learn to simplify and optimize your server management tasks – Download your free eBook now!
The post Free eBook – How to Get the Most Out of Windows Admin Center – Second Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Enable Azure Hybrid Benefit with Azure Resource Manager (ARM) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>By adding the line below to your ARM template, the Azure Hybrid Benefit is enabled.
The post Enable Azure Hybrid Benefit with Azure Resource Manager (ARM) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Remove DVD drive on Azure virtual machine appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The DVD drive is not needed in some situations, for example on domain controllers. This type of servers you want to harden the security as much as possible. So, for domain controllers we’re deploying in our customer environments, we want to disable the DVD drive.
We run the following command when deploying new domain controllers in Azure.
## Disable DVD drive
Set-ItemProperty -Path HKLM:\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\cdrom -Name Start -Value 4 -Type DWord
After this step, reboot the server and your DVD drive is gone!
The post Remove DVD drive on Azure virtual machine appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Error: ‘User failed validation to purchase resources’ when deploying a virtual machine appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>So, let’s take a look at the legal terms, also using Powershell. I’ve used a couple of variables.
$azureVmPublisherName = "MicrosoftWindowsServer"
$azureVmOffer = "microsoftserveroperatingsystems-previews"
$azureVmSkus = "windows-server-2022-azure-edition-preview"
$Version = "latest"
Get-AzMarketplaceTerms -Publisher $azureVmPublisherName -Product $azureVmOffer -Name $azureVmSkus
As you can see, the legal terms are not accepted yet!! With a small Powershell command, we can accept the legal terms.
Get-AzMarketplaceTerms -Publisher $azureVmPublisherName -Product $azureVmOffer -Name $azureVmSkus | Set-AzMarketplaceTerms -Accept
Now you’re good to go!!
The post Error: ‘User failed validation to purchase resources’ when deploying a virtual machine appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Use Azure Bastion to access your virtual machine in Azure appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This way of connecting takes place over the Internet, which entails a great security risk. In many environments we see jumpbox or stepping stone servers, which are placed in the DMZ. These servers can be accessed from the Internet, and from these servers a connection can be made to a server or multiple servers on the internal network.
Such an arrangement is not safe, unmanageable and vulnerable. Azure Bastion is a great addition to facilitate a secure connection to a virtual machine in Azure. Azure Bastion integrates into the Azure portal, requiring multi-factor authentication. The virtual machines do not need to have a public IP address, so they are not accessible directly from the Internet.
Azure Bastion is a fully managed, autoscaling and hardened PaaS service, to provide you secure RDP and SSH connectivity. It is easy to configure in just a few steps. By using virtual network peering, it’s possible to easily add Azure Bastion to an existing configuration in Azure.
Now you can securely connect through Azure Bastion to a virtual machine running RDP or SSH. As you can see, the virtual machine I’m connecting to has no public IP address, only a internal IP address.
The post Use Azure Bastion to access your virtual machine in Azure appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post PowerCLI: An Aspiring Automator’s Guide appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Automating vSphere is particularly useful for countless applications and the best way is through PowerCLI – a version of PowerShell developed specifically for VMware. Learn how to develop your own PowerCLI scripts with this free 100+ page eBook from Altaro, PowerCLI: The Aspiring Automator’s Guide.
Written by VMware vExpert Xavier Avrillier, this eBook presents a use-case approach to learning how to automate tasks in vSphere environments using PowerCLI. We start by covering the basics of installation, set up, and an overview of PowerCLI terms. From there we move into scripting logic and script building with step-by-step instructions of truly useful custom scripts, including how to retrieve data on vSphere objects; display VM performance metrics; how to build HTML reports and schedule them; the basics on building functions; and more!
Stop looking at scripts online in envy because you wish you could build your own scripts.
Get started on your path to automation greatness – Download the eBook now!
The post PowerCLI: An Aspiring Automator’s Guide appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post This World Backup Day, WIN with Altaro! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>As World Backup Day approaches, we’re reminded of all the mishaps, backup scares, and near-catastrophes that we’ve experienced over the years – and how grateful we were to have backup during those times!
If you use Microsoft 365/Office 365, Hyper-V or VMware, celebrate with us. All you have to do is sign up for a 30-day free trial of either Altaro VM Backup or Altaro Office 365 Backup – it’s your choice!
What can you win?
· Receive a guaranteed €20 Amazon voucher when you sign up for and use the trial of Altaro Office 365 Backup or Altaro VM Backup
· Get a chance to WIN one of our Grand Prizes when you tell us about your funniest IT catastrophe!
What are you waiting for? Sign up now!
The post This World Backup Day, WIN with Altaro! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Ignite Cloud Skills Challenge 2021 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>During this month (March 2021), you can do the ‘Microsoft Ignite Cloud Skills Challenge to earn a free Microsoft Exam voucher for the following exams:
AZ-104: Microsoft Azure Administrator
DP-100: Designing and Implementing a Data Science Solution on Azure
MS-700: Managing Microsoft Teams
MS-100: Microsoft 365 Identity and Services
MS-101: Microsoft 365 Mobility and Security
DA-100: Analyzing Data with Microsoft Power BI
SC-200: Microsoft Security Operations Analyst
SC-300: Microsoft Identity and Access Administrator
SC-400: Microsoft Information Protection Administrator
This is a great opportunity to raise your knowledge and get one Microsoft exam for free!
You can find register and find more information about the challenge in the link below!
https://csc.docs.microsoft.com/ignite/officialrules/March2021
The post Microsoft Ignite Cloud Skills Challenge 2021 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Ignite 2021 ‘Book of News’ appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Just like every Microsoft Ignite, the book of news is announced! It is your digital guide to all the new announcements Microsoft is making, including all the details. It presents news about Microsoft Azure, Security, Microsoft 365, Power Platform and more.
The post Microsoft Ignite 2021 ‘Book of News’ appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Insider Preview: Windows Server 2022 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download Window Server 2022 insider preview here.
You can download the: ISO, VHDX, Microsoft Server Language Pack/Features on Demand and Windows Admin Center.
I already installed the new Insider Preview and here are some first pictures.
The post Insider Preview: Windows Server 2022 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to check what features are installed on your SQL environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can use also automate this steps, to use this very simple command!
Go to your SQL environment and browse to the following directory (it depends per SQL version)
* SQL Server 2012 (110)
* SQL Server 2014 (120)
* SQL Server 2016 (130)
* SQL Server 2017 (140)
* SQL Server 2019 (150)
’%programfiles%\Microsoft SQL Server\110\Setup Bootstrap\SQL2012” from the command prompt. Run the command:
’setup.exe /ACTION=RunDiscovery’
By default, there will be created a new file called ‘Summary.txt’, with the configuration of your SQL environment, cluster or AOAG if you’re using Always-On Availability Groups.. Not very usefull and readable. Not very readable, so now Powershell comes in!
Start Powershell and run the following command:
Get-Content “<location of your summary.txt file>. Now you get a report!!
The post How to check what features are installed on your SQL environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free ebook ‘Azure for Architects’ appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You’ll find all the answers in this great free ebook ‘Azure for Architecs’.
The post Free ebook ‘Azure for Architects’ appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Ignite 2021 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>I’m really looking forward to visit this digital event.
MyIgnite – Your home for Microsoft MyIgnite
The post Microsoft Ignite 2021 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SysAdmin Horror Stories – FREE eBook appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Last year’s ebook, SysAdmin Horror Stories Vol1 by Altaro, highlighted some of SysAdmins’ funniest and most horrifying stories. It proved so successful, that Altaro decided to produce a second edition this year: they’ve gathered some more real-life stories to share with you, that are both funny and horrific!
We all know that a SysAdmin’s job is no easy task, and apart from constantly having systems to update, bugs to fix and users to please, SysAdmins encounter all sorts of situations throughout their careers. From tech situations to funny anecdotes, terrible mishaps or incidents with colleagues, this eBook includes real stories of what SysAdmins go through on a daily basis.
It’s very easy to download as no registration is required. Click on Download and it’s yours. It includes more than 20 short stories but this one is my personal favourite .
Download your FREE copy today & Happy Halloween!
The post SysAdmin Horror Stories – FREE eBook appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Ignite 2020 Digital Swag Kit appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>BUT….Microsoft has created a digital swag kit, including cool wallpapers, Teams background, social media stickers, your digital badge and even some great things for the kids.
You can download the digital swag kit here.
The post Microsoft Ignite 2020 Digital Swag Kit appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Ignite 2020 ‘Book of news’ appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>If you’re not going to watch all the sessions, but you only want to know all the new announcements, start reading the ‘Book of news’. This document will give you an overview of all the new stuff. Happy reading!
Download the Book of news.
The post Microsoft Ignite 2020 ‘Book of news’ appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Take a selfie at Microsoft Ignite 2020 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>https://teamsatignite.virtualbooth.co/
Always cool to make a selfie!!
The post Take a selfie at Microsoft Ignite 2020 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Enable Accelerated Networking using Azure Cloud Shell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Accelerated Networking provides consistent ultra-low network latency via Azure’s in-house programmable hardware and technologies such as SR-IOV. By moving much of Azure’s software-defined networking stack off the CPUs and into FPGA-based SmartNICs, compute cycles are reclaimed by end user applications, putting less load on the VM, decreasing jitter and inconsistency in latency.
Please double check the supported operating systems and VM sizes in the following documentation links to check the availability of this feature.
In 3 simple steps, we will learn to enable accelerated networking to an existing VM using Azure Cloud Shell (within the Azure Portal). Execute the following steps.
First stop/deallocate the VM
Once stopped, enable Accelerated Networking on the NIC of your VM:
Restart your VM. It’s that simple, isn’t it?
The post Enable Accelerated Networking using Azure Cloud Shell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Backup Best Practices in Action – The Backup Bible Part 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The first eBook in the series was published earlier this year and focused on how to create a robust backup strategy including the key stakeholders you’ll need to deal with and the questions you’ll need to ask yourself to prepare yourself for a potential data loss event.
Part 2 – Backup Best Practices in Action – follows on from this starting point explaining how to implement this strategy and showing the reader what secure backup looks like on a day-to-day basis.
The eBook is focused on providing practical implementation using actionable steps in each section providing the reader with the knowledge to bring the theory to life. It covers:
· Choosing the Right Backup and Recovery Software
· Setting and Achieving Backup Storage Targets
· Securing and Protecting Backup Data
· Defining Backup Schedules
· Monitoring, Testing, and Maintaining Systems
· And More!
The Backup Bible is an essential resource for anyone who manages data on a daily basis. For any business, data is your lifeline. A significant data loss can cause irreparable damage. Every company must ask itself – is our data properly protected?
You can download both part 1 and part 2 for free right now! The final part of the series, on disaster recovery, will be released later this year. By accessing the available parts, you’ll automatically receive the final eBook direct to your inbox when it is released later this year!
What are you waiting for? Get your eBook now!
The post Backup Best Practices in Action – The Backup Bible Part 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Improvements to Azure VM backups are now available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>For more details, please read our documentation
For more details, please read our documentation.
All the above features are generally available in all Azure regions.
The post Improvements to Azure VM backups are now available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free eBook – The Backup Bible appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>It’s the perfect description for backup yet to this day so many companies don’t have an adequate backup & disaster strategy in place for when the worst-case scenario happens. Just how well are you protecting your vital data?
The Backup Bible, a free eBook from Altaro, guides you through the stages of preparing for, responding to, and recovering from a substantial data loss event, which can otherwise be disastrous for a company of any size.
This eBook is the first instalment of a 3-part series comprising the complete guide to data protection. It covers how to get started with disaster recovery planning; how to set recovery objectives and loss tolerances; how to translate your business plan into a technically oriented outlook; how to create a customized agenda for obtaining key stakeholder support; and the essentials to setting up a critical backup checklist.
The second and third parts in the series will be released later this year but by downloading the first part, you’ll automatically receive the other eBooks in your inbox as soon as they become available!
Whether you’re just starting to put together a backup and disaster strategy or you want to make sure your current plan is up to scratch, every IT admin needs to read The Backup Bible.
The post Free eBook – The Backup Bible appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Enable Azure Accelerated Networking appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can enable this feature during initial creation of the VM, on the networking tab, you will see “Enable Accelerated Networking”. If you are unable to enable, then it is not compatible on your chosen Azure VM size. If you need to enable this feature after VM creation you will require to do so through powershell as it is not yet supported in the portal. You can do this simply with the below commands after deallocating the Virtual Machine.
Login-AzureRmAccount
$nic = Get-AzureRmNetworkInterface -ResourceGroupName “YourResourceGroupName” -Name “YourNicName”
$nic.EnableAcceleratedNetworking = $true
$nic | Set-AzureRmNetworkInterface
Then proceed to start the Virtual Machine and Accelerated Networking will be enabled.
The post Enable Azure Accelerated Networking appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post ALTARO Software – Webinar appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>According to reports, since COVID-19 forced millions to work remotely, hackers have been taking this opportunity to exploit new vulnerabilities that have arisen. If your business uses Microsoft 365 or Office 365 to support remote workers, you need to be sure your security is as strong as it can be to avoid becoming another statistic in the coronavirus hackers hit list.
Office/Microsoft 365 has a serious amount of in-built security measures, but it’s not straight forward to enable them and ensure they are all configured correctly for your requirements. A free upcoming webinar from Altaro on May 27th is a must-attend event for all users of Office/Microsoft 365, even more so due to current concerns over COVID-19 exploits.
Presented by Microsoft MVP Andy Syrewicze and Altaro Technical Consultant and former Microsoft Senior Technical Evangelist Symon Perriman, this live demo webinar covers security features in the Office 365 stack that every administrator should be using including Azure AD, EMS Suite, Secure Score, Licensing for Security Features, and more!
As usual, Altaro hosts the webinar live twice on the same day to give as many people as possible the chance to attend live and ask their questions to the presenters. The first is at 3pm CEST/ 9am EDT/6am PDT and the second at 7pm CEST/ 1pm EDT/ 10am PDT. Both sessions have the same content so just choose the session with the best time for you. I’ll be attending so I’ll see you there!
Webinar Title: Critical Security Features in Office/Microsoft 365
Date: Wednesday, May 27, 2020
Time: Webinar presented live twice on the day.
Choose your preferred time:
· 3pm CEST / 6am PDT / 9am EDT
· 7pm CEST / 10am PDT / 1pm EDT
The post ALTARO Software – Webinar appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Nakivo Backup & Replication 9.3 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The installation is really straightforward. It is possible to install Nakivo Backup and Replication on Windows, Linux, virtual appliance (VMware and Hyper-V), on NAS devices as well, like QNAP, Synology, NETGEAR and even on a Raspberry Pi. You can find the list of supported devices and hardware here. Also the deployment requirements for Nakivo Backup and Replication.
Oracle backup and restore – there is integration with Oracle RMAN to backup and restore your Oracle databases, using the native Oracle tools. You can schedule and automate your backups.
Backup to cloud – you can send backup copies directly to the cloud (AWS EC2 or Microsoft Azure)
Protect physical, virtual and cloud environments – support for AWS, VMware, Hyper-V, Office 365, Nutanix AHV cluster, physical machines (Windows and Linux)
P2V – backup physical machines and recover it to a virtual machine, like VMDK, VHD or VHDX.
Backup Office 365 mailboxes – backup user mailboxes and recover single items in the origional mailbox, or in a different mailbox
Cross-platform Recovery – export your virtual machine in the desired format and recover it on your hypervisor (VMware or Hyper-V)
Support for Windows Server 2019 – also support for Windows Server 2019, including Hyper-V Server and cluster environtments
Performance – creat performance optimizations like Advanced Bandwith Throtteling, Deduplication, LAN-Free Data Transfer, Network Acceleration using multiple transporter instances
Nakivo Backup and Replication offers a huge variety of application and platform integrations. ensuring that your critical data, applications and workloads are safe.
Nakivo Backup and Replication is a really powerfull and easy to manage backup and recovery solution. The setup is easy, with a great performing webinterface/GUI. It supports a lot of different platforms and cloud environments. Hopefully support for Microsoft Azure workloads will come in the future, but at this moment it is not possible. Support for backup and restore Oracle databases is really powerfull!!
You can get Nakivo 15 days trial and you’re up and running within 2 minutes.
NAKIVO Backup & Replication – Installation, Configuration, and Backup
The post Nakivo Backup & Replication 9.3 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Celebrate World Backup Day & WIN with Altaro! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>If you manage your company’s Office 365 data, celebrate this World Backup Day with Altaro. All you have to do is sign up for a 30-day free trial of Altaro Office 365 Backup. If you share your biggest backup mishap with them, you get a chance to WIN one of the Grand Prizes:
· DJI Mavic Mini Drone FlyCam Quadcopter,
· Google Stadia Premiere Edition,
· Ubiquity UniFi Dream Machine
· Logitech MX Master 3 Advanced Wireless Mouse.
And guess what? For any eligible subscription they give you a guaranteed Amazon voucher!
What are you waiting for? Sign up now!
Good luck & happy World Backup Day!
The post Celebrate World Backup Day & WIN with Altaro! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post FREE eBook – The SysAdmin Guide to Azure Infrastructure as a Service appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Many system administrators have been working with on-premises infrastructure for their whole careers so moving to a cloud-based environment can feel like a leap of faith. However, making the leap to Azure doesn’t have to be daunting. With the right preparation it can be a smooth transition, consistent with your current on-premises configuration.
This free eBook written by veteran IT consultant and Microsoft Certified trainer Paul Schnakenberg covers all aspects of setting up and maintaining a high-performing Azure IaaS environment. It starts from the very basics, introducing key terms and features you need to get started, including migration, and goes on to explain everyday maintenance and best practices before covering more advanced features.
To get the best results from this eBook, it is recommended to follow along with the step-by-step tutorials using your own Azure subscription. If you don’t currently have access, the eBook explains how to set up a free 30-day trial alongside $200 worth of Azure resources to use and 12 months of additional free resources!
Altaro consistently delivers high-quality eBooks that are packed full of valuable guidance for system administrators and this latest eBook is no exception. If you currently use Azure IaaS or are planning to use it, this is an awesome free resource that you definitely should not miss.
Download your free eBook today
The post FREE eBook – The SysAdmin Guide to Azure Infrastructure as a Service appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Altaro Free Webinar appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Microsoft Azure Certifications Explained – A Deep Dive for IT Professionals in 2020
It’s common knowledge, or at least should be, that certifications are the most effective way for IT professionals to climb the career ladder and it’s only getting more important in an increasingly competitive professional marketplace. Similarly, cloud-based technologies are experiencing unparalleled growth and the demand for IT professionals with qualifications in this sector are growing rapidly. Make 2020 your breakthrough year – check out this free upcoming webinar hosted by two Microsoft cloud experts to plan your Azure certification strategy in 2020.
The webinar features a full analysis of the Microsoft Azure certification landscape in 2020, giving you the knowledge to properly prepare for a future working with cloud-based workloads. Seasoned veterans Microsoft MVP Andy Syrewicze and Microsoft cloud expert Michael Bender will be hosting the event which includes Azure certification tracks, training and examination costs, learning materials, resources and labs for self-study, how to gain access to FREE Azure resources, and more.
Altaro’s webinars are always well attended and one reason for this is the encouragement for attendee participation. Every single question asked is answered and no stone is left unturned by the presenters. They also present the event live twice to allow as many people as possible to have the chance of attending the event and asking their questions in person!
For IT professionals in 202, and especially those with a Microsoft ecosystem focus, this event is a must-attend!
The webinar will be held on Wednesday February 19, at 3pm CET/6am PST/9am EST and at again 7pm CET/10am PST/1pm EST. I’ll be attending so I’ll see you there!
The post Altaro Free Webinar appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Merry Christmas and a happy new year!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Veeam;
Altaro;
Vembu;
2020 will be a great year, with a lot of great content, blogposts, products and community power.
The post Merry Christmas and a happy new year!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free eBook – SysAdmin Horror Stories appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>We all know that a SysAdmin’s job is no easy task and apart from constantly having systems to update, bugs to fix and users to please, SysAdmins encounter all sorts of situations throughout their careers. From tech situations to funny anecdotes, terrible mishaps or incidents with colleagues, this eBook includes real stories of what SysAdmins go through on a daily basis.
The eBook is very easy to download as no registration is required. Click on Download and it’s yours. It includes more than 25 short stories but this one is our personal favourite .
The post Free eBook – SysAdmin Horror Stories appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free webinar – Office 365 or Microsoft 365? Which is the Perfect Platform for You? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Many people still don’t know the difference between Office 365 and Microsoft 365 and to be honest it’s not immediately clear because the names don’t really give much away. However, for businesses, and those managing IT environments, it’s important to understand the implications of choosing one over the other.
Luckily, Altaro are hosting a free webinar presenting the two options, their respective merits, and to ultimately help you figure out which is best for you. As with all Altaro webinars, questions are highly encouraged so if you want to directly address which package suits the specifics of your environment during the session, you can feel free to ask!
The webinar will be presented by Microsoft MVP Andy Syrewicze and Microsoft Certified trainer and Consultant Paul Schnackenburg on October 1st and registration is completely free.
All webinar attendees will also receive a free 50+ page eBook on Office/Microsoft 365 containing critical user information! To receive the eBook, all you need to do is attend the webinar – Save your seat
The webinar will be presented live twice on October 1st so you have two chances to attend.
· First session: 2pm CEST/8am EDT/5am PDT
· Second session: 10pm CEST/4pm EDT/1pm PDT.
It’s a nice touch from Altaro to present the webinar twice and enable as many people to join live. I will be attending the webinar, so I’ll see you there! – Save your seat!
[GM1]Could you please add this link with a nofollow attribute?
https://www.altaro.com/webinars/office-365-microsoft-365.php?LP=markswinkels-Article-webinar-EN&Cat=SC&ALP=webinar-webinar-office-365-microsoft-365-markswinkels&utm_campaign=webinar-office-365-microsoft-365&utm_medium=sc&utm_source=markswinkels&utm_content=sponsored-webinar&utm_contentid=webinar-office-365-microsoft-365
The post Free webinar – Office 365 or Microsoft 365? Which is the Perfect Platform for You? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Running WordPress in your virtual machine appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this example I’m going to setup a new wordpress environment, running on my surfacebook (Hyper-V) in Windows Server 2019. This are the steps you need to take:
After all these steps, your new website is up and running. You can also configure some NAT rules in your firewall to publish the website to the Internet. If you need any content from your ‘live’ website, you can copy the content to your ‘offline’ website and test, develop and change your website.
The post Running WordPress in your virtual machine appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Disaster Recovery and Replication for Hyper-V VMs using Altaro VM Backup appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>If you are responsible for virtualized workloads using Hyper-V, ensuring the highest possible availability and minimising downtime should be one of your biggest priorities. Experiencing a loss in a business-critical application or service can result in an interruption in services affecting the ability to carry out work and affect your reputation as a reliable service provider.
Altaro VM Backup is a fast, reliable, and easy to use backup solution for virtualized workloads and features disaster recovery (DR) and replication which can drastically reduce downtime when the unexpected occurs. Altaro prides itself on its industry-leading support, however, knowing the basics of DR and replication can be hugely valuable in getting the most out of the software.
This whitepaper explains how to secure critical business operations and ensure availability of critical VMs in your infrastructure using Altaro and Public Cloud technologies. It covers everything you need to get started including:
· Defining RPOs and RTOs
· How to set up replication and conduct the initial replication
· How to monitor replication jobs
· How to failover to a DR site
The post Disaster Recovery and Replication for Hyper-V VMs using Altaro VM Backup appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Vembu SysAdmin Appreciation Day survey appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>With this in mind, we would like to know the importance of SysAdmins & how their roles are evolving. Please spend a couple of minutes in sharing your opinion and stand a chance to win Amazon gift vouchers.
The post Vembu SysAdmin Appreciation Day survey appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Webinar: Azure Security Center: How to Protect Your Datacenter with Next Generation Security appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The webinar covers:
· Azure Security Center introductions
· Deployment and first steps
· Best practices
· Integration with other tools
· And more!
Being an Altaro-hosted webinar, expect this webinar to be packed full of actionable information presented via live demos so you can see the theory put into practice before your eyes. Also, Altaro put a heavy emphasis on interactivity, encouraging questions from attendees and using engaging polls to get instant feedback on the session. To ensure as many people as possible have this opportunity, Altaro present the webinar live twice so pick the best time for you and don’t be afraid to ask as many questions as you like!
There are certain topics in the IT administration world which are optional, but security is not one of them. Ensuring your security knowledge if ahead of the curve is an absolute necessity and becoming increasingly important as we are all becoming exposed to more and more online threats every day. If you are responsible for important workloads hosted in Azure, this webinar is a must.
How to Protect Your Datacenter with Next Generation Security
Date: Tuesday, 30th July
Time: Webinar presented live twice on the day. Choose your preferred time:
● 2pm CEST / 5am PDT / 8am EDT
● 7pm CEST / 10am PDT / 1pm EDT
The post Webinar: Azure Security Center: How to Protect Your Datacenter with Next Generation Security appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post ExpertsLive 2019 NL aftermovie appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post ExpertsLive 2019 NL aftermovie appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Webinar: Vembu ‘How to create a Backup & Disaster Recovery Plan that works?’ appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Webinar: Vembu ‘How to create a Backup & Disaster Recovery Plan that works?’ appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Organizations can now back up and restore their Office 365 mailboxes with ease. appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Altaro Office 365 Backup enables customers to back up and restore all their company’s Office 365 mailboxes on an annual subscription. It automatically backs up Office 365 mailboxes to a secure cloud backup location on Altaro’s Microsoft Azure infrastructure and enables users to centrally manage and monitor their backups through a cloud-based management console.
Altaro successfully entered the Office 365 backup market a few months ago with its solution that enables managed service providers (MSPs) to provide their customers with Office 365 backup, recovery and mailbox backup storage services. The channel-focused company is now also extending this offering for use by businesses and organizations who do not wish to subscribe to an MSP model, and to the IT consultants and resellers that service them.
As part of their data protection strategy, it is crucial that businesses back up their Office 365 mailboxes: Microsoft does not back up Office 365 subscriber data, so companies risk losing critical data due to malicious or accidental incidents, such as mailbox deletion and malware attacks.
Altaro’s latest solution meets this need by providing customers with reliable and constant backup and recovery services for Office 365 mailboxes – emails, attachments, contacts and calendars – coupled with automatic storage to Altaro’s Azure infrastructure.
For one all-inclusive annual or multi-year fee, Altaro Office 365 Backup customers receive backup and recovery services, backup storage services, access to the cloud console for centralized backups management, and outstanding 24/7 support from a team of experts.
This means customers can avoid the headache and expense of setting up local storage infrastructure or software to save backups to. Additionally, thanks to the product automatically backing up the mailboxes several times per day, customers can literally set it and forget it.
“Many Office 365 subscribers wrongly assume that their data is backed up as part of the Microsoft package – but this is not the case, as Office 365 was not intended to be a data protection tool. This means several organizations out there are currently vulnerable to data loss risks,” said David Vella, Altaro CEO.
“This is where Altaro Office 365 Backup comes in, providing robust backup, recovery, and backup storage and management services that customers can rely on,” he explained. “We’ve built on our backup expertise and proven track record in the industry to help set Office 365 subscribers’ minds at rest.”
Resellers, consultants and organizations wishing to try the solution can do so for free and with no commitment for 30 days, by registering here.
The post Organizations can now back up and restore their Office 365 mailboxes with ease. appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free eBook – How to Get the Most Out of Windows Admin Center appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>If you already use Windows Admin Center, there’s probably a lot more to it than you realize. For those just starting out, a guidebook is the ideal way to ensure you use it properly. How to Get the Most Out of Windows Admin Center covers all you need to get started and maximize its potential.
In this free 84-page eBook from Microsoft Cloud & Datacenter MVP Eric Siron, you’ll learn everything about the free Microsoft management tool, Windows Admin Center, from the basics of requirements, to installation, optimization, configurations, managing extensions and more!
Windows Admin Center (formally Project Honolulu) is a browser-based app that is designed to help users easily manage servers and Windows 10 PCs. It can be used to manage clusters or even single severs which means it’s something admins of all levels should be keen to ensure they are following best practices. Although the tool is accessible, it’s importance means you won’t want to leave any stone unturned and this comprehensive guide accomplishes that.
This eBook is brought to you by Altaro, producers of the award-winning Altaro VM Backup. Trusted by over 40,000 businesses, Altaro VM Backup is a fast, affordable, high performance backup and replication solution. It cuts the waste and hassle found in most other backup providers to provide an agile, streamlined solution that is easy to use and with outstanding support as part of the package. Download your free 30-day trial today
The post Free eBook – How to Get the Most Out of Windows Admin Center appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free e-book ‘Inside Azure Management’ appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free e-book ‘Inside Azure Management’ appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free Windows Admin Center Webinar from Altaro appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Windows Admin Center is a powerful suite of management tools that was released along with Windows Server 2019, however with such a large number of features it can be difficult for regular Windows Server administrators to know what to focus on. This webinar, presented by Microsoft MVPs Andy Syrewicze and Eric Siron, is designed to do exactly that and demonstrate live the features of Windows Admin Center that give the greatest benefit to managing Windows Server!
How to Manage Windows Server Like a Boss will be held on April 9th and as always the webinar will be presented live twice at 2pm CEST/8am EDT/5am PDT and at 7pm CEST/1pm EDT /10am PDT. The reason they go through it all twice is to try and cater for live audiences on both sides of the Atlantic. Both sessions have the same content so it’s just a way of enabling as many people as possible to attend live and have the opportunity to ask questions while the guys present the content!
I’ll be attending the event and if you run Windows Server then this is a must-attend event for you too! Join me and save your seat today
Webinar Title: How to Manage Windows Server Like a Boss with Windows Admin Center
Presenters: Andy Syrewicze (Microsoft MVP) and Eric Siron (Microsoft MVP)
Date: Tuesday, April 9, 2019
Session 1: 2pm CEST / 8am EDT / 5am PDT
Session 2: 7pm CEST / 1pm EDT / 10am PDT
Save your seat for the webinar!
The post Free Windows Admin Center Webinar from Altaro appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Ignite The Tour Amsterdam appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>My focus was Azure IaaS, security, governance and cost control within Azure. Of course there was a lot more to see, but this event was only 2 days, so I’ve had to make choices!
Microsoft has published the slide decks online, so you can download these now! (click)
Hoppefully I’ll be present the next year at this great event!!
The post Microsoft Ignite The Tour Amsterdam appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Recordings webinar How to Supercharge your Infrastructure with Azure IaaS appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Very powerfull webinar, with a lot of fun and live demos! They also tackled several important use cases suggested by the IT community!
Special thanks to Altaro Software. Also thanks to Thomas and Andy for this great webinar!
The post Recordings webinar How to Supercharge your Infrastructure with Azure IaaS appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Celebrate World Backup Every Day and WIN the CONTEST! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>On this occasion, they’re launching this contest where you might win an Oculus Rift & Touch Virtual Reality System! Let’s hope you’ll be the lucky winner, but if not, they’re giving free eGift Amazon cards as well for all the valid entries. So, for those who want to give it a try, this seems to be a good time to do it.
To enter the contest, click here. Good luck and happy backup!
The post Celebrate World Backup Every Day and WIN the CONTEST! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Restricting RDP access to Azure virtual machines appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can restrict RDP access on just that IP addresses you want, so you can limit the access. So for example, you can limit your company IP address and maybe you home address to access the specific VM in Azure.
To restrict access, I’ve created a NSG (Network Seciruty Group) with the following configuration:
1.) Create a new Inbound security rule with a priority of 4095 (every digit below the default of 65000 is fine!!)
2.) Configure the following rule:
Priority: 4096
Name: Deny-RDP-Access
Source: Service Tag
Source service tag: Internet
Source port ranges: *
Destination: VirtualNetwork
Destination port ranges: 3389
Protocol: TCP
Action: Deny
3.) Configure a second rule:
Priority: 4095
Name: Allow-RDP-Access
Source: IP Addressess
Source IP Addressess/CIDR ranges: YOUR IP ADDRESSESS
Source port ranges: *
Destination: Any
Destination port ranges: 3389
Protocol: TCP
Action: Allow
Now you can test your new configuration. RDP access is only allowed from your custom IP addressess!!
The post Restricting RDP access to Azure virtual machines appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove ‘old’ RDS server from farm appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Install SQL Management Studio on your RDS Connection Broker and connect to the following server name:
\\.\pipe\MICROSOFT\##WID\tsql\query
Create a new query:
SELECT TOP 1000 [Id],[Name] FROM [RDCms].[rds].[Server]
Here you can see all your servers in your RDS Farm. Notice the Id of your ‘old’ server. In this example it is server ‘RDS-01’ with ID 2.
Create a new query:
use RDCms;
delete from rds.RoleRdsh where ServerID = ‘2’;
Start Powershell on your RDS Broker server and type:
Get-RDServer
Now you can open your Server Manager again and manage your RDS Farm!
The post How to: Remove ‘old’ RDS server from farm appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install Exchange 2019 on Windows Server 2019 Core Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Windows Server Core is just a command line interface, that’s all. There’re many advantages of using Windows Server Core edition, for example:
* Small footprint
* Less Windows Updates to install
* Less reboots needed after Windows Updates
* Reduced attack surface
* Less disk space required
* Reduced management
With the release of Exchange Server 2019, Windows Server Core is also supported!! YEAH!!!
This step is really easy. Just hit next, next, next and finish!
Hit CTRL+ALT+DELETE, type the local administrator password and login to your server. After this, you can start configuring the server using SCONFIG.
Configure the network configuration using SCONFIG or Powershell.
Assign a static IP:
New-NetIPAddress -InterfaceIndex 6 -IPAddress 172.16.1.100 -PrefixLength 16 -DefaultGateway 172.16.1.101
Configure a DNS Server:
Set-DNSClientServerAddress -InterfaceIndex 6 -ServerAddress "172.16.1.100"
Enable Remote Desktop:
cscript C:\Windows\System32\Scregedit.wsf /ar 0
Use the following PowerShell command to install the OS component required for Microsoft UCMA 4.0 and the OS component required for Active Directory Preparation.
Don’t forget to switch to powershell
Install-WindowsFeature Server-Media-Foundation, RSAT-ADDS
From an admin workstation, download the following software and copy it over to the Server Core we are preparing for the Exchange installation (for example C:\_Install)
* Visual C++ Redistributable Packages for Visual Studio 2013
Install UCMA (Microsoft Unified Communications Managed API 4.0)
The UCMA installable is present on the Exchange Server 2019 media itself. Use the following PowerShell command to mount the Exchange Server media:
The UCMA installable is located under the “UCMARedist” folder on the Exchange Server 2019 .ISO. Start the UCMA installation:
Do not reboot the server just yet; join the computer to an AD domain and then reboot it.
* Rename the computer to 2019-EX01
* Add the computer to domain homelab.local
Add-Computer -DomainName homelab.local -NewName 2019-EX01 -DomainCredential homelab\administrator
Use the following PowerShell command to restart the computer:
Restart-Computer –Force
After rebooting the server mount the Exchange .ISO image.
Use the following command to start Exchange Server installation. The PowerShell command will also install the required OS components for Exchange:
.\Setup.exe /m:install /roles:m /IAcceptExchangeServerLicenseTerms /InstallWindowsComponents
Once Exchange is installed, you can launch the Exchange Management Shell using LaunchEMS command from the command line.
You can also start the Exchange Management Console from a different server using the URL below:
https://2019-EX01.homelab.local/ecp
The post How to: Install Exchange 2019 on Windows Server 2019 Core Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Happy New Year…!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>2019 will be a great year, with a lot of great content, blogposts, products and community power.
I wish you all a happy, healthy and great 2019!!
The post Happy New Year…!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Vembu BDR Suite v4.0 Generally Available (GA) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>My attention goes sepcially to Hyper-V backup, because I’m a real Microsoft geek!!
This is only just a bunch of new features and major features in the new Vembu BDR Suite v4.0. Check the release notes here.
Personally I’m realy happy with the Hyper-V Failover Cluster Support!! In my daily job I’m designing and building a lot of Hyper-V environments, inclusing huge and complex clusters.
The whole team from Vembu did a realy great job with the new release of Vembu BDR Suite v4.0. Great enhancements, great new features and realy easy to use! With the new features, new major features, enhancements and support for cluster environments, Vembu BDR Suite v4.0 is a very powerful solution for backup and disaster recovery.
Vembu BDR Suite v4.0 is available only for fresh installation. Soon it will also be available for existing environments to upgrade from older versions.
The post Vembu BDR Suite v4.0 Generally Available (GA) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Altaro Dojo forums appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Some info on how people can use the forum can be found here.
Please register on the forum and share your knowledge with other IP pros! Let’s make some community!
I want to become a ‘Ninja’. Let’s go!!!
The post Altaro Dojo forums appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Special offer for Halloween on Vembu BDR Suite appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Special offer for Halloween on Vembu BDR Suite appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Live Demo Webinar: Windows Server 2019 in Action appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>So you’ve heard all about Windows Server 2019 – now you can see it in action in a live demo
webinar on November 8th!
The last WS2019 webinar by Altaro was hugely popular with over 4,500 IT pros registering for
the event. Feedback gathered from that webinar and the most popular features will now be
discussed and tested live by Microsoft MVP Andy Syrewicze. And you’re invited!
This deep-dive webinar will focus on:
• Windows Admin Center
• Containers on Windows Server
• Storage Migration Service
• Windows Subsystem for Linux
• And more!
Demo webinars are a really great way to see a product in action before you decide to take the
plunge yourself. It enables you to see the strengths and weaknesses first-hand and also ask
questions that might relate specifically to your own environment.
With the demand so high, the webinar is presented live twice on November 8th to help as
many people benefit as possible. The first session is at 2pm CET/8am EST/5am PST and the
second is at 7pm CET/1pm EST/10am PST.
With the record number of attendees for the last webinar, some people were unable to attend
the sessions which were maxed out. It is advised you save your seat early for this webinar to
keep informed and ensure you don’t miss the live event.
Save your seat!!
The post Live Demo Webinar: Windows Server 2019 in Action appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Upgraded my homelab!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>So let’s rock and create some virtual machines running Windows Server 2016 and 2019!!
And this setup is fast….realy fast!! The boot tinme of a virtual machine running Windows Server 2019 is around the 5 seconds!!
The post Upgraded my homelab!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Ignite 2018 – Book of News appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This document contains information on all the announcements made at Microsoft Ignite 2018, including:
Download the full document here (or click the big picture below).
The post Microsoft Ignite 2018 – Book of News appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Example failover scenarios with Windows Server 2019 S2D cluster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Now the full infrastructure is up and running, and the first guest virtual machine is a live, it’s also nice to take a view on some failover scenarios! In the following examples, you can see the high availability and resiliency of a Storage Space Direct (S2D) cluster. It’s realy, realy, realy powerfull and absolute the feature of virtualization!!
The following scenarios I’m going to cover:
Scenario 1 – Live Migration:
This feature is already present in the previous versions of Hyper-V and it’s realy powerfull to migrate a virtual machine to another Hyper-V host without any downtime!
Scenario 2 – Pause a Hyper-V cluster node:
In this scenario I’m going to ‘pause’ a Hyper-V cluster node with the ‘drain roles’ option. This can be for maintenance, for example: Patching, firmware updates, driver updates or just investigate some issues within Windows.
As you can see, in my two node S2D cluster, we can ‘pause’ one of the Hyper-V cluster nodes and the virtual machine is still up and running!!
Scenario 3 – Power Off a Hyper-V cluster node:
In this scenario I’m going to simulate a power failure or hardware failure, just to ‘Power Off’ on of the Hyper-V cluster nodes! The virtual machine is saved for a couple of seconds, migrated to the other Hyper-V node and started again!
With also with a hardware or power failure, the impact and downtime is that much!! Because the power of Storage Spaces Direct (S2D), your workloads are maximum protected and available!!
Wrap Up:
In this blogpost you’ve seen some scenarios with Storage Space Direct (S2D) in Windows Server 2019. Here you can see the high availability and resiliency of a Storage Spaces Direct infrastructure. Realy powerfull and it meets all your needs for your virtualization environment.
The post Example failover scenarios with Windows Server 2019 S2D cluster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Build a virtual S2D cluster with Windows Server 2019 build 17744 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this blogpost, I’ll deploy a two node S2D cluster based on Windows Server 2019 build 17744. The main machine is a HP ProBook 450 G5 with Windows 10, 16 GB memory, 512 GB SSD disk, and Hyper-V enabled.
First of all, I’ve deployed the following virtual machines:
All the servers are installed with Windows Server 2019 build 17744. The first server I’ve configured is the domain controller. My internal domain is s2dlab.local.
For both S2D nodes (S2D-W2019-HV01 and S2D-W2019-HV02), you’ve to configure some additional settings, because this servers are virtual. So we’re going to run Hyper-V in Hyper-V and on that Hyper-V host there’re some guest virtual machines (nested virtualization) Cool stuff!!!
$S2DHOST1 = 'S2D-W2019-HV01'
$S2DHOST2 = 'S2D-W2019-HV02'
# List all virtual machines
Get-VM
# Enable nested virtualization on virtual machines
Set-VMProcessor -VMName $S2DHOST1 -ExposeVirtualizationExtensions $true
Set-VMProcessor -VMName $S2DHOST2 -ExposeVirtualizationExtensions $true
Next, you’ve to Configure the following settings within the VM configuration:
Now the domain controller is up and running and both S2D nodes are installed and configured with Windows Server 2019, it’s time to add some storage. Both servers have 3 x 50 GB virtual disks attached! Note!! this is only for testing and demo!!
So we’ve 300 GB storage available for our S2D cluster. After this is done, you can install the following roles and features within Windows Server:
Now all the components are ready to build the cluster. It’s recommended to run the cluster validation before building your cluster! The name of my cluster is ‘S2D-CL01’ with IP address 172.16.0.200/16. Note!! Uncheck the option ‘Add all eligible storage to the cluster’!!
The cluster is up and running. As you can see within your Active Directory and DNS configuration, there’re three computer objects (two cluster nodes and one Failover Cluster object).
The last step before enabling ‘S2D’ on our cluster is checking the disk configuration.
# List all available disks within the cluster nodes
Get-PhysicalDisk
# Enable Storage Spaces Direct on the cluster
Enable-ClusterS2D
# List all Storage Pools within the S2D cluster
Get-Storagepool S2D*
Now our cluster is Storage Spaces Direct (S2D) enabled. The last step is to create a virtual disk within our Storage Pool and add it as a Cluster Shared Volume (CSV) to the cluster, wo we can store workloads on it! Bacause we’ve a two node cluster, the only Resiliency type is Two-Way Mirror.
Wrap Up:
In this blogpost we’ve builded a two nodes virtual Storage Spaces Direct cluster in Hyper-V (Windows 10). The S2D nodes are running Windows Server 2019. It’s really a nice opportunity to run this configuration virtual on your laptop or desktop, while nested virtualization is supported and it works great!!
In the next blogpost I’ll show you to install and configure a virtual machine within our S2D cluster. Also performing some live migrations to show the high availability and resiliency of our setup!
The post Build a virtual S2D cluster with Windows Server 2019 build 17744 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Webinar – What’s new in Windows Server 2019 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Windows Server 2019 Webinar
With Microsoft Ignite just around the corner, Windows Server 2019 is set to get its full release and the signs look good. Very good.
Unless you’re part of the Windows Server insider program – which grants you access to the latest Windows Server Preview builds – you probably haven’t had a hands-on experience yet
with Windows Server 2019 but the guys over at Altaro have and are preparing to host a webinar on the 3rd of October to tell you all about it.
The webinar will be held a week after Microsoft Ignite so it will cover the complete feature set included in the full release as well as a more in-depth look at the most important
features in Windows Server 2019.
Whenever a new version of Windows Server gets released there’s always a lot of attention and media coverage so it’s nice to have an hour-long session where you can sit back and let
a panel of Microsoft experts cut through the noise and give you all the information you need.
It’s also a great chance to ask your questions direct to those with the inside knowledge and receive answers live on air.
Over 2000 people have now registered for this webinar and I’m going to be joining too. It’s free to register – what are you waiting for?
The post Webinar – What’s new in Windows Server 2019 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post WIN – SysAdmin Day Contest – WIN appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post WIN – SysAdmin Day Contest – WIN appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Experts Live NL 2018 Intro Movie appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Experts Live NL 2018 Intro Movie appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post 3 Tools for Automating Deployments in the Era of the Modern Hybrid Cloud appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post 3 Tools for Automating Deployments in the Era of the Modern Hybrid Cloud appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Failover Hyper-V cluster nodes with mixed Upper & Lower case names appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>There’s is only one option to have all your cluster nodes in Upper case names within the failover cluster manager, you’ll have to use the command line! For example:
cluster.exe /cluster:<name of the cluster> /add /node:<name of the node in UPPER case>
For this command to work, you’ve to install ‘Failover Cluster Command Interface’.
The post Failover Hyper-V cluster nodes with mixed Upper & Lower case names appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Where are my ‘Windows Themes’ in Windows 10 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>But where are those Windows Themes saved on my computer? After some search, I’ve found the wallpapers in:
%LocalAppData%\Microsoft\Windows\Themes\Community\
You can download some great Windows Themes here.
The post Where are my ‘Windows Themes’ in Windows 10 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Happy New Year…. appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>There it is!! The last day of 2017!!
With a few hours to go, 2018 is there!! 2017 was a fantastic year. A lot of community power and great new products! The number of visitors on my blog is growing every day, so hopefully this will continue in 2018.
I want to thank all the sponsors for the support on my blog!! Without this great sponsors this blog would not be possible, so again many thanks!! Also special thanks to all the visitors on my blog!
I wish you all a happy, healthy and great 2018!!
The post Happy New Year…. appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Azure 101 Cards and Interactive Sites appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>
The post Microsoft Azure 101 Cards and Interactive Sites appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Great updates in the Vembu BDR Suite!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Unveiling the perpetual licensing:
With launching the latest perpetual licensing, we look forward to availing more flexibility with the pricing. The Vembu BDR Suite which was earlier at the subscription pricing model will now be available at perpetual licensing, thereby helping IT environments fulfil their requirements that would cost less over time.
Vembu provides pricing flexibility by unveiling Perpetual Licensing Option
Introducing the brand New Service Program:
In the aim of setting firm footprints across the globe by catering one of the most comprehensive backup and disaster recovery solution at an affordable pricing, Vembu unfolds it’s New Service Provider Program that would provide service providers a great scope for huge benefits and discounts with the Vembu BDR Suite v3.8.0.
Vembu Announces New and Customer-centric Service Provider Program
Vembu complying with the EU GDPR:
Addressing customers’ concern have always been Vembu’s top priority. The Vembu BDR Suite does comply with the new regulation and will make the users the real data owner. Complying with industry standards and policies has always been one of Vembu BDR Suite’s core attributes and the GDPR is no exception as well.
The post Great updates in the Vembu BDR Suite!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows System State Backup to Azure with Azure Backup is generally available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Follow the four simple steps below to start protecting Windows Servers using Azure Backup.
The post Windows System State Backup to Azure with Azure Backup is generally available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Download Microsoft Ignite 2017 session content appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download the script from Microsoft Gallery here.
\Get-IgniteSession.ps1 -DownloadFolder C:\Ignite2017 -Keyword "IaaS"
The post Download Microsoft Ignite 2017 session content appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Ignite 2017 Orlando, Florida!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The main focus for this week is, Microsoft Azure (IaaS and PaaS). Hope to see you guys in Florida!! If you want to meet somewhere, please contact me by e-mail or Twitter! @Mark_Swinkels.
The post Microsoft Ignite 2017 Orlando, Florida!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Azure Architecture Center overview appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The Microsoft Azure Architecture Center is the place when you want to start building Cloud Services in Azure or to start using Hybrid Cloud technologies.All the things you need to know are available within the Azure Architecture Center:
Start here your Microsoft Cloud Journey with Azure Architecture Center
The post Microsoft Azure Architecture Center overview appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Veeam – 750 euro in FREE Cloud Services appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>By using a VCSP, customers can avoid the cost and complexity of building and maintaining an off-site infrastructure while meeting their business and regulatory requirements for off-site backup and disaster recovery.
Extend Availability to the Cloud with Veeam Cloud Connect and Veeam partners to ensure your business remains Always-On!
The post Veeam – 750 euro in FREE Cloud Services appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post 5nine AzSec for Azure Security appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>5nine AzSec is an intuitive standalone application that creates, maintains and manages inbound/outbound traffic rules for virtual machines in Azure. Firewall log data is collected, displayed and managed in a central console.
5nine Cloud Security with AzSec is a bundled offering that includes 5nine Cloud Security and 5nine AzSec. This integrated solution enables hybrid cloud administrators to manage firewall rules, alerts and logs across Azure and Hyper-V environments from a single access point.
The post 5nine AzSec for Azure Security appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post List all VM sizes in Microsoft Azure per Location appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Very powerful to have an overview when choosing the right virtual machine within Microsoft Azure IaaS.
## Login to your subscription using PowerShell
Login-AzureRmAccount
## List all VM sizes in Location 'West Europe'
Get-AzureRmVMSize -Location 'West Europe'
The post List all VM sizes in Microsoft Azure per Location appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Implementing Storage Spaces insides Azure Virtual Machines appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>View all VM sizes in Microsoft Azure:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/virtual-machines-windows-sizes
In my example I’ve choosen the ‘DS1v2’ VM size, so I can attach two extra (premium storage) disks. Because the maximum size of an disk in Microsoft Azure is 1023 GB, I’ve created multiple disks. Both disks are attached to the virtual machine and we’re going to implement Storage Spaces within the virtual machine. Storage Spaces is software defined storage (SDS) from Windows Server 2012 R2 and above.
Storage Spaces is a built-in Windows Server Role. When combining all the data disks, you can create one, or more, big data volumes in your Windows Virtual Machine. Extremely powerful for example file servers.
1.) First of all I’ve created a new virtual machine using the Azure Portal
2.) Next I’ve created two new disks (premium storage – SSD) with tthe size of 1023 GB.
3.) Next I’ve logged in into the new created virtual machine and configured Storage Spaces.
4.) The next step is to create a new virtual disk
5.) The final step is to create the new volume for storing your data on.
As you can see, there’s a new volume of 2 TBwithin the virtual machine. If you’re changing the size of the virtual machine, it is also possible to add some more disks to the virtual machine and extend the Storage Spaces with more terabytes!!
The post How to: Implementing Storage Spaces insides Azure Virtual Machines appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Altaro VM Backup v7 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>With all these great new features and enhancements, Altaro VM Backup is a really nice solution for backup and disaster recovery in your virtual environment.
Altaro Offsite Server existed in the previous version, but was improved and has also an upgraded user interface.
Installation process:
The installation process of Altaro VM Backup v7 is really, really easy. In just a few steps, the installation is done. Really easy, really fast and just within a couple of minutes you’re ready to rock! If the Windows Firewall is turned on, all the necessary ports are configured automatically for you. After succesfully completing the installation, you can launch the management console. From this console you can perform all the configuration and management.
Configuration:
When you start the console the first time, there’s is quick wizard. In three easy steps, you can configure the software and you’re ready to make the first backups!
Three steps during the quick wizard:
Simply add one or more backup locations and ‘drag and drop’ the VM’s to one of the backup locations.
By default the VM’s are not assigned to a backup schedule. There are two backup schedules available out of the box.
Off course you can create your own backup schedule or multiples schedules to meet your business goals. Easily drag and drop your virtual machines to the right schedule to assign that particular virtual machine to the schedule.
Augmented Inline Deduplication
In pre-version 7 there was also a ‘deduplication’ technology called ‘Reverse Delta’. It’s not exactly the same technique as deduplication, but it served the same purpose. On a VM basis only the most recent data is placed in the most recent backup file. So this will save a lot of diskspace on a VM basis.
With the new version there’s a great new technology called ‘Augmented Inline Deduplication’. The backup operations are not only quicker, but far more efficient for storage as well. It will dedupe data across all your backed-up workloads!! All the backups are stored in a central repository and using a hash database to keep track of the deduped blocks. For example, 20 servers with Windows Server 2016 installed, there’re some similar files and data within each server. With the new Augmented Inline Deduplication technology, the similar files and data is only stored once!! And remember, the process occurs inline. This means that the process runs during the backup, not afterwards!!
So you don’t need to send more data to your backup repository then needed and it’s amazing fast! In my example I’ve 6 Windows Server 2016 virtual machines. When you look at the overall deduplication status, I saved about 88% percent on my storage. So this is incredibly efficient and the backup operations are really fast!
Dashboard
When you start the management console, you’ll see the main dashboard. You can see the most important things in one overview (Backup drive status, Active & upcoming Operations, Deduplication & Compression status, Recent Operations). It’s a really powerful dashboard with all the information in one overview.
Free Up Disk Space
It might be useful to delete some older backups. You can easy start a wizard, so you can delete previous backups within a few steps. Most of the time you use this option if you’re low on diskspace.
Boot from Backup
A great new feature within the new release of Altaro VM Backup is ‘Boot from Backup’. Now it is possible to boot a virtual machine directly from your backup. There are two options available, ‘Verification Mode’ or ‘Recovery Mode’.
The verification mode is very useful just to verify your backup is useful to recover from. The second option is to start a virtual machine directly from the backup, but also performing a full recovery of that virtual machine (Disaster Recovery). As soon as the VM is booted, a full restore operation takes place in the background.
When choosing the ‘Verification Mode’ the virtual machine will be booted directly from the backup location. Also you can enable ‘Disable network card’. So the new machine is fully isolated from your production environment!
From the console, you can connect to the specific virtual machine and login to the VM. After choosing ‘Discard VM’ the virtual machine will be shutdown and removed from your hypervisor (Hyper-V in my example). Very powerful to use without interrupting your production environment.
Sandbox & Verification
The Sandbox Restore feature allows you to test your virtual machines backups using a ‘Sandbox approach’ to ensure that the live original virtual machine is nog corrupted. This feature gives you two options:
You can also schedule some ‘Test Drills’ so the whole sandboxing process is automated for you on a given time. Very powerful to guarantee the integrity of your data and virtual machines.
File Level Restore
If you want to restore only some files or data to your virtual machine, but not the whole VM and configuration, you can use ‘File Level Restore’. From the wizard you can select the specific virtual machine, the back-up to restore from and the data you want to restore. Next you’ve to choose a local folder or a network folder where to extract the files.
Altaro Offsite Server (Master Encryption Key):
When you’re creating a backup of your virtual machines, the data is on one single location. For disaster recovery it could be very useful to replicate the data also to another external location. In case of a disaster, you can boot directly from the ‘offsite server’ and your workloads are up and running again.
You need to configure an offsite location. This could be a physical disk, USB disk, LAN location or even a external location connected through the WAN (the Internet). In my environment I’ve attached some physical disks. Configure the new location and simply drag and drop the virtual machines to the new location. In my environment I only need two server: the domain controller (HV2016-DC01) and my webserver (HV2016-WEB01). All the other servers are included in the normal backup window.
One very important feature is ‘Master Encryption Key’. The Master Encryption Key is used for Offsite copies of all virtual machines & backups of any virtual machines which have been configured to use Encryption. Note: Encryption is disabled by default.
From the management console you can select the specific servers you want to copy to the offsite location and start the copy operations. Also very fast, very easy and powerful! Within a couple of minutes the virtual machines are copied to the offsite location(s). The speed depends on the bandwidth to the offsite location. Also in the offsite copies data deduplication is used.
Conclusion:
Altaro VM Backup v7 is easy to install and configure. Within 15 minutes the first backup can be made. With some great new features and enhancements like ‘Windows Server 2016 support’, ‘Boot from backup’, ‘Offsite Server’, ‘File Level Restore’, ‘Sandbox & Verification’ and personally the greatest new feature Augmented Inline Deduplication, this version is a really nice solution to protect for virtual environment including disaster recovery.
Looking to the future, there could be ‘more’ cloud support, for example Microsoft Azure or Amazon Web Services (AWS). Currently you can set up Altaro Offsite Server on Microsoft Azure. When you can backup virtual machines directly from Microsoft Azure or Amazon Web Services (AWS), this software should even more powerful and you have all the things you need to meet your business goals!
If you have any questions or you want to use Altaro VM Backup in your own environment, you can download the software and use it free for 30 days or completely free for 2 VM’s!!
The post Altaro VM Backup v7 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How big is the Microsoft Azure Cloud? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Here are some facts about Microsoft’s Cloud Infrastructure that powers Microsoft Azure, Office 365, Xbox Live, and many other services:
Microsoft is also aiming to increase that figure to 50 by 2018!!
The post How big is the Microsoft Azure Cloud? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove right-click start menu in Window Server 2012 R2 or Server 2016 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>It’s very easy to delete some options from the ‘right-click’ menu, for example by using Group Policy Preferences.
The default location is:
C:\Users\Default\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\WinX
There’re three folders inside this folder, Group1, Group2 and Group3. All of these folders have there own shortcuts. In this example I only want users to have access to ‘Bureaublad’ or ‘Desktop’. So I only need to remove ‘Group2’ and ‘Group3’.
1.) First of all start the Group Policy Management Console
2.) Create a new GPO
3.) Navigate to Computer Configuration / Preferences / Windows Settings / Folders
4.) Add two new items. Action: Delete
C:\Users\Default\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\WinX\Group2
C:\Users\Default\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\WinX\Group3
5.) Enable all five options
6.) Close the Group Policy Management Editor and link the GPO to the Organization Unit within the Active Directory.
7.) Send a ‘gpupdate /force’ command to the RDS servers and reboot the servers
8.) After the reboot, the ‘right-click’ menu is almost empty
The post How to: Remove right-click start menu in Window Server 2012 R2 or Server 2016 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free eBook: Enterprise Cloud Strategy appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Enterprise Cloud Strategy outlines the benefits Enterprises can realize from adoption Microsoft Azure and the Cloud. Based on the authors real world experience they describe the details necessary to answer the most common questions Enterprises have on moving to the cloud.
The different download formats for the book are available on the Free eBooks from Microsoft Press page, along with the full catalog of other Free eBooks that have been published. For convenience, I’ve included the file download links below:
PDF for desktop & tablet (8.75 MB)
This eBook is also available Free for Amazon Kindle as well!
The post Free eBook: Enterprise Cloud Strategy appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Happy New Year!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>I want to thank all the sponsors for the support on my blog!! Also special thanks to all the visitors on my blog!
I wish all of you a happy new year and a great 2017!!!
The post Happy New Year!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Demo movie: Storage Spaces Direct in Windows Server 2016 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Software Defined will be the feature! So prepare yourself…..
The post Demo movie: Storage Spaces Direct in Windows Server 2016 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Ignite 2016 Slidedeck and Video downloader appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Have you missed the Microsoft Ignite 2016 event…..no problem!! MVP Michel de Rooij has created a script to download all the content (videos and slidedecks). So you can watch all the content again.
This script will download all the Ignite 2016 slidedecks and videos that are available from Techcommunity via the OneDrive URL on the session page. Video downloads will leverage a utility which can be downloaded from https://yt-dl.org/latest/youtube-dl.exe, and put it in the same folder as the script. The script itself will try to download the utility when the utility is not present.
Special credits goes to:
Original scraper for slidedecks by Mattias Fors, http://deploywindows.info.
Adjusted for video downloading by Michel de Rooij, http://eightwone.com
Enhancements by Scott Ladewig http://ladewig.com
Download the script here.
The post Microsoft Ignite 2016 Slidedeck and Video downloader appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Customize your ADFS loginpage appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The default logon screen of ADFS is not that nice. Some basic colors and no custom branding. In the most environments our customers wanted to have some custom branding. There’re a few things you can change on the logon screen. For example:
In this example I’ve changed the ADFS logon screen with our new company branding. Within a few minutes, the logon screen looks really different and ‘personal’ (heeeey….that’s me!!! )
## Change the company name Set-AdfsGlobalWebContent -CompanyName "Lab Environment ADFS" ## Change the company logo Set-AdfsWebTheme -TargetName default -Logo @{path="C:\ADSF_branding\Ictivity_Logo_Small.png"} ## Change the left side of the page Set-AdfsWebTheme -TargetName default -Illustration @{path="C:\ADSF_branding\Ictivity_Logo_Large.png"}
As you can see, it’s really great to customize your ADFS logon screen with your company branding. In this example it’s really personal, because the picture on the logon screen is ME!!
The post How to: Customize your ADFS loginpage appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free ebook: Introducing Windows Server 2016 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download this free ebook here.
The post Free ebook: Introducing Windows Server 2016 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free ebook: Microsoft Azure Essentials: Fundamentals of Azure, Second Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download the free eBook here.
The post Free ebook: Microsoft Azure Essentials: Fundamentals of Azure, Second Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Resize hard disk in Azure Resource Manager (ARM) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>
# Specify the VM
$VM = Get-AzureRmVM -ResourceGroupName MSS-DEMO -VMName MSS-DEMO-DC01
# Set the new size of the data disk
Set-AzureRmVMDataDisk -VM $VM -Name MSS-DEMO-DC01-20160801-100246 -DiskSizeInGB 30
# View the new size of the data disk(s)
$VM.StorageProfile.DataDisks
# Update the configuration in Azure
Update-AzureRmVM -VM $VM -ResourceGroupName MSS-DEMO
1.) Login to the Azure Management Portal
2.) Check the current size of the data disk. In my example 25 GB
3.) Start PowerShell and login to your Azure subscription
4.) Change the data disk to the new value
5.) Update the configuration to Azure
6.) Check the new size of the data disk with PowerShell or within the Azure Management Portal.
In my example the new size is 30 GB.
The post How to: Resize hard disk in Azure Resource Manager (ARM) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Azure Cloud Services Overview appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download the Cloud Services Overview here
The post Microsoft Azure Cloud Services Overview appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free eBook: A Hyper-V First Aid Kit Troubleshooting 5 common issues appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download the free eBook now!
The post Free eBook: A Hyper-V First Aid Kit Troubleshooting 5 common issues appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Login to your Microsoft Azure Subscription using Powershell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First you’ve to install Azure PowerShell 1.0 from WebPI (http://aka.ms/webpi-azps)
2.) After the installation finished succesfull, start Azure PowerShell
3.) Now you’ve to login to the right subscription
Login-AzureRmAccount
4.) Login with a e-mailadres and password to access your subscription
5.) Install the Azure Powershell modules
Install-Module Azure
6.) Install the Azure PowerShell Resource Manager modules
Install-Module AzureRM
7.) Your done now!!
The post How to: Login to your Microsoft Azure Subscription using Powershell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Create multiple VM’s in Hyper-V within a few seconds appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>
## Create 8 Gen2 Virtual Machines
## 4 vCPU per VM
## 1 GB per VM
## C: drive 50 GB Dynamic
## D: drive 50 GB Dynamic
## NIC renamed to MGMT
$vSwitchName01 = "NIC - PRI"
$InstallRoot = "E:\DEMO"
$VMName = "HV-0"
## How much VM's 1..8 = 8 VM's
1..4 | % {
New-VHD -Path ($InstallRoot + "\$VMName" + "$_\" + "\$VMName" + "$_" + "_C.vhdx") -SizeBytes 50GB -Dynamic
New-VHD -Path ($InstallRoot + "\$VMName" + "$_\" + "\$VMName" + "$_" + "_D.vhdx") -SizeBytes 50GB -Dynamic
New-VM -VHDPath ($InstallRoot + "\$VMName" + "$_\" + "\$VMName" + "$_" + "_C.vhdx") -Generation 2 -MemoryStartupBytes 1GB -Name ("$VMName" + "$_") -Path $InstallRoot -SwitchName $vSwitchName01
Set-VMProcessor -VMName ("$VMName" + "$_") -Count 4
Set-VM -VMName ("$VMName" + "$_") -AutomaticStopAction ShutDown -AutomaticStartAction StartIfRunning
Enable-VMIntegrationService ("$VMName" + "$_") -Name "Guest Service Interface"
Rename-VMNetworkAdapter -VMName ("$VMName" + "$_") -NewName "MGMT"
Set-VMNetworkAdapter -VMName ("$VMName" + "$_") -Name "MGMT" -DeviceNaming On
Add-VMScsiController -VMName ("$VMName" + "$_")
Add-VMHardDiskDrive -VMName ("$VMName" + "$_") -ControllerType SCSI -ControllerNumber 1 -ControllerLocation 0 -Path ($InstallRoot + "\$VMName" + "$_\" + "\$VMName" + "$_" + "_D.vhdx")
Start-VM -Name ("$VMName" + "$_") | Out-Null
}
Within a few seconds, I’ve 8 VM’s up and running.
/ Happy Automation!
The post How to: Create multiple VM’s in Hyper-V within a few seconds appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free Whitepaper: Understand Microsoft Hyper Converged Solution appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This document is written with my friend Charbel Nemnom which covers Hyper-Converged architecture in Windows Server 2016. This document describes technologies related to Microsoft Hyper-Converged model based on Storage Spaces Direct (S2D), Storage Quality of Service, ReFS, Hyper-V, Nano Server and some networking features such as RDMA, Switch Embedded Teaming (SET) and SMB.
In the second part of this document, we walk you through a step by step process on how to implement this solution on top of four virtual Nano Servers fully automated.
This document is with regards to the last Microsoft public information and the latest build of Windows Server 2016, we want to emphasize that this whitepaper will also be updated as we move forward to keep up with all the great things that is happening in the Microsoft CloudOS Platform.
We hope you find this document useful and helpful. If you have any questions, comments or errata you find in this whitepaper are welcome and encouraged.
Table of Contents:
Credit Page
Introduction
Software-Defined Networking
Software-Defined Compute
Software-Defined Storage
Nano Server
Windows Server 2016 Licensing
Implementation Guideline
Nano Server Deployments
Storage Spaces Direct Deployments
Host a VM on the solution
Storage Quality of Service
Conclusion
References
The post Free Whitepaper: Understand Microsoft Hyper Converged Solution appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free WhitePaper: Storage Efficiencies with Hyper-V at the Virtual and Physical Layer appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>While these technologies can be used at the physical layer (storage array), at the virtual layer (Hyper-V) or a combination of both, what we choose depends on the environment, budget and workloads. They offer:
This white paper will help you understand these concepts better in order to make better decisions for your needs.
The post Free WhitePaper: Storage Efficiencies with Hyper-V at the Virtual and Physical Layer appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post New eBook: Supercharging Hyper-V Performance appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>If you’re a system administrator who’s looking to get better performance on your Hyper-V environment that won’t cut into your weekends and family time, we’ve got a great new eBook for you:
Supercharging Hyper-V Performance for the Time-strapped Admin by Paul Schnackenburg
Here’s what you can expect from this eBook:
We’ve set up a table of contents page to help you navigate sections if you are an experienced system administrator. Alternatively if you are a relatively new to Hyper-V infrastructures you can work your way through the whole guide for a complete overview. It’s up to you!
We hope this guide gets you closer to a healthier Hyper-V environment!
The post New eBook: Supercharging Hyper-V Performance appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free WhitePaper: All You Need to Know About Microsoft Nano Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download the whitepaper here.
The post Free WhitePaper: All You Need to Know About Microsoft Nano Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post WEBINAR: Troubleshooting Microsoft Hyper-V appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>If you’ve been in IT for any length of time, you’ve likely gotten that phone call that you never want to get: Everything is broken! It’s the end of the world! The sky is falling! Your Hyper-V Host or Cluster is broken and you are the person to fix it!
Where do you start?
What are the most common things to look for?
These are exactly some of the questions we’ll be covering in our next webinar, on February 25th, 2016 at 4pm CET / 10am EST!
Microsoft Cloud and Datacenter Management MVPs Didier Van Hoye and Andy Syrewicze will be answering these questions, and will also be sharing some tales from the trenches.
In this webinar you’ll learn Hyper-V troubleshooting basics and solutions to common problems. You’ll also see some Hyper-V oddities that were encountered by Didier and Andy and how these issues were ultimately resolved and with what tools.
It’s one thing to setup and run a virtualization solution. It’s another thing to fix it when it’s broken.
Sign up now to join us on February 25th, 2016 at 4pm CET / 10am EST (30-45mins + live Q&A!) for some tales from the trenches!
The post WEBINAR: Troubleshooting Microsoft Hyper-V appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Initialize, format and label disks during OSD Task Sequence in SCCM 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The following script will do all these steps for you during the task sequence. The script initialize, format, partition and label the disks for you….fully automated!
## Set CD-ROM from E: to X: Set-WmiInstance -InputObject ( Get-WmiObject -Class Win32_volume -Filter "DriveLetter = 'E:'" ) -Arguments @{DriveLetter='X:'} $disks = Get-Disk | measure If($disks.Count -eq 2) { ## Initialize all new disks Initialize-Disk 1 ## Format and rename disks Get-Disk | where {$_.Number -eq "1"} | New-Partition -UseMaximumSize | Format-Volume -FileSystem NTFS -NewFileSystemLabel Data -Confirm:$false ## Set drive letters (D: - Data, E: - Backup) Get-Disk | where {$_.Number -eq "1"} | Get-Partition | where {$_.PartitionNumber -eq 2} | Set-Partition -NewDriveLetter D } elseif($disks.Count -eq 3) { ## Initialize all new disks Initialize-Disk 1 Initialize-Disk 2 ## Format and rename disks Get-Disk | where {$_.Number -eq "1"} | New-Partition -UseMaximumSize | Format-Volume -FileSystem NTFS -NewFileSystemLabel Data -Confirm:$false Get-Disk | where {$_.Number -eq "2"} | New-Partition -UseMaximumSize | Format-Volume -FileSystem NTFS -NewFileSystemLabel Backup -Confirm:$false ## Set drive letters (D: - Data, E: - Backup) Get-Disk | where {$_.Number -eq "1"} | Get-Partition | where {$_.PartitionNumber -eq 2} | Set-Partition -NewDriveLetter D Get-Disk | where {$_.Number -eq "2"} | Get-Partition | where {$_.PartitionNumber -eq 2} | Set-Partition -NewDriveLetter E } else { exit } exit
The script first checks how many disks are attached to the server.
If there is only one disk attached, you’ll have only a C: drive available after the deployment.
If there are 2 disks attached, you’ll have a C: and D: drive avalailable after the deployment.
If there are 3 disks attached, you’ll have a C:, D: and E: drive available after the deployment.
The CD-ROM drive will alse changed from E: to X:.
The post How to: Initialize, format and label disks during OSD Task Sequence in SCCM 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Change computername in Windows Explorer on Windows Server 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can set this new value with Group Policy Preferences or some other scripting.
1.) Create a new GPO in the Group Policy Management Console
2.) Navigate to “User Configuration / Preferences / Windows Settings / Registry
3.) Create a new registry item and browse to the following registry key:
HKCU/Software/Microsoft/Windows/CurrentVersion/Explorer/CLSID/{20D04FE0-3AEA-1069-A2D8-08002B30309D}
4.) Change the default REG_SZ value to “%username% on %computername%”
5.) Login to the specific server where you targeted the GPO and open Windows Explorer
6.) The name of your computer has changed to “username on computername”
The post How to: Change computername in Windows Explorer on Windows Server 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post WEBINAR: Scripting & Automation in Hyper-V without SCVMM appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Save the date!!
the 10th of december there is a free webinar about automating tasks in your Hyper-V environment without the user of Microsoft System Center Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM).
This is realy usefull for that customers who don’t have System Center within their environment! Automation and scripting some tasks can save you a lot of time and money!
MVP Thomas Maurer and Technical Evangelist Andrew Syrewicze will present this webinar!
The post WEBINAR: Scripting & Automation in Hyper-V without SCVMM appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Enable RDP during Task Sequence with SCCM 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Create a new package with the source location to your script directory.
2.) Create a new package with a program and use the following command:
Powershell.exe -ExecutionPolicy Unrestricted -NoProfile -File Enable-RDP.ps1
3.) The PowerShell script ‘Enable-RDP.ps1’ contains the following code. See in this post below.
4.) Insert the script in your task sequence
## ## Enable RDP Set-ItemProperty -Path 'HKLM:\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Terminal Server' -name "fDenyTSConnections" -Value 0 ## ## Enable Firewall Rule Enable-NetFirewallRule -DisplayGroup "Remote Desktop" ## ## Enable RDP Authentication Set-ItemProperty -Path 'HKLM:\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Terminal Server\WinStations\RDP-Tcp' -name "UserAuthentication" -Value 0
The post How to: Enable RDP during Task Sequence with SCCM 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove “Connect to a remote PC” in RDS 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>I want to remove this option from my RDWeb website. This is a realy easy job in Windows RDS 2012 R2. Without hacking some files or running custom script, within a few seconds the option is gone!
1.) Open the Internet Information Services (IIS) Management Console
2.) Navigate to “Sites / Default Web Site / RDWeb / Pages” and select “Application Settings” in the right pane
3.) Navigate to “ShowDesktops” and change this value from true to false
4.) The new value is immediately live!
5.) As you can see, the option is gone now…
The post How to: Remove “Connect to a remote PC” in RDS 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SCCM 2012 R2 Build and Capture…installing updates takes a long time! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>So I’ve configured a new Build and Capture task sequence to deploy a “Golden Image”. I’ve also integrated Windows Server Updates Services (WSUS) within SCCM, so during the Build and Capture task sequence the updates will also be installed. The task sequence takes a long time. After some troubleshooting, I’ve found some of the main reasons….Update KB3000850. This update is around the 700 MB and takes a long time to install!
Solution:
First of all, I’ve updated the Windows Server 2012 R2 WIM from the ISO with the latest Windows updates using Offline Servicing. This great feture is available within SCCM 2012 R2. With Offline Servicing it is possible to apply Windows Updates in a WIM file offline. After applying update KB3000850 in the WIM image, the Build and Capture task sequences is going realy faster!!
The post SCCM 2012 R2 Build and Capture…installing updates takes a long time! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SCCM 2012 R2 SP1 CU1….Why are my task sequences not visible? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>As you can see in my example I’ve created a collection with 3 deployments active. After PXE boot a virtual machine, only the first deployment is available?!?! :S The other two deployments are also active, but not available…
When we go to the properties of the other two deployments, and change the schedule 1 day back in the time, the deployment became available!! Very strange behavior, but this is the only ‘solution’ I’ve figured out!
The post SCCM 2012 R2 SP1 CU1….Why are my task sequences not visible? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: change the default location when opening File Explorer in Windows 10 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Select “View”
2.) Options / Change folder and search options
3.) Change “quick access” to “This PC”
4.) Close File Explorer and open it again
The post How to: change the default location when opening File Explorer in Windows 10 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Create you own installation media of Windows 10 using USB flahs or DVD appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download the tool here
The post Create you own installation media of Windows 10 using USB flahs or DVD appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Message tracking in Microsoft Exchange 2013….the easy way! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In Microsoft Exchange 2010 there was a very easy and powerfull tool, message tracking viewer. With this graphical tool you could track any message within your Exchange organization.
With Exchange 2013, the message tracking is not graphical anymore. So it’s not that easy to track some messages. The new way to go is Windows PowerShell! With the following example, you can easy create a overview of all the messages in your Exchange environment.
Get-MessageTrackingLog -ResultSize Unlimited -Start “Jul 15 2015″ | Out-GridView -Title “Exchange SMTP tracking log”
You can create a search filter based on, for example: EventID, Sender, Recipients or Subject.
The post Message tracking in Microsoft Exchange 2013….the easy way! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: View configured mailbox quota’s in Exchange 2010/2013 using Out-GridView appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>There’s a very usefull command within PowerShell that I’m using almost for all my scripts….Out-GridView. When using the parameter Out-GridView, the results are not showing within the PowerShell screen, but in a separate window! Within this window, you can very easy add some search criteria….for example: specific user, quota or an overview per database.
One requirement is that the Windows Feature “Windows PowerShell Integrated Scripting Environment (ISE)” is installed on the Exchange servers or mangement server from where you’re running the commands.
1.) Open the Exchange Management Shell (EMS)
2.) For an overview of the current mailbox quota, use the following command.
Get-Mailbox -Identity mswinkels | ft Name, IssueWarningQuota, ProhibitSendQuota, ProhibitSendReceiveQuota
3.) The results of this command is shown within the PowerShell window
4.) Now we’re running the same command, but replace “ft” (format-table) with “select” and add the parameter “Out-GridView”
Get-Mailbox -Identity mswinkels | Select Name, IssueWarningQuota, ProhibitSendQuota, ProhibitSendReceiveQuota | Out-GridView
5.) Now the results are in a separate window! Extreme usefull when you’ve have to search for a specific result or results.
The post How to: View configured mailbox quota’s in Exchange 2010/2013 using Out-GridView appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Change the view of Mozille Firefox options menu appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>With a simple edit in the UserPref.js file within the profile of my users, I can force the “Options” menu view in the ‘old’ way. After that, the network button is gone again!!
I’ve used RES Workspace Manager 2014 for distribution the new UserPref.js file to all of my users, but you can also use some other 3th party software or do it just manually.
1.) Open Mozilla Firefox 38.x
2.) Type about:config
3.) Search for “browser.preferences.inc”
4.) Set the option “Browser.preferences.inContent” from true to false
5.) Close Mozilla Firefox and open it again
The post How to: Change the view of Mozille Firefox options menu appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free ebook “Introducing Windows 10 for IT Professionals, Preview Edition” appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free ebook “Introducing Windows 10 for IT Professionals, Preview Edition” appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post First look at Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview 2 Build 10074 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The difference between theese two versions is the User Experience. In previous version of Windows, it was called Windows Server Core Edition. So the version without the local admin tools, the user has no option to enable/install the graphical user interface (GUI).
After the installation, you’ll see that there’s a difference between the User Experience. One version, the Server Manager is available and the other version has only a command prompt available. You’ve to manage this server from another server with the Remote Server Administrative Tools (RSAT). The version with the admin tools included, there’s a possibility to enable the Graphical User Interface (GUI).
After a reboot, the server is turned on with a Graphical User Interface (GUI) and it looks pretty cool!! And YESSSS, the start menu is back again What a great time for some users!! With this new version of Windows Server, there’s is a complete new “world of bits and bytes”….
The post First look at Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview 2 Build 10074 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Have you missed the “Microsoft Ignite 2015 keynote? Watch it online now! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>
The post Have you missed the “Microsoft Ignite 2015 keynote? Watch it online now! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free Ebook: Microsoft System Center Deploying Hyper-V with Software-Defined Storage & Networking appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download this Ebook here: Microsoft System Center Deploying Hyper-V with Software-Defined Storage & Networking
The post Free Ebook: Microsoft System Center Deploying Hyper-V with Software-Defined Storage & Networking appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Disable network selection OOBE during a task sequence in ConfigMgr 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First open the “Windows System Image Manager”, also known as WSIM
2.) Select the image you want to deploy. In my example “Install.WIM” from the Windows 8.1 source files
3.) Create a new catalog for this image
4.) After the catalog has succesfully created, create a “New Answer File”
5.) Navigate to the following selection
amd64_Microsoft-Windows-Shell-Setup_6.3.9600.17031_neutral
6.) Select the “+” on the left side and naviagte to “OOBE”
7.) Right-click on “OOBE” and select “Add Settings to Pass7oobeSystem
8.) Select in the right pane OOBE
9.) Select in the properties pane “HideWirelessSetupInOOBE” and set the value to “True”
10.) Save the XML file on your “source” directory on your primary site server
11.) Create a new package with the source directory to the directory you’ve created in the stap before
12.) Do NOT create any program in the package, so select “Do not create a program”
13.) Distribute the new package to your distribution point(s)
14.) Open your task sequence and navigate to stap “Apply Operating System”
15.) Select the option “Use an unattended or Sysprep answer file for a custom installation
16.) Select the package you’ve created before and type the name of your XML file within that package source location
17.) Boot a client from the network (PXE) and select the task sequence.
If you follow the steps within the task sequence, you’ll see that you didn’t receive a network connection screen anymore.
The post How to: Disable network selection OOBE during a task sequence in ConfigMgr 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Removing Windows 8.1 Modern Apps with PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>With the following steps, you can delete specific apps or all the modern apps.
1.) To get a overview off all the package, use the following command:
Get-AppxPackage | ft Name, PackageFullName -AutoSize
2.) Let’s remove the Finance modern app
Remove-AppxPackage -Package Microsoft.BingFinance_3.0.1.172_x64__8wekyb3d8bbwe -Confirm:$false
3.) Return to the start menu and now you’ll see the Finance app is gone
4.) To remove all the modern apps, use the following command:
Get-AppxPackage | Remove-AppxPackage -Confirm:$false
The post How to: Removing Windows 8.1 Modern Apps with PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Configuration Manager 2012 R2 – How to: Move a Distribution Point Content Library to another drive appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>During the installation of ConfigMgr 2012 R2 (or ealier), you can place a file “no_sms_on_drive.sms” on the partitions that should be ignored for placing the library on.
In this environment there’s a C:, D: and E: drive. The C: partition is only used for the operating system. The D: drive is used for the installation of
ConfigMgr 2012 R2, SQL 2012 and the remote installation folder of WDS. The E: drive is used for the sources, images, ISO’s and the library of the Distribution Point.
So I want to move the library from the D: to the E: partition. First you’ve to download the “System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Toolkit”. http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=36213
1.) Open REGEDIT and navigate to HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\SMS\DP and look for the registry key
“ContentLibraryPath” and “ContentLibUsableDrives”
2.) When you open Windows Explorer and browse to the D: drive, you’ll see the library folders
SCCMContentLib
SMSPKG
SMSPKGD$
SMSPKGSIG
SMSSIG$
These folders we want to move to the E: drive
3.) Open the command prompt and navigate to C:\Program Files (x86)\ConfigMgr 2012 Toolkit R2\ServerTools\”
4.) Use the following command to move the Library content from D: to E:
ContentLibraryTransfer.exe -SourceDrive D -TargetDrive E > C:\TransferContentLibrary_log.txt
5.) Start CMTrace.exe and open the logfile “C:\TransferContentLibrary_log.txt” to watch the progress of the library move
6.) After a few hours, depending on the size of your library content, the move action is done
7.) pen REGEDIT and navigate to HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\SMS\DP and look for the registry key
“ContentLibraryPath” and “ContentLibUsableDrives”
Now you’ll see only the E: drive for the Library placement
8.) I’ve have created the file “no_sms_on_drive.sms” on the C: and D: drive
The post Configuration Manager 2012 R2 – How to: Move a Distribution Point Content Library to another drive appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: View all packages within your ConfigMgr 2012 R2 environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can generate an overview of all your packages, with the package ID, description, name, source location, version, etc. Very helpfull and it saves you alot of time!!
1.) Open the Microsoft SQL Server Managent Studio
2.) Login with a user that has enough rights to execute queries
3.) Select the ConfigMgr database (in my example CM_PS1)
4.) Select “New Query”
5.) Type “SELECT * from v_Package”
6.) Select “Execute” or press F5 on your keyboard
7.) Now you’ll see a list off all the packages within your ConfigMgr 2012 environment
8.) Navigate to the table “PkgSourcePath”
9.) Here are your source files locates of all the different packages
The post How to: View all packages within your ConfigMgr 2012 R2 environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: View all mailbox databases in a Exchange 2010 and 2013 coexistence environment with PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When I had installed the new Exchange 2013 servers, and I had started the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) from the new Exchange 2013 server, I saw only the new Exchange 2013 database. But wait a minute, I had also a copple of mailbox databases configured on my existing Exchange 2010 environment. In the Exchange Control Panel (ECP), all the databases are visseble, but why not in the Exchange Management Shell?
The solution is pretty easy. Within Exchange 2013 there’s a new parameter that you can use with the Get-MailboxDatabase command. So the new parameter is -IncludePreExchange2013. The whole command should be: Get-Mailboxdatabase -IncludePreExchange2013.
The post How to: View all mailbox databases in a Exchange 2010 and 2013 coexistence environment with PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove “settings” button in Mozilla Firefox appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can edit the file userChrome.css in the folder AppData\Roaming\Mozilla\Profiles\<nameofyourprofile>\chrome to tweak the menu settings within Mozilla Firefox. In my example I’ve added the following rule:
/* Remove connection button */
#connectionSettings { display: nome !important; }
When you open Mozilla Firefox the next time, the “Settings” is gone!
The post How to: Remove “settings” button in Mozilla Firefox appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Happy New Year!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Also from a stats perspective 2014 was a great year. I am hoping 2015 will be even better, and I want to wish all of you a Happy New Year!
The post Happy New Year!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Deploy packages using collection variable with ConfigMgr 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this example I’ve created a realy simple deployment, Adobe Reader 11.0. I’ve two virtual machines, SCWIN81-01 and SCWIN81-02. Both machines are members of the collection “Deploy – Windows 8.1 Enterprise x64”, where the task sequence is deployed on. Machine SCWIN81-01 is also member of the collection “Install – Adobe Reader 11.0”. This collection has a limited collection of “Deploy – Windows 8.1 Enterprise x64”. Both machines are deployed on the same time, the only difference is that machine SCWIN81-01 has Adobe Reader 11.0 installed and machine SCWIN81-02 not. Why……based on the collection variable during the OSD
1.) First create the collections
2.) Make the specific machines members of the right collections (query based or direct membership)
3.) Open the properties of the collection “Install – Adobe Reader 11.0” and navigate to the “Collection Variables” tab
4.) Add one or more variables with some values. In this example the variable is “APP-AdobeReader” with the value “Yes”
5.) Open the task sequence and add a package installation step
6.) Add the package with the program and navigate to the “Options” tab
7.) Select “Add Condition” and select “Task Sequence Variable”
8.) Enter the collection variable you’ve created earlier with the same value. In my example:
Task Sequences Variable APP-AdobeReader equals “Yes”
9.) Select “Apply” and close the task sequence.
10.) Start the OSD on both machines and wait until the installation is done!
11.) Watch the differences between both machines, if everything is okay, one machine has Adobe Reader installed and the other not.
This is an extremely powerfull thing within ConfigMgr, and really helpfull is some scenario’s. For example VDI golden image deployments or hybrid environments with laptops/desktops or multiple organizations using one ConfigMgr environment. One main reason could be consolidation in task sequences. If you want, there should be only one task sequence for all you different deployments. This is why I’m loving collection varaibles!
The post How to: Deploy packages using collection variable with ConfigMgr 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Apply Windows updates during OSD with ConfigMgr 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Fist open your task sequence
2.) Create a new computer group “Desktops” within the WSUS console (or choose another name, for exmaple: servers, laptops, etc.)
3.) Add a custom group within the task sequence
4.) Add the following steps in your task sequence
Run Command Line:
reg ADD “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate” /v WUServer /t REG_SZ /d http://wsus01.cloud.local:8530 /f
Run Command Line:
reg ADD “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate” /v WUStatusServer /t REG_SZ /d http://wsus01.cloud.local:8530 /f
Run Command Line:
reg ADD “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate” /v TargetGroup /t REG_SZ /d “Desktops” /f
Run Command Line:
reg ADD “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate” /v TargetGroupEnabled /t REG_DWORD /d 1 /f
Run Command Line:
reg ADD “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate\AU” /v UseWUServer /t REG_DWORD /d 1 /f
Run Command Line:
wuauclt.exe /resetauthorization /detectnow
5.) Don’t forget to set the name of your WSUS server and computer group in the commands above!
6.) Create a new package in ConfigMgr 2012 R2 with the following two files in it, located in the MDT 2013 deployment share directory
ZTIUtility.vbs
ZTIWindowsUpdate.wsf
7.) Don’t create a program in this package, but you only have to distribute it to the distribution point(s)
8.) Add a new step “Run Command Line” to the task sequence with the following command:
cscript.exe ZTIWindowsUpdate.wsf
Select the package where the source files are located
9.) Deploy the task sequence to your client collection!
The post How to: Apply Windows updates during OSD with ConfigMgr 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Disable first sign-in animation in Windows 8.1 using ConfigMgr 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open your task sequence
2.) Add a action “Run Command Line” after Setup Windows and ConfigMgr
3.) Copy and paste the following command line:
reg ADD “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\System” /v EnableFirstLogonAnimation /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f
4.) Give it the value 0 to disable and 1 to enable
5.) Deploy your task sequence to a collection of devices
The post How to: Disable first sign-in animation in Windows 8.1 using ConfigMgr 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Add computer to security group with ConfigMgr 2012 during OSD appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Create a new package within ConfigMgr 2012 R2 without a program
2.) Distribute the new package to you distribution point(s)
3.) Copy the script “ADgroup.vbs” to the source location of your new package
4.) Add a step “Run Command Line” to your task sequence
5.) Add the command line: cscript.exe adgroup.vbs [name of your AD group]
6.) Select the package “Scripts”
7.) Select a account with enough privileges to add (new) computer object to the Active Directory
8.) Deploy your task sequence to a collection
You can download the script here. (Right-click and save…)
The post How to: Add computer to security group with ConfigMgr 2012 during OSD appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Enabling Data Deduplication in Windows 8.1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This method is not officially supported by Microsoft ,however found a way to save my disk space.
This method requires the CAB files from the Windows Server 2012 R2. Either you can get those files from a Windows Server 2012 R2 or you can download the files from my OneDrive here.
The files are as follow :
• Microsoft-Windows-Dedup-Package~31bf3856ad364e35~amd64~en-US~6.3.9600.16384.cab
• Microsoft-Windows-Dedup-Package~31bf3856ad364e35~amd64~~6.3.9600.16384.cab
• Microsoft-Windows-FileServer-Package~31bf3856ad364e35~amd64~en-US~6.3.9600.16384.cab
• Microsoft-Windows-FileServer-Package~31bf3856ad364e35~amd64~~6.3.9600.16384.cab
• Microsoft-Windows-VdsInterop-Package~31bf3856ad364e35~amd64~en-US~6.3.9600.16384.cab
• Microsoft-Windows-VdsInterop-Package~31bf3856ad364e35~amd64~~6.3.9600.16384.cab
I downloaded the files to a folder as below and installed all the CAB files:
Next step is to install the CAD files on your Windows 8.1 machine. I’ve used DISM to install these files.
After you’ve succesfully installed the CAB files, you’re able to install the “Data Deduplication” role. I’ve also used DISM (see screenshot below).
The next step is to enable Data Deduplication on the volume or volumes. First I’ve readthe current free space on my E: drive. After enabling Data Deduplication on this volume, I’ve manually started the Data Dedup task.
But after enabling Data Depuplication and running the Dedup Job, there’s nothing happening!! Why?? Because the minimumFileAgeDays is 3 and my files on the hard drives are 2 days old So I’ve added the MinimumFileAgeDays to 0 (zero days). After running the Dedup Job again, let’s have a look on the current free space!! Dedup is doing his job!!! Cool!
The final screenshot are the commands I’ve used to configure this in my lab environment. Once again, this method is not officially supported by Microsoft.It’s a great way to save some disk space on your expensive SSD hard drive! Now you can deploy more virtual machines on the same hard drive, so happy automation and deployment!!
The post Enabling Data Deduplication in Windows 8.1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Save Windows tiles in Windows 8.1 using RES Workspace Manager 2014 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open the RES Workspace Manager 2014 Console
2.) Navigate to Compsotion \ User Settings
3.) Create a new setting named: Save Windows Tiles
4.) Add the following two files to be saved
%LoacalAppData%\Microsoft\Windows\appsFolder.itemdata-ms
%LoacalAppData%\Microsoft\Windows\appsFolder.itemdata-ms.bak
5.) Assign the settings to the right user(s) and Workspace
6.) Login, change your Windows tiles and logout….
7.) Browse to your PersonalSettings folder and see if there is any UPF file
The post How to: Save Windows tiles in Windows 8.1 using RES Workspace Manager 2014 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Can’t start Sticky Notes in Windows 8.1 with RES Workspace Manager 2014 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Add Sticky Notes to RES Workspace Manager 2014
2.) Open the Properties of the new application and navigate to the second tab “Settings”
3.) Scroll down to “Disable file system redirector on 64-bit systems” and Enable this setting
4.) Refresh the User Workspace and start the application again
5.) Sticky Notes can now be used
The post Can’t start Sticky Notes in Windows 8.1 with RES Workspace Manager 2014 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Register now for the Veeam Live Show!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This will be an open discussion with NO script or boring slide deck! The show starts on: Sept. 18, 15:00 BST, 16:00 CEST
Don’t miss it! Register now and you’ll get an invitation to the next episode covering Veeam and SCOM for Hyper-v.
The post Register now for the Veeam Live Show!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Set Microsoft Office initials with Active Directory information using RES Workspace Manager 2014 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open the RES Workspace Manager Console and create a new environment variable. In my example it is Initials
2.) Give the new variable the following value $adinfo(Initials) There’re some more values possible, like firstname, lastname, etc….
3.) Login to your session, in my example a Windows 8.1 VDI desktop and open the command prompt
4.) Type the command set and search for the new variable Initials. It’s the information from the Active Directory
5.) Now return to the RES Workspace Manager Console and create a new User Setting (User Registry)
6.) The values are stored in the following registrykey:
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Office\Common\Userinfo
7.) Add this path in the new registry setting and create two new REG_SZ keys
UserInitials with the value %Initials%
Username with the value %Username%
8.) Configure the Access Control and the Workspace Container
9.) Login again into a new session and start Microsoft Office, for example Word, Excel, Outlook, PowerPoint, etc…
10.) Open the options and take a look at the user initials.
This is a realy powerfull solution to control your users initials. You can choose to apply the User Registry settings once, so the users are able to edit the initials. You can use a User Preference to store this information in a .UPR (User Preference) with RES Workspace Manager.
The post How to: Set Microsoft Office initials with Active Directory information using RES Workspace Manager 2014 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install Exchange 2013 fully unattended appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The script can be found here.
All you have to download is the Microsoft Exchange 2013 ISO and create some destination folders, that’s it!! You can also choose to install a multi role Exchange 2013 environment or maybe a multi server Exchange 2013 environment where you’ve multiple mailbox (MBX) and client access (CAS) servers. In my lab environment I’ve installed one multi role server in just a few clicks!! Below the commands I’ve used.
#######################################################################
Set-ExecutionPolicy Unrestricted
mkdir E:\Install\E2K13_ISO
mkdir E:\Databases\MDT01
mkdir E:\Logs\MDB01
mkdir E:\Install\Prereq
$Cred=Get-Credential
E:\Install\Install-Exchange2013.ps1 -Organization DemoLab -InstallMultirole -MDBDBPath E:\Databases\MDB01 -MDBLogPath E:\Logs\MDB01 -MDBName MDB01 -InstallPath E:\Install\Prereq -AutoPilot -Credentials $Cred -SourcePath E:\Install\E2K13_ISO -IncludeFixes -InstallFilterPack -Verbose
#######################################################################
The post How to: Install Exchange 2013 fully unattended appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Update Rollup 3 available for System Center 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>http://support.microsoft.com/kb/2965090
Don’t forget to run the SQL script for System Center Virtual Machine Manager when you install Update Rollup 3.
The post Update Rollup 3 available for System Center 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Build your own FREE virtualization lab environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The most affordable toolkit to meet your goals!
There is no better way to start virtualizing than with a FREE Microsoft Hyper-V environment, free backup, free virtual storage and free management software!
With this free toolkit, you can create your own test lab, run a small business or even scale your production environment up to 1,000 VMs. It’s a FREE way to virtualize!
And if you would like to just download Free Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2012 R2, please click here.
The post Build your own FREE virtualization lab environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Directly install from a distribution point during OSD in ConfigMgr 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open the task sequence and select the step “Apply Operating System”. Navigate to the “Options” tab.
2.) Select “Access content directly from the distribution point” and select “Apply”
3.) Navigate to your Operating System Images and select the properties of the image
4.) Navigate to the “Data Access” tab
5.) Select “Copy the content in this package to a package share on distribution points”
6.) Select “Apply”
7.) The install.wim file will be copied to the SMSPKGE$ folder on your distribution point
8.) Right click on the image and select “Update Distribution Points”
9.) Wait until the content status is “Success”
10.) Start a deployment of a system
11.) The download step is gone now and the image will be installed directly from the distribution point
The post How to: Directly install from a distribution point during OSD in ConfigMgr 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install ConfigMgr 2012 R2 hotfix KB2910552 during OSD appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First install the hotfix KKB2910552. The hotfix is vissible in the installation folder of ConfigMgr. In my example E:\Program Files\Microsoft Configuration Manager\hotfix\KB2910552\Client
2.) Copy the content in this folder to your source directory.
In my example \\CM01\Sources\OSD\Hotfix\KB2910552\Client
3.) Add a new package and configure the source location to the right directory.
In my example \\CM01\Sources\OSD\Hotfix\KB2910552\Client
4.) Select “Do not create a program”
5.) Distribute the package to your distribution point(s)
6.) Open the task sequence and add a new step “Run Command Line”
7.) Select the right package and configure the command line
cmd.exe /c xcopy x64\*.* “C:\Hotfix” /E /H /C /I /Q /Y
This is for x64 systems only! Change x64 to x86 for deployment to x86 systems
8.) In the “Setup Windows and Configuration Manager” step, add the following installation properties
PATCH=”C:\Hotfix\configmgr2012ac-r2-kb2910552-x64.msp”
This is for x64 systems only! Change x64 to x86 for deployment to x86 systems
9.) Start the deployment of a x64 system
10.) After the deployment has finished, navigat to the control panel and Configuration Manager
11.) On the general tab you’ll see the new version number 5.00.7958.1104
The post How to: Install ConfigMgr 2012 R2 hotfix KB2910552 during OSD appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Powershell Deployment Toolkit GUI available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download the Powershell Deployment Toolkit (PDT) here.
Because Powershell Deployment Toolkit contains some Powershell scripts and XML files, this is not a easy thing for everyone! To make this powershell scripts just more powerfull, the Powershell Deployment Toolkit GUI is created!! This is a graphical user interface for the Powershell Deployment Toolkit. The original PDT is created and maintained by Rob Willis from Microsoft Corporation. The PDT GUI is created and maintained by German Microsoft Partner ‘Elanity Network Partner GmbH’ and is not an official Microsoft Product. The PDT GUI helps to create fast PDT Configuration-Files (Variable.xml) for Zero Touch System Center Deployments. PDT GUI creates and validates the configuration files for PDT, it does not alter the existing PDT in any way. An installed PDT is neccessary for a succesful PDT Deployment.
Download the Powershell Deployment Toolkit GUI here.
Benedict Berger (Hyper-V MVP and Hybrid Cloud Geek) and Kamil Kosek (Powershell Geek and Automation IT Pro) teamed up end created this free tool. Special credits to this guys, great job!!
The post Powershell Deployment Toolkit GUI available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Service Pack 1 Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download the Architecture poster here.
The post Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Service Pack 1 Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free ebook: Microsoft System Center: Integrated Cloud Platform appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This book is organized by cloud type and begins with a short overview of the Cloud OS strategy from Microsoft and a high-level hybrid cloud architecture. It also covers the design and deployment of private cloud solutions using Windows and System Center to deliver the software-defined datacenter where storage, network, compute, and management are all virtualized and delivered by the Microsoft platform.
Download the PDF
Download the EPUB file
Download the Mobi for Kindle file
The post Free ebook: Microsoft System Center: Integrated Cloud Platform appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free webinar Cisco UCS, Veeam and Nimble on 23th of April appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>On the 23th of April Veeam is going to hold an interesting FREE webinar (Veeam and Cisco UCS) – “A modern approach to building and protecting your virtualization infrastructuur”.
Demands for better storage performance, scalability, improved data protection and simplicity are growing in today’s datacenters. With the right components and configuration, you can deliver efficient computing, networking and storage, with powerful, easy-to-use and affordable data protection.
Join this webinar to see how Cisco UCS, Nimble Storage and Veeam Backup & Replication can provide:
Unified and embedded management of all software and hardware components
Flash-optimised hybrid storage performance
High performance backups, restores and flexible design
Reduce cost and protect virtualization investments
And more!
You can register for this FREE webinar here.
The post Free webinar Cisco UCS, Veeam and Nimble on 23th of April appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Configure a “Boot to desktop” group policy for Windows 8.1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Navigate to your Group Policy Management Console
2.) Create a new Group Policy and disable the Computer Settings
3.) Open the policy and navigate to User Configuration / Preferences / Windows Settings / Registry
4.) Create a new Registry Item
5.) Choose for Hive “HKEY_CURRENT_USER” and Navigate in the Key Path to:
Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\StartPage
6.) The Value name is “OpenAtLogon“
6.) Choose the Value type “REG_DWORD”
7) The Value data is:
Boots to Desktop = “0”
Boots to Start Menu = “1”
8.) Attach the group policy to a organizational unit(s) and login to your Windows 8.1 machine!
The post How to: Configure a “Boot to desktop” group policy for Windows 8.1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Virtual Machine Converter 2.0 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Microsoft® Virtual Machine Converter (MVMC) is a Microsoft-supported, stand-alone solution for the information technology (IT) pro or solution provider who wants to convert virtual machines and disks from VMware hosts to Hyper-V® hosts and Windows Azure.
MVMC can be deployed with minimal dependencies. Because MVMC provides native support for Windows PowerShell®, it enables scripting and integration with data center automation workflows such as those authored and run within Microsoft System Center Orchestrator 2012 R2. It can also be invoked through the Windows PowerShell® command-line interface. The solution is simple to download, install, and use. In addition to the Windows PowerShell capability, MVMC provides a wizard-driven GUI to facilitate virtual machine conversion.
New Features in MVMC 2.0
MVMC 2.0 release of MVMC includes the following new features:
Converts virtual disks that are attached to a VMware virtual machine to virtual hard disks (VHDs) that can be uploaded to Windows Azure.
Provides native Windows PowerShell capability that enables scripting and integration into IT automation workflows.
Note The command-line interface (CLI) in MVMC 1.0 has been replaced by Windows PowerShell in MVMC 2.0.
Supports conversion and provisioning of Linux-based guest operating systems from VMware hosts to Hyper-V hosts. Supports conversion of offline virtual machines.
Supports the new virtual hard disk format (VHDX) when converting and provisioning in Hyper-V in Windows Server® 2012 R2 and Windows Server 2012.
Supports conversion of virtual machines from VMware vSphere 5.5, VMware vSphere 5.1, and VMware vSphere 4.1 hosts Hyper-V virtual machines.
Supports Windows Server® 2012 R2, Windows Server® 2012, and Windows® 8 as guest operating systems that you can select for conversion.
Standard MVMC Features
In addition to the new features previously identified, MVMC provides the following functionality:
Converts and deploys virtual machines from VMware hosts to Hyper-V hosts on any of the following operating systems: Windows Server® 2012 R2
Windows Server® 2012
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1
Converts VMware virtual machines, virtual disks, and configurations for memory, virtual processor, and other virtual computing resources from the source to Hyper-V.
Adds virtual network interface cards (NICs) to the converted virtual machine on Hyper-V.
Supports conversion of virtual machines from VMware vSphere 5.5, VMware vSphere 5.0, and VMware vSphere 4.1 hosts to Hyper-V.
Has a wizard-driven GUI, which simplifies performing virtual machine conversions.
Uninstalls VMware Tools before online conversion (online only) to provide a clean way to migrate VMware-based virtual machines to Hyper-V.
Important MVMC takes a snapshot of the virtual machine that you are converting before you uninstall VMware Tools, and then shuts down the source machine to preserve state during conversion. The virtual machine is restored to its previous state after the source disks that are attached to the virtual machine are successfully copied to the machine where the conversion process is run. At that point, the source machine in VMware can be turned on, if required. Important MVMC does not uninstall VMware Tools in an offline conversion. Instead, it disables VMware services, drivers, and programs only for Windows Server guest operating systems. For file conversions with Linux guest operating systems, VMware Tools are not disabled or uninstalled. We highly recommend that you manually uninstall VMware Tools when you convert an offline virtual machine.
Supports Windows Server and Linux guest operating system conversion. For more details, see the section “Supported Configurations for Virtual Machine Conversion” in this guide.
Includes Windows PowerShell capability for offline conversions of VMware-based virtual hard disks (VMDK) to a Hyper-V–based virtual hard disk file format (.vhd file). Note The offline disk conversion does not include driver fixes.
You can download Microsoft Virtual Machine Converter 2.0 here
The post Microsoft Virtual Machine Converter 2.0 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install the Hyper-V Integration Components with ConfigMgr 2012 R2 during OSD appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>One of the important things when deploying a virtual machine within Hyper-V, are the Integration Components (Integration Services). These components installs all the necesarry drivers for that VM. Maybe you want to perform this action during the OS deployment fase (OSD). What steps do you need to make?
1.) First install a new clean Windows 7 VM (in my case it is Windows 7 Service Pack 1)
2.) Insert the Integration Services Setup Disk
Action / Insert Integration Services Setup Disk
3.) Navigate to your Windows Explorer and open the mounted disk
4.) Navigate to the right folder of your architecture, x86 or x64. In my case it is x64.
D:\support\amd64
5.) Copy all the files in this to your Configuration Manager Site Server. In my case E:\Sources\Applications\Level 0\Hyper-V Integration Services x64
6.) The silent installation is not that hard. Just execute setup.exe /? to see all the options.
7.) Create a new package within ConfigMgr 2012 R2 with a normal program
8.) The source location is the location to your folder created in step 5
9.) The command line to perform is setup.exe /quiet /norestart
10.) After succesfully created to new package, don’t forget to distribute it to your distribution point(s)
11.) Now open you task sequence and at the end create a new folder called “Install Applications”
12.) Add a new package to install and select the wright package and program
13.) All you need to do now is deploy a virtual machine
14.) After your virtual machine has succesfully deployed, look at your device manager. All the components are installed.
The post How to: Install the Hyper-V Integration Components with ConfigMgr 2012 R2 during OSD appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Find MAC addresses using PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open Microsoft PowerShell on your Hyper-V server
2.) First list all the VM’s
Get-VM
3.) List the name of the VM, MAC address, Virtual Switch name and IP address
get-vm -Name SC2012R2-PC0002 | select -ExpandProperty networkadapters | select vmname, macaddress, switchname, ipaddresses
4.) Import the VM into ConfigMgr
The post How to: Find MAC addresses using PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Why is my RES Workspace Manager database growing that fast….?? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When looking for the actually size of the database, I saw that the size is just above the 20 GB. That’s pretty big if you ask me! The biggest data is the “logging” section. Okay…but which logging?? Sinds a few years, there’s a great tool available called DBLogCleanup. This tool has been written by Patrick van Grinsven and is extremely usefull for troubleshooting this kind of stuff.
http://resguru.com/2014/02/new-utility-db-cleanup-tool/
Just run the tool, make a connection to your SQL environment and select the RES Workspace Manager database. At the log section, select “User Settings Sampling mode data“. As you can see, there were over the 16 million items in the database! The process iexplore.exe with the AppGUID 02222….6862 is growing realy fast!! So there’s a lot of User Sampling data in the database. After deleting the sampling data, the size of the database was 10 GB smaller.
1.) Run the DBLogCleanup Tool
2.) Fill in the SQL server, database, user and password
3.) Select the section you want to view
4.) Browse through the processes and note the AppGUID
5.) Open your RES Workspace Manager Console
6.) Navigate to your applications and find the specific AppGUID
7.) Open the properties of the application
8.) Navigate to User Settings and open the Sampling tab
9.) In the right corner hit “clear all sampled data”
10.) Make sure you turn off the sampling mode for that application
Conclusion: make sure you do not use sampling mode for a very long time! All the sampled data is stored in your database, so the database is growing very fast!!
The post Why is my RES Workspace Manager database growing that fast….?? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install Update 1 for System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First download the files and the SQL script.
http://support.microsoft.com/kb/2904712
2.) Check the version of your VMM environment
3.) Install the update on your VMM server
4.) Open the SQL Management Studio
5.) Select the database of VMM and open a new query
6.) Copy and paste the SQL script in the query
7.) Select “Execute”
8.) Check the new version of your VMM invironment.
9.) Now your VMM 2012 R2 environment is succesfully upgraded with Update 1
The post How to: Install Update 1 for System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post The Hydration Kit for ConfigMgr 2012 R2 is available for download appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download the HydrationKit for System Center 2012 R2
Special thanks to Johan!! Please visit his blog at http://www.deploymentresearch.com and leave a message for him!!
The post The Hydration Kit for ConfigMgr 2012 R2 is available for download appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Update Rollup 1 for System Center 2012 R2 available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Components that are fixed in this update rollup
• Data Protection Manager (KB 2904687)
• Operations Manager (KB 2904678)
• Virtual Machine Manager (KB 2904712)
The post Update Rollup 1 for System Center 2012 R2 available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Server 2012 R2 Private Cloud Virtualization and Storage Poster and Mini-Posters appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Bedsides the overview poster, Microsoft Includes the following Mini-Posters:
•Virtual Hard Disk and Cluster Shared Volumes Mini Poster
•Virtual Hard Disk Sharing Mini Poster
•Understanding Storage Architecture Mini Poster
•Storage Spaces and Deduplication Mini Poster
•Scale-Out and SMB Mini Poster
•Hyper-V and Failover Clustering Mini Poster
You can get the posters from the Microsoft download page.
The post Windows Server 2012 R2 Private Cloud Virtualization and Storage Poster and Mini-Posters appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: change database collation in SQL 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>See also the following URL:
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/library/ms179254(v=sql.105).aspx
1.) Make sure you backup all your data!
2.) Attach the SQL 2012 R2 ISO
3.) Run the command prompt as administrator
4.) Type the following command
Setup /QUIET /ACTION=REBUILDDATABASE /INSTANCENAME=InstanceName
/SQLSYSADMINACCOUNTS=accounts /SAPWD= StrongPassword
/SQLCOLLATION=CollationName
4.) After the setup has finished, the database collation has changed. You’re now ready to rock!
The post How to: change database collation in SQL 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Disable first sign-in animation in Windows 8 using RES Automation Manager appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Create a new module with RES Automation Manager 2012
2.) Choose for “Apply Registry Settings”
3.) Navigate to the following registry section
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\System
4.) Create a new REG_DWORD named EnableFirstLogonAnimation
5.) Give it the value 0 to disable and 1 to enable
6.) Schedule the job to your Windows 8 or 8.1 machines, login again and see what happends!
The post How to: Disable first sign-in animation in Windows 8 using RES Automation Manager appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Create a VM within a few second in Hyper-V 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this example the script will create a new VM named RES-MGN01. The VM will be configured with 2 GB, using Dynamic Memory. The VM is using a differencing disk (VHDK) with a Windows Server 2012 R2 sysprepped parent VHDX, placed on an SSD disk (P: drive) in my server. The virtual switch the VM is connected to, is named NIC – WAN.
$VMName = “RES-MGN01”
$VMMemMaxBytes = 2048MB
$VHDXName = “OS.vhdx”
$VMMemStartup = 512MB
$VMMemMinBytes = 512MB
$VMPath = “E:\”
$VHDParent = “P:\Hyper-V Parents\TMPL-W2012R2DC\Virtual Hard Disks\TMPL-W2012R2DC.vhdx”
$VMSwitchName = “NIC – WAN”
New-VM -Name $VMName -Path $VMpath$VMName -Generation 2 -SwitchName $VMSwitchName
Set-VM -Name $VMName -DynamicMemory -MemoryStartupBytes 512MB -MemoryMinimumBytes $VMMemMinBytes -MemoryMaximumBytes $VMMemMaxBytes
New-VHD -ParentPath $VHDParent -Path $VMPath\$VMName\$VMName\$VHDXName -Differencing
Add-VMHardDiskDrive -VMName $VMName -Path $VMPath\$VMName\$VMName\$VHDXName
Add-VMDvdDrive -VMName $VMName
Start-VM -Name $VMName
The post How to: Create a VM within a few second in Hyper-V 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Happy New Year… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>For now I want to say everyone…happy new year!!
The post Happy New Year… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free ebook: Introducing Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Microsoft System Center is one of the three pillars of Microsoft’s Cloud OS vision that will transform the traditional datacenter environment, help businesses unlock insights in data stored anywhere, enable the development of a wide range of modern business applications, and empower IT to support users who work anywhere while being able to manage any device in a secure and consistent way. The other two pillars of the Cloud OS are, of course, Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows Azure, and Microsoft Press has recently released free Introducing books on these platforms as well.
Whether you are new to System Center or are already using it in your business, this book has something that should interest you. The capabilities of each component of System Center 2012 R2 are first described and then demonstrated chapter by chapter. Real-world and under-the-hood insights are also provided by insiders at Microsoft who live and breathe System Center, and those of you who are experienced with the platform will benefit from the wisdom and experience of these experts. We also included a list of additional resources at the end of each chapter where you can learn more about each System Center component.
Download the PDF – here
The post Free ebook: Introducing Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Building a virtual Hyper-V 2012 R2 infrastructure appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When you want to build an Hyper-V cluster, you’ve have to had at least 2 servers or desktop machines for your Hyper-V host servers. I don’t have that much hardware, so I want to install and run everything on my desktop machine (see this blogpost). But wait for a moment, we want to install a hypervisor within a hypervisor? Is this possible? The answer is yes and no!
Installing Hyper-V isn’t that difficult. Just hit a copple of times on “Next” and your Hyper-V host is up and running. But the next step is to install a new VM and enabling the Hyper-V Server Role. When you enable the Hyper-V Server Role within a virtual machine, you’ll receive an error. This is because Windows is checking all the prerequisites for enabling the Hyper-V role.
So, there’s a way to install Hyper-V whitin a Hyper-V environment. The only thing is, you cannot start a VM within this virtualized Hyper-V host. So you can build for example a Hyper-V cluster with multiple VM’s on it, but you cannot start these machines!! For me it is enough for testing purposes and studying. For example, you can build your own virtual Private Cloud with Hyper-V 2012 R2 and System Center 2012 R2.
1.) I’ve installed 2 new VM’s within Hyper-V 2012 R2. These are going to be the virtualized Hyper-V hosts.
2.) The Hyper-V Server Role is still disabled
Get-WindowsFeature -Name Hype*
3.) Install the Hyper-V role
Enable-WindowsOptioanlFeature -Online -FeatureName Microsoft-Hyper-V -All -NoRestart
4.) Install the Hyper-V management tools
Install-WindowsFeature RSAT-Hyper-V-Tools -IncludeAllSubFeature
5.) Install the Windows Failover Clustering Feature
Install-WindowsFeature RSAT-Clustering -IncludeAllSubFeature
6.) Install the Multipath IO feature for ISCSI storage
Install-WindowsFeature Multipath-IO
7.) Restart the machine 8.) After the reboot you’re able to create and build your Hyper-V cluster
NOTE! Building this environment is not supported by Microsoft. This is only usefull for study Hyper-V and the System Center 2012 R2 Suite.
The post How to: Building a virtual Hyper-V 2012 R2 infrastructure appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Toolkit Now Available! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Note: Items with an * are new in the R2 Toolkit and require Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager for full functionality.
Server Based Tools:
• DP Job Manager – A tool that helps troubleshoot and manage ongoing content distribution jobs to Configuration Manager distribution points.
• Collection Evaluation Viewer – A tool that assists in troubleshooting collection evaluation related issues by viewing collection evaluation details.
• Content Library Explorer – A tool that assists in troubleshooting issues with and viewing the contents of the content library.
• Security Configuration Wizard Template for Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager – The Security Configuration Wizard (SCW) is an attack-surface reduction tool for the Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 operating system. Security Configuration Wizard determines the minimum functionality required for a server’s role or roles, and disables functionality that is not required.
• Content Library Transfer – A tool that transfers content from one disk drive to another.
• Content Ownership Tool – A tool that changes ownership of orphaned packages (packages without an owner site server).
• Role-based Administration Modeling and Auditing Tool – This tool helps administrators to model and audit RBA configurations.
• Run Metering Summarization Tool – The purpose of this tool is to run the metering summarization task to analyze raw metering data
Client Based Tools:
• Client Spy – A tool that helps you troubleshoot issues related to software distribution, inventory, and software metering on System Center 2012 Configuration Manager clients.
• Configuration Manager Trace Log Viewer – A tool used to view log files created by Configuration Manager components and agents.
• Deployment Monitoring Tool – The Deployment Monitoring Tool is a graphical user interface designed help troubleshoot Applications, Updates, and Baseline deployments on System Center 2012 Configuration Manager clients.
• Policy Spy – A policy viewer that helps you review and troubleshoot the policy system on System Center 2012 Configuration Manager clients.
• Power Viewer Tool – A tool to view the status of power management feature on System Center 2012 Configuration Manager clients.
• Send Schedule Tool – A tool used to trigger a schedule on a client or trigger the evaluation of a specified DCM Baseline. You can trigger a schedule either locally or remotely.
• Wakeup Spy – A tool that provides a view of the power state of Configuration Manager client computers and which operate as managers or manages.
The post System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Toolkit Now Available! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free ebook: Microsoft System Center: Cloud Management with App Controller appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download the free ebook here.
The post Free ebook: Microsoft System Center: Cloud Management with App Controller appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Save your DPI settings in Windows 2008 R2 with mandatory profiles using RES Workspace Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When you’re using RES Workspace Manager, you can save the DPI settings when the users logoff and load the settings when the users login, also when you’re using mandatory profile! By default there are three options to choose:
1.) Smaller – 100% = 96 DPI (Pixels/Dots Per Inch)
2.) Medium – 125% = 120 DPI (Pixels/Dots Per Inch)
3.) Larger – 150% = 144 DPI (Pixels/Dots Per Inch)
Use the following steps to save the DPI settings for your users.
1.) Create a new global Zero Profling setting within RES Workspace Manager
2.) Save a registry value HKEY_Current_User\Control Panel\Desktop\LogPixels
3.) Login with a mandatory profile and change your DPI settings
4.) Logoff your session (now your DPI settings are saved using RES Zero Proling)
5.) Login again with a mandatory profile and look for your DPI settings
The post How to: Save your DPI settings in Windows 2008 R2 with mandatory profiles using RES Workspace Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Unitrends | Doctor Who 50th Anniversary Giveaway appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>All you need to do is browsing to the Unitrends website and download Unitrends Enterprise Backup (UEB) for VMware or Hyper-V. You can also win a ¤25 giftcard. Just tweet your love for #DoctorWho and mention @Unitrends. Unitrends will select 10 Twitter winners per day, how cool is that!!
The post Unitrends | Doctor Who 50th Anniversary Giveaway appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Hyper-V 2012 R2 Bandwith Management appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>I’ve created two VM’s. They’re connected through the same Virtual Switich “Internal – LAN”. To generate some network traffic, you’ve have also need some data. To create some testfiles or dummy files, you can use the tool FSUTIL.exe. This tool is default available in Windows 2003 and later. In my testlab I’ve created some testfiles. The size of an dummy file is calculated in bits, so to create a file of 1 GB or 5 GB looks like:
1024 * 1024 * 1024 * 1 or 5 (or another size in GB). So first you’ll get the Bits, then Bytes, then Mega Bytes, then Giga Bytes.
1 GB = 1073741824
5 GB = 5368709120
C:\Windows\System32\fsutil file createnew D:\dummy_1GB.file 1073741824
C:\Windows\System32\fsutil file createnew D:\dummy_5GB.file 5368709120
Just copy the “dummy” files from VM1 to VM2 and let’s see how many throughput we have without some limitations. After that, I’ve enabled bandwith management and limit the VM one 15 MBps, that’s not that much Let’s copy the “dummy” files again….now you see that the network traffic stocks at 15 MBps. That’s gonna take some time to copy all that data
In this example you’ve seen how powerfull the new bandwith management feature is within Hyper-V. Whitout bandwith management, there’re no limitations at all. With bandwith management enabled, you can just give that much bandwith to a particular VM you want. That’s really great and really powerfull!!
The post Hyper-V 2012 R2 Bandwith Management appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Win a FREE ticket for the event of the year….ExpertsLive 2013! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>There are a copple of great events during the year. Microsoft TechEd, MMS, TechDays….but there’s is another great event upcoming! ExpertsLive 2013. This great event is the place to be for every IT Pro. With more then 30 speakers, 30 sessions about the newest Microsoft products. System Center 2012, Hyper-V 2012 R2, Server 2012 R2, Exchange 2013, Windows Azure, SQL 2012 and a lot more!!
There are only a few tickets left, but how cool is it to win a FREE ticket for this great event. Im really honoured that I had the possibility to give away a FREE ticket for ExpertsLive 2013. Just send an personal message on Twitter to @Mark_Swinkels and tell me why you should win this FREE ticket for ExpertsLive 2013! I’ll pick one lucky winner of all the messages.
Information about ExpersLive 2013 and the program of all the session can be found at http://www.expertslive.nl
The post Win a FREE ticket for the event of the year….ExpertsLive 2013! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Some fun with TechEddie, that’s a long time ago!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Some fun with TechEddie, that’s a long time ago!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Create shutdown, logoff and restart Windows tiles in Windows 8.1 using RES Automation Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First create a Windows share where you put the PowerShell module for the Windows tiles
2.) Next I’ve created a new module with some Powershell commands
Set-Executionpolicy unrestricted -force
Import-Module \\RESMNG01\Source\CreateWindowsTile\CreateWindowsTile.pm1
New-OSCWindowsTile
3.) when you run this module on your RES AM agent(s), the new Windows Tiles will be created
Very usefull in a large environment with Windows 8 or 8.1
The post How to: Create shutdown, logoff and restart Windows tiles in Windows 8.1 using RES Automation Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Disable the EU Browser Choice screen in Windows 8 and 8.1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>REG ADD HKLM\Software\BrowserChoice /v Enable /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f
Set the key to 1 if you want to enable the browser choice screen. Set the key to 0 if you want to disable it.
The post How to: Disable the EU Browser Choice screen in Windows 8 and 8.1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Server Posterpedia Windows 8.1 App appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Server Posterpedia is an interactive app that uses technical posters as a reference for understanding Microsoft technologies. This app includes all the reference posters from different Microsoft Server Technologies such as Windows Server 2012 Hyper-V, Exchange or Windows Azure. The great thing about this App, you can not only checkout the different posters and zoom in, if you click on a specific topic for you get directly linked to the right TechNet article. This can help find some TechNet references really easy and fast.
Download the Posterpedia App in the Windows Store.
The post Microsoft Server Posterpedia Windows 8.1 App appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Do you know the answer to everything? Microsoft does…..42 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Do you know the answer to everything? Microsoft does…..42 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V Component Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>“Provides a visual reference for understanding key Hyper-V technologies in Windows Server 2012 R2 and focuses on Generation 2 virtual machines, Hyper-V with virtual hard disk sharing, online virtual hard disk resizing, storage quality-of-service, enhanced session mode, live migration, Hyper-V failover clustering, and upgrading your private cloud.”
Download the posters here.
The post Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V Component Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Hyper-V 2012 R2 connect with enhanced session to a Gen2 VM appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Now you can copy and paste items like, ISO’s, textfiles, folders, etc. to your child VM. How cool is that! In this example I’m copy and paste a simple folder, but here you can see how powerfull it is.
The post Hyper-V 2012 R2 connect with enhanced session to a Gen2 VM appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Hyper-V: Generation 2 Virtual Machine compatibility error appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>“Boot Failed. EFI SCSI Device. Failed Secure Boot Verification”.
The reason for this error was the new Generation 2 VM. I’ve created a new Generaion 2 (Gen2) VM for Windows Server 2008 R2, but it supports only Windows Server 2012 and Windows 8 or higher!! So just remember, when you want to create an virtual machine whit an “older” operating system, just create an Generation 1 VM (Gen1).
The post Hyper-V: Generation 2 Virtual Machine compatibility error appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Veeam FREE Hands-on Guide Understanding Hyper-V in Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The Hands-on Guide: Understanding Hyper-V in Windows Server 2012 gives you simple step-by-step instructions to help you perform Hyper-V-related tasks like a seasoned expert.
You will learn how to:
The post Veeam FREE Hands-on Guide Understanding Hyper-V in Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Quick navigate to Exchange 2010 scripting directory appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>cd $exscripts
Now you never have to check on what partition or what location Exchange 2010 is installed!!
The post How to: Quick navigate to Exchange 2010 scripting directory appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows 8.1 Preview in Windows 8 Client Hyper-V appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Now it is only running as a VM within Hyper-V on my laptop, but the Surface RT and the Surface Pro are on there way to the Netherlands!! So that is even a better experience. Next week I will post the results on my new Surface devices.
The Ictivity duck is also love the new Microsoft Surface Pro!
The post Windows 8.1 Preview in Windows 8 Client Hyper-V appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post WIM image has deployed to wrong partition using SCCM 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>To fix this problem, you’ll need to add a new task within the task sequence.
1.) Open the System Center Configuration Manager 2012 Console
2.) Navigate to the task sequence and click Edit
3.) After the partition task, add a new task named Set Task Sequence Variable
4.) The name of the Task Sequence Variable is: Disable Disk Drive Letter (this can be anything you want!)
5.) The Task Sequence Variable will be: OSDPreserveDriveLetter
6.) The value will be: False
7.) Just PXE boot the machine again and watch te result!
The post WIM image has deployed to wrong partition using SCCM 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Error “Cannot edit the object, which is in use by Site P01” in SCCM 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Error “Cannot edit the object, which is in use by Site P01” in SCCM 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Print multiple documents from Windows Explorer using RES Workspace Manager appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First of all start the RES Workspace Manager console
2.) Navigate to Composition / Applications / Adobe Reader XI (in my example for PDF files)
3.) Navigate to the Properties / File Types tab and click Add
4.) Add the PDF file extension
5.) Select the command Print
6.) Select the parameter “%1”, this is default
7.) Now login with a user again and the Print option for PDF files within the Windows Explorer is back again!
The post How to: Print multiple documents from Windows Explorer using RES Workspace Manager appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Hyper-V 2012 R2 announced! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Generation 2 VM: A generation 2 VM knows that it is virtualized! It can boot ISCSI and synthetic NIC, so no emulated hardware anymore! A generation 2 VM is available for Windows 8 and Server 2012 or higher. Converting a VM to a generation 2 VM is not possible.
Automatic Activation: No more KMS servers in your environment to activate your guest VM’s. Now it is possible to automaic activate your guest VM’s using OEM or volume licenses.
Online VHDX resize: Do you need any more disk space? Increase and decrease the size of the virtual hard disks online. The VM is up and running while performing this action!
Zero downtime upgrade: Upgrade from Windows Server 2012 Hyper-V to Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V without any downtime using cross version live migration.
Faster Live Migration: Live Migration is about 2 times faster now using compression.
Linux guest support: Linux VM’s are fully supported now. Use dynamic memory, online backup, online VHDX resize and better video experience using new video drivers.
Compatibility with Windows Azure IaaS: Windows Azure IaaS uses exactly the same Virtualization as Windows Server 2012 Hyper-V, so VM’s can be moved between your private cloud and the public cloud!
Enhanced VM inteaction: Remote Desktop over the VMBUS, which enables full remote desktop capabilities, copy files, enhanced login, audio redirection, and even more.
There are a lot of more new features and capabilities within the new Hyper-V 2012 R2 release. Hopefully I can see some information in Madrid at the Microsoft TechEd Europe!
The post Hyper-V 2012 R2 announced! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Upgraded my homelab!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>* AMD A8 3870K 3.00GHz 4MB FM1 Box
* Asus F1A75-V PRO AMD A75, SATA600 RAID, HDMI
* Corsair 32GB PC3-14900 DDR3 SDRAM Vengeance (4x 8GB, 1866MHz)
The post Upgraded my homelab!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2013 Architecture Poster available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2013 Architecture Poster available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Passed the 70-246 and 70-247 exams. Now officially MCSE 2012 Private Cloud appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>With the upcoming TechEd Europe 2013 event in Madrid, it’s a great timing to have the MSCE 2012 Private Cloud status in the pocket. Do you know where I’m going to dream about this night….right, my own private cloud!!
The post Passed the 70-246 and 70-247 exams. Now officially MCSE 2012 Private Cloud appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Create multiple boundaries in ConfigMgr 2012 within a few seconds appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First of all we are going to import the ConfigMgr 2012 Powershell module. Use the x86 Windows PowerShell, bacause x64 is not supported!!
Import-Module “C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Configuration Manager\AdminConsole\bin\ConfigurationManager.psd1”
4.) Make a connection to your Primary Site server
Set-Connection P01
3.) Now we are going to create some new boundaries. In this example a whole IP subnet (172.16.10.0 and 172.16.11.0)
New-CMBoundary -Name “Client VLAN1” -Type IPsubnet -Value “172.16.10.0”
New-CMBoundary -Name “Client VLAN2” -Type IPsubnet -Value “172.16.11.0”
5.) Create a new boundary group. In my example “Main Building”
New-CMBoundaryGroup -Name “Main Building”
6.) The next step is to add the boundaries to the right boundary group
Add-CMBoundaryToGroup -BoundaryName “Client VLAN1” -BoundaryGroupName “Main Building”
Add-CMBoundaryToGroup -BoundaryName “Client VLAN2” -BoundaryGroupName “Main Building”
Now the job is done. How easy and fast was that…
The post How to: Create multiple boundaries in ConfigMgr 2012 within a few seconds appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Next event: Microsoft Teched Europe 2013 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>See you all in Madrid!!
The post Next event: Microsoft Teched Europe 2013 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post KEMP LoadMaster v7.0-4 firmware is now available with Edge Security Pack appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>New Features and Feature Enhancements:
•Edge Security Pack – A range of new security features has been added to the LoadMaster.
•Sub-VS Support – The LoadMaster now supports the creation and management of sub-VSs.
•Graphical Metrics – There is a new dashboard home screen with the capability to display graphical performance information.
•New License format – A new license format has been introduced
•Oracle VirtualBox VLM – A new VLM package, to support VLM installation within an Oracle VirtualBox environment is available
•MIBS files have been updated
•SID and revision information included in IPS logging
•VLAN Separation per Interface •Support for larger TCP window sizes
•‘Kill switch’ is now supported on all LoadMaster versions
•LM-R320 has its serial number visible on the WUI
•The Netconsole Host interface is configurable via the WUI
Issues Resolved:
•Issue with SMTP STARTTLS when a client sends an EHLO is resolved
•Issue with ACL whitelist allowing other IPs is resolved
•Issue with switching VS types under load is resolved
•Some reboot issues have been resolved
•An issue with caching on Firefox has been resolved
•The “-“ character is now allowed in the DNS Search Domain field
•Issues with the MIBS have been resolved
•A circular routing problem has been resolved
•SNMP trap Source IP has been changed to pre 5.1-48 behaviour
•SSL renegotiation can be toggled on/off
•SSLv2 is no longer used for LoadMaster initiated SSL connections
•An issue with Not Available Redirection XSS has been resolved
•The Default IP is now displayed on the WUI when DHCP fails
•An issue with VS Specific insert X-Clientside header being overwritten by system default has been resolved
•The “-“ character is now allowed in the User Login field
•An issue with the Fail on Match functionality has been resolved
•An issue with Maximum Cache Size has been resolved
Known Issues:
• Quick setup Help appears automatically if no IP address is configured on the LM if a VLAN is configured on eth0 and no IP address is assigned to the underlying interface (eth0)
LoadMaster version v7.0-4 supports the following hardware:
•LM-2000
•LM-2200
•LM-2500
•LM-2600
•LM-3500
•LM-3600
•LM-5300
•LM-5500
•LM-Exchange
•LM-R320
•VLM-100
•VLM-1000
•VLM-Exchange
NOTE – ESP is supported on select LoadMaster models and new VLM installations.
Learn more about LoadMaster 7.0:
Manual
Full Release Notes
Full Documentation
The post KEMP LoadMaster v7.0-4 firmware is now available with Edge Security Pack appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows 8 Client Hyper-V copy/paste appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The thing you need to do is copy the text on your local system, navigate back to your quest machine (VM), select the clipboard tab and hit Type clipboard text. Now you text is copied from the local machine into your quest machine!
The post Windows 8 Client Hyper-V copy/paste appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Webinar | Win a $200 ThinkGeek Gift Card appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Join Eric Siebert — VMware vExpert, author, and mastermind behind vSphere-land.com — and see how you can utilize blogs from tech experts, as well as your peers, writing from the IT trenches.
Date: Tomorrow! April 18, 2013
Time: 12:00PM Eastern
Register Now >>
Join us online and learn:
•How the virtualization blogger community has evolved
•Why you should pay attention to what bloggers are saying
•Top virtualization blogs to watch in 2013
•All participants will receive a free NFR license for Unitrends Enterprise Backup
•BONUS: One lucky attendee will win a $200 ThinkGeek.com giftcard!
The post Webinar | Win a $200 ThinkGeek Gift Card appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post RES Workspace Manager 2012 Recent Files not vissible in start menu appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When the user are opening some documents, the Recent Files folder is filled up with the last opened document. The save location is C:\Users\%username%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\Recent.
I’ve created a new User Setting to save the content within this folder. Now there is something strange happening!! The content is saved within a UPF (User Preference File) correctly, but its not vissible in the user session from the start menu.
When I open a commandline and browse to my user profile, the content is there! Huh…?!? After some troubleshooting, I have figured out that I had to change one setting within my custom resource. The folder AppData\Microsoft\Windows\Recent was marked as Read-Only. That’s the problem! After disabling the Read-Only, the recent files are vissible from my start menu.
The post RES Workspace Manager 2012 Recent Files not vissible in start menu appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Enable data deduplication in Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>By default, Data Deduplication will only deduplicate data that is not changed over the last 30 days. You can change this value to any numbers of days you want. Lets enable Data Deduplication. After enabling Data Deduplication, there are three scheduled tasks available (only vissible through PowerShell).
In my example I’ve copied the Windows Server 2012 ISO three times to my ISO partition. So there are three folder called ISO1, ISO2 and ISO3. All the folder contains exact the same data. So three times the ISO files are around the 10 GB of storage on my disk. Watch the result after enabling this great new feature….do you have any idea??
1.) Open the Server Manager and enable Data Deduplication on the File and Storage Services server role.
2.) Or open PowerShell and enable this rol
Import-Module ServerManager
Add-WindowsFeature -name FS-Data-Deduplication
3.) Enable Deduplication on the specific volume or volumes
Import-Module Deduplication
Enable-DedupVolume E:
4.) View the new scheduled Deduplication jobs
Get-DedupSchedule
5.) Change the MinimumFileAgeDays value to 0
Set-DedupVolume E: -MinimumFileAgeDays 0
6.) Start the Deduplication jobs manualy
Start-DedupJob E: -Type Optimazation
Start-DedupJob E: -Type GarbageCollection
Start-DedupJob E: -Type Scrubbing
7.) After a few minutes, watch the result!
Get-DedupStatus
How cool is that. Are you also going to enable Data Deduplication?
The post How to: Enable data deduplication in Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Enable Jumbo frames on your ISCSI network interface using PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The great thing is that there is something called PowerShell ;). You can configure Jumbo frames using PowerShell.
1.) Open PowerShell
2.) Generate an overview of all the Network Interfaces in your Hyper-V host
Get-NetAdapter | ft Name
In my labenvironment there are two ISCSI interfaces (ISCSI01 and ISCSI02)
3.) Show the advanced NIC properties of the ISCSI interfaces
Get-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -name ISCSI01
Get-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -name ISCSI02
As you can see, Jumbo Packet is Disabled
4.) Configure the most common Jumbo Frame setting of 9014 bytes. Note that not all SAN’s supports this value.
Set-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -Name ISCSI01 -RegistryKeyword “*JumboPacket” -Registryvalue 9014
Set-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -Name ISCSI02 -RegistryKeyword “*JumboPacket” -Registryvalue 9014
5.) Now Jumbo frames is enabled
Get-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -name ISCSI01
Get-NetAdapterAdvancedProperty -name ISCSI02
The post How to: Enable Jumbo frames on your ISCSI network interface using PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Released: Exchange Server 2013 RTM Cumulative Update 1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This is the Exchange 2013 product level required for co-existence with previous versions of Exchange, being Exchange Server 2010 SP3 or Exchange Server 2007 SP3 Rollup 10.
The Exchange Team provided a description of the major changes in CU1. You will find the announcement here;
Here are some of the major changes in CU1:
You can download Cumulative Update 1 for Exchange 2013 here.
Be aware, this update requires some preparation first. So be carefull and read the release notes before hitting the install button
The post Released: Exchange Server 2013 RTM Cumulative Update 1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post New eBook – Building a Hyper-V Cluster for under $2000 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download the eBook from the Altaro website. Click here.
The post New eBook – Building a Hyper-V Cluster for under $2000 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post ConfigMgr 2012 client installation on Windows 8 returns an error 0x800b101 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>After some search on Microsoft TechNet, I found the solution for this problemn. Microsoft has released a hotfix for this error (KB2801987) . You have to request this hotfix by e-mail.
After requesting and downloading the hotfix, you have to install this hotfix on your primary site server. It wil create a new update package named “KB 2801987 – server update – P01”. If you browse to your client installation files on your primary site server, you’ll also see that the timestamp has changed. So the ConfigMgr client installation files are also updated! Make sure you update the distribution point(s) with the new version of the ConfigMgr 2012 client installation package.
Now you’re able to succesfully deploy Windows 8 with the ConfigMgr 2012 client.
The post ConfigMgr 2012 client installation on Windows 8 returns an error 0x800b101 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Adding PXE support in ConfigMgr 2012 failed appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>A couple of minutes later, some errors are in the logfile DISTMGR.log. After I rebooted the ConfigMgr server, the following error message displayed:
“There is a file of folder on your computer called “C:\progam” which could cause certain applications to not function correctly. Renaming it to “C:\program2″ would solve this problem. Would you like to rename it now?”
Let’s navigate to the C:\ drive, and there is the file. Renaming the file to C:\program_old and rebooted the server again, everything works fine and the WDS service is starting correctly now. Also the logfile DISTMGR.log is fine now. It looks like a bug within ConfigMgr 2012, but I didn’t figured it out yet…
The post Adding PXE support in ConfigMgr 2012 failed appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Building the ultimate lab environment using Windows 8 Client Hyper-V appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Basically, all of the main reads for the VMs created with a differencing disk come from the master VHD or VHDX, while any changes (writes) are written to the differencing disk. The differencing disk will remain fairly small, because the amount of change should be minimal. You’re probably looking at around a couple of GBs per differencing disk. With a differencing disk you can build multiple machines with the same parent sysprep image.
My laptop contains Windows 8 with the Hyper-V role enabled, so basically my virtual environment is on my laptop. Because I have only 500 GB on storage available, it is very usefull for me to use differencing disks. A lot of virtual machines with a little need of storage.
You can build this environment by following the next steps;
1.) Create a new virtual machine within Hyper-V
2.) Install the Operating System with the specific updates
3.) Optionally you can install some base applications
4.) Sysprep the virtual machine. You can use the following command:
%windir%\system32\sysprep\sysprep.exe /generalize /shutdown
5.) Now the virtual machine is sysprepped and power off
6.) Create a new virtual machine (or multiple)
7.) Create a new VHDX file using differencing disk
8.) Navigate to the base VHDX file you’ve just created (the sysprepped virtual machine)
9.) Edit some other settings within the virtual machine (cores, memory, NIC, etc.)
10.) Boot the new virtual machine
11.) Walk through the “First Run” steps of the Operating System
12.) The new virtual machine is now ready to use
13.) Navigate to the differencing disk (VHDX) and see how big it is…right it’s really small!
The post How to: Building the ultimate lab environment using Windows 8 Client Hyper-V appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Z-Hire Active Directory, Exchange, Lync User Creation Tool appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>– Environment Auto detection (AD/Exchange/Lync/Office 365/SalesForce)
– Copy existing Active Directory User to Z-Hire Template (new in version 4.8.1)
– Support for Active Directory user, Exchange Mailbox, Lync 2010, Office 365 user and SalesForce user accounts
– Template based deployment (allows consistency for all user accounts)
– Office 365 account creation with major attributes
– Active Directory user account creation with major attributes
– Active Directory group selection
– Active Directory user duplicate SamAccountName verification
– Lync 2010 account creation supporting all policies
– SalesForce user creation support all major attributes
– Faster performance (compared to previous version)
– Best of all, this AD User Creation Tool is free!
System Requirements
– Windows 7 X64 w/ .NET 3.5 (Domain Joined)
– Windows Server 2008 X64 w/ .NET 3.5 (Domain Joined)
– Windows Server 2008 R2 X64 w/ .NET 3.5 (Domain Joined)
Permission Requirements
– Ability to create Active Directory user
– Ability to create Exchange Mailbox
– Ability to create / enable Lync user
Supported Environments
– Active Directory (all versions)
– Exchange 2007 (all versions)
– Exchange 2010 (all versions)
– Lync 2010 (both Standard and Enterprise versions)
– Office 365 Cloud
– SalesForce CRM Cloud
Download Z-Hire tool on Microsoft Gallery
The post Z-Hire Active Directory, Exchange, Lync User Creation Tool appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: SCCM 2012 and installing drivers by computer model using WMI query appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>One mayor thing you have to know are the exact computer models in your organization
1.) Create a new task sequence. (in my example Windows 7)
2.) Add a task Apply Driver Package
3.) Select the right Driver Package
4.) Navigate to the Options tab
5.) On the target PC open the command prompt
6.) The next thing you want to know is the hardware model of the target PC.
WMIC ComputerSystem GET model
In my example it is an Dell OptiPlex 9010 as you can see
7.) Navigate back to your task sequence in the Options tab
8.) The WMI namespace will be root\cimv2
9.) The WQL Query will be SELECT * FROM Win32_ComputerSystem WHERE Model LIKE “%OptiPlex 9010”
10.) Now the right driver package will be installed during your task sequence.
The post How to: SCCM 2012 and installing drivers by computer model using WMI query appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Net Logon Service won’t start after demoting a domain controller appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>“Could not start the Net Logon service on Local Computer.
Error 1075: The dependency service does not exist or has been marked for deletion.”
After some reserch I found the solution.
1.) Start the registry editor (Regedit.exe).
2.) Navigate to the following registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/System/CurrentControlSet/Services/Netlogon/
3.) In the right pane, double-click the DependOnService value .
4.) In the Multi-String Editor dialog box, type the following strings on separate lines, and then click OK
LanmanServer
LanmanWorkstation
Remove any other entries.
5.) Exit the registry editor and restart the server
The post Net Logon Service won’t start after demoting a domain controller appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Lock desktop icon using RES Workspace Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>It is also possible to create a application for the users to lock their desktop. A great thing about this is that the user don’t have to wait 5 seconds before the desktop will be locked.
1.) Create a new application
2.) Use the following configuration
Command:%systemroot%\system32\rundll32.exe
Working directory:%systemroot%\system32
Parameters: user32.dll,LockWorkStation
3.) Select the user of users that are going to use this application
4.) Select the right Workspace Container, for example Windows XP, Windows 7 or Citrix Xenapp environment
Now the users have a new application available in the start menu. You can force a mandatory desktop icon. All you need to do is double click the new application and your desktop is locked now!
The post How to: Lock desktop icon using RES Workspace Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post FREE e-Book: The Hands-on Guide: Understanding Hyper-V in Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The Hands-on Guide: Understanding Hyper-V in Windows Server 2012 gives you simple step-by-step instructions to help you perform Hyper-V-related tasks like a seasoned expert.
You will learn how to:
•Build clustered Hyper-V deployment
•Manage Hyper-V through PowerShell
•Create virtual machine replicas
•Transition from a legacy Hyper-V environment, and more
Download the first 5 chapters (180 Pages) today! Klik on the Picture to go to the Veeam Website.
The post FREE e-Book: The Hands-on Guide: Understanding Hyper-V in Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove public Libraries in Windows Server 2008 R2 using RES Workspace Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this environment I’m using Windwos Server 2008 R2 with the Remote Desktop Services role enabled. The workspace is managed with RES Workspace Manager 2012. The users are using mandatory profiles, published as a custom resources with RES Workspace Manager.
1.) First of all, let’s have a look in the Windows Explorer. In the left bar there’re the libraries.
2.) The library folders are located in the directory
C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\Libraries
Documents.library-ms
Music.library-ms
Pictures.library-ms
Videos.library-ms
3.) Let’s open these files in notepad (or another texteditor)
4.) There’re two sections. One for the library and one for the public library.
5.) Right-click on each public library and choose Remove Location from library
6.) The public libraries are located to C:\Users\Public. In an Server Based Computing environment, the users haven’t access to that location.
7.) After deleting the public libraries, navigate back to the library directory in your profile
C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\Libraries
Documents.library-ms
Music.library-ms
Pictures.library-ms
Videos.library-ms
8.) Open each file within notepad and delete the rows
<ownerSID>….</ownerSID>
<serialized>….</serialized>
This will make the files generic for using as a baseline for all the users.
9.) Open your RES Workspace Manager Console and navigate to Administration, Custom Resources
10.) Open your mandatory profile and navigate to
Mandatory Profile\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\Libraries
11.) Delete the orrigional files and add the four customized files into this folder
12.) Update the cache of your RES Workspace Manager Agents and login with a user
13.) The public libraries are gone now and users didn’t receive error messages anymore
Hopefully this blogpost is usefull for your own production envirenment!
The post How to: Remove public Libraries in Windows Server 2008 R2 using RES Workspace Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Obtain IP configuration from a remote server with Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>winrs -r:SERVERNAME ipconfig
In my labenvironment I’ve installed multiple Windows 2012 servers. I ran the command from my domain controller, and obtain the IP configuration of my Exchange 2013 environment. First I ran the IPCONFIG command on the local server, finally I ran the WINRS command from the domain controller. The result is exactly the same as you can see….but all from one server!! What a powerfull feature to manage your environment
The post How to: Obtain IP configuration from a remote server with Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Create a NIC team within Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Within a few clicks, youre NIC team is up and running. Offcourse you can also use PowerShell to manager or create a NIC team. Let’s have a look on some examples from my labenvironment. I’ve created a virtual Windows Server 2012 machine whit a copple of NIC’s in it.
1.) To list all adapter in the machine, you can use the following command
Get-NetAdapter
2.) Rename the adapters
Rename-NetAdapter -Name OLDNAME -NewName NEWNAME
In my example I’m going to create a team of 4 network interfaces (TEAM-INT1,2,3 and 4)
3.) The next step is to create a new team interface
New-NetLbfoTeam -Name LAN-TEAM -TeamMembers TEAM-INT-1, TEAM-INT-2, TEAM-INT-3
As you can see, I’ve only added 3 NIC’s to the team. In the next step, we’re going to add another NIC to the team.
4.) Next we are going to add TEAM-INT-4 to the LAN-TEAM
Add-NetLbfoTeamMebmer -Team LAN-TEAM -InterfaceAlias TEAM-INT-4
5.) Let’s view the team properties
Get-NetLbfoTeam -Name LAN-TEAM
As you can see, all the 4 NIC’s are member of the NIC team
6.) Open the Server Manager and select “Local Server”
7.) Select “NIC Teaming” Here you can edit the properties of your NIC team and see the status of each interface (speed, status, etc.)
8.) When we disable one interface, you see the new status directly
So in this exmple, you have seen how easy it is to build a new NIC team with different NIC’s. No special drivers, no tooling, no 3th party software…just Windows Server 2012!! #cool!
The post How to: Create a NIC team within Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post System Center 2012 SP1 RTM is ready for download on TechNet appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>So what are you going to do in your vacation?? YES, building a new System Center 2012 SP1 lab environment!!
The post System Center 2012 SP1 RTM is ready for download on TechNet appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Management Framework 3.0 Compatibility Update appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Background:
Windows Management Framework (WMF 3.0) was released to the Download Center on September 17, 2012. On December 11, 2012,this package was released through Windows Update. Although it was released as an optional update, many customers chose to deploy the package automatically. Because there are compatibility issues between some released server applications and WMF 3.0, we have temporarily removed WMF 3.0 from Windows Update. This should prevent customers from inadvertently installing the package on unsupported systems.
Known Compatibility Issues:
Windows Management Framework 3.0 (WMF 3.0) is not currently compatible with the following applications.
– System Center 2012 Configuration Manager
http://support.microsoft.com/kb/2796086 (Configuration Manager Management Points collocated with clients fail after installing Windows Management Framework 3.0 and running Client Health Evaluation)
– System Center Virtual Machine Manager
http://support.microsoft.com/kb/2795043 (Managing Hyper-V hosts using Virtual Machine Manager fails with Error: 0x8033803b after installing WMF 3.0)
– Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and Microsoft Exchange Server 2010
http://blogs.technet.com/b/exchange/archive/2012/12/14/windows-management-framework-3-0-on-exchange-2007-and-exchange-2010.aspx (Windows Management Framework 3.0 on Exchange 2007 and Exchange 2010)
– Microsoft SharePoint 2010
http://connect.microsoft.com/PowerShell/feedback/details/746908/powershell-3-0-and-sharepoint-2010 (Windows PowerShell 3.0 and SharePoint 2010)
– Windows Small Business Server 2008 and Windows Small Business Server 2011
http://blogs.technet.com/b/sbs/archive/2012/12/15/windows-management-framework-3-0-applicability-on-windows-small-business-server-2008-2011-standard.aspx (Windows Management Framework 3.0 applicability on Windows Small Business Server 2008/2011 Standard)
Systems that are running the above server applications should not run Windows Management Framework 3.0 at this time. WMF 3.0 is otherwise supported on Windows 7 SP1, Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1, and Windows Server 2008 SP2.
The post Windows Management Framework 3.0 Compatibility Update appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Altaro giving all Hyper-V admins 50 free licenses of their desktop backup solution – End December 24th appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>There’s no catch! All you need to do is send them a screenshot of Hyper-V that proves that you use Hyper-V and they will send you the licenses which you can use on your own machines or give out to friends, family or colleagues, to use at work or home.
The giveaway ends on Dec 24th 2012.
To claim your 50 licenses check out http://www.altaro.com/hyper-v/50-free-pc-backup-licenses-for-all-hyper-v-admins
To check out their Hyper-V portal check out http://www.altaro.com/hyper-v/
For more info about Altaro Hyper-V Backup check out http://www.altaro.com/hyper-v-backup/?LP=Xmas
The post Altaro giving all Hyper-V admins 50 free licenses of their desktop backup solution – End December 24th appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Show recent files in the Start Menu when using RES Workspace Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) In the first screemdump, the recently files are not shown
2.) Open the registry (regedit.exe)
3.) Navigate to the following section in the registry:
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Advanced
4.) Create a new REG_DWORD with the name Start_ShowRecentDocs with the value 1
5.) You also can create a new User Registry within RES Workspace Manager 2012, though this option it’s available for all users!
6.) Logoff the user and login again. As you can see, there are the recently files!
7.) The recently files are stored in the folder:
%APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Recent
8.) When you’re using mandatory profiles or you doesn’t redirect de AppData folder, configure a User Preference within RES Workspace Manager 2012 to save the recently files.
9.) Create a new User Preference and select the option Folder tree to the path %APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Recent
The post How to: Show recent files in the Start Menu when using RES Workspace Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Create a Shutdown/Restart/Logoff Windows 8 Tile for the Start menu appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>http://gallery.technet.microsoft.com/scriptcenter/Create-a-ShutdownRestartLog-37c8111d
1.) Fist edit the Execution Policy on your desktop
Set-ExecutionPolicy unrestricted
2.) Type the command Import-Module <path to script>
Import-Module C:\Script\CreateWindowsTile.psm1
3.) Type the command New-OSCWindowsTile
4.) Navigate to start and there are the three new tiles!
The post How to: Create a Shutdown/Restart/Logoff Windows 8 Tile for the Start menu appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Server Posterpedia v2 available in the Windows Store! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>There are posters available for Microsoft Hyper-V, Exchange, Server 2008, SharePoint, Windows Azure, SQL, etc.
You can download the app using the following URL: http://blogs.technet.com/b/windowsserver/archive/2012/11/20/server-posterpedia-v2-available-in-the-windows-store.aspx or in the App Store!
The post Server Posterpedia v2 available in the Windows Store! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Windows 2012 Server deploy remote domain controllers using Server Manager – part II of II appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>How to: Windows 2012 Server Deploy remote domain controllers using Server Manager – Part I of II
Since Windows 2012 Server, creating a new domain controller is much eassier then ever before. There is another option to create a new domain controller….Yes, using Windows PowerShell!!
As you can see in part I of the post, there are two domain controllers. I have installed a clean Windows 2012 Server within my labenvironment, called Server2.
1.) Logon to Server1 with the Administrator account
2.) Open Windows PowerShell
3.) Type the following command:
Install-WindowsFeature -Name AD-Domain-Services -ComputerName Server2
4.) After the Windows feature is installed succesfully, type the following command:
Invoke-Command –ComputerName Server2 –ScriptBlock {Import-Module ADDSDeployment;Install-ADDSDomainController –NoGlobalCatalog:$False –CreateDNSDelegation:$False –Credential (Get-Credential) –CriticalReplicationOnly:$False –DatabasePath “C:\Windows\NTDS” –DomainName “Contoso.com” –InstallDNS:$True –LogPath “C:\Windows\NTDS” –NoRebootOnCompletion:$False –SiteName “Default-First-Site-Name” –SysVolPath “C:\Windows\SysVol” }
When prompted for credentials, enter the username and password of your domain administrator account!
In my labenvironment, I have used the following parameters:
-ComputerName, this is the name of the new domain controller
-NoGlobalCatalog:$False, the new domain controller becomes also an Global Catalog Server
-CreateNDSDelegation:$False, there are no ohter DNS servers available for DNS delegation
-Creadential(Get-Credential), before executing the command, there will be an popup asking your admin crerdentials
-CriticalReplicationOnly:$False, this entry specifies whether the installation operation performs only important replication before a restart and then skips the noncritical and potentially lengthy part of replication. The noncritical replication occurs after the role installation is complete, and the computer restarts
-Databasepath, the location of the ADDS database (NTDS.DIT)
-DomainName, specifies the fully qualified domain name of your domain
-InstallDNS:$True, the new domain controllers becomes also an DNS server
-LogPath, this is the path of the fully qualified, non-UNC directory on a hard disk on the local computer that will host the AD DS log files.
-NoRebootOnCompletion:$False, there will be no reboot at the end of the installation
-SiteName, this is the name of your Active Directory site where the new domain controller becomes a member of
-SysVolPath, this folder contains all content replicated to the other domain controller (NETLOGON and SYSVOL directories)
5.) After executing the commands above, and the installation has finished, the new domain controller becomes vissible in your Active Directory environment
6.) All you have to do now is waiting for the next Active Directory replication, so all your domain controllers are synchronized
The post How to: Windows 2012 Server deploy remote domain controllers using Server Manager – part II of II appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Let’s play with System Center 2012 Service Pack 1 products! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>System Center 2012 Service Pack 1 Beta – Installable Bits (if you want to do that instead of VMs)
http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=34607
App Controller – Service Pack 1 Beta
http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=34781
Operations Manager – Service Pack 1 Beta
http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=34780
Orchestrator – Service Pack 1 Beta
http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=34778
Service Manager – Service Pack 1 Beta
http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=34777
Virtual Machine Manager – Service Pack 1 Beta
http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=34803
Data Protection Manager – Service Pack 1 Beta
http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=34779
The post Let’s play with System Center 2012 Service Pack 1 products! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post The RTM versions of Exchange 2013, Lync 2013 and Office 2013 are now available on MSDN and Technet appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>MSDN Links:
Lync Server 2013 (x64) – DVD (English)
Exchange Server 2013 (x64) – DVD (Multilanguage)
Office Web Apps 2013 (x64) – DVD (English)
Office Professional Plus 2013 (x64) – DVD (English)
Office Professional Plus 2013 (x86) – DVD (English)
SharePoint Server 2013 (x64) – DVD (English)
Visio Professional 2013 (x64) – (English)
Visio Professional 2013 (x86) – (English)
Project Professional 2013 (x64) – (English)
Project Professional 2013 (x86) – (English)
The post The RTM versions of Exchange 2013, Lync 2013 and Office 2013 are now available on MSDN and Technet appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Windows 2012 Server deploy remote domain controllers using Server Manager – part I of II appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>I already installed two clean Windows 2012 Servers with the right IP configuration. The servers are added to the Windows Server Manager within my first domain controller, so we’ve the possibility to manage this servers! As you can see, in the begin there’s only one domain controller available.
1.) Login to the existing domain controller of your domain
2.) Open the Server Manager
3.) Navigate to All Servers
4.) Select server SERVER1
5.) Select Manager – Add Roles and Features
6.) Click Next
7.) Select Role-based or feature-based installation
8.) Select server SERVER1
9.) Select server role Active Directory Domain Services and click Next
10.) Click Add Features to install the right Windows features to manage your Active Directory environment
11.) In the confirmation screen, click Install
This will install the server role and features only, not configuring!
12.) After the installation succeeded succesfully, click the red flag on top of the screen
13.) Navigate to Post-deployment Configuration and click Promote this server to a domain controller
14.) Supply the right credentials and click Next
15.) Type the Directory Service Restore Mode (DSRM) password and click Next
16.) In the review screen, you can save the Powershell script to perform this actions automatically the next time.
17.) After the configuration is finished, you’ll see the new domain controller within:
Active Directory Users and Computers
Active Directory Sites and Services
The post How to: Windows 2012 Server deploy remote domain controllers using Server Manager – part I of II appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Windows 2012 switch from GUI to Core and from Core to GUI appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In a few steps you can transform your fully graphical version of Windows 2012 Server to only a black command line box! Let’s have a look.
1.) Install a Windows 2012 Server with the GUI version
2.) Open Powershell
3.) Type the following command:
Get-WindowsFeature *gui*. As you can see, there’re two Windows feature.
Graphical Management Tools and Infrastructure (Server-Gui-Mgmt-Infra)
Server Graphical Shell (Server-Gui-Shell)
4.) Type the following command to uninstall the GUI:
Get-WindowsFeature *gui* | Remove-WindowsFeature
5.) After restarting the server, you don’t have the GUI anymore
6.) Open Powershell
7.) Type the following command to install the GUI:
Get-WindowsFeature *gui* | Install-WindowsFeature
8.) After restarting the server, the GUI is back again.
The post How to: Windows 2012 switch from GUI to Core and from Core to GUI appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Cool free Windows 8 app…Server Posterpedia appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download the app using the following URL: http://apps.microsoft.com/webpdp/nl-NL/app/server-posterpedia/f988071c-66dc-4281-8028-637ac0f09061 or in the App Store! How cool is that!
The post Cool free Windows 8 app…Server Posterpedia appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows 8 Activation Error: DNS name does not exist Error Code: 0x8007232B appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This issue was documented in this Microsoft Support article http://support.microsoft.com/kb/929826 for previous versions of Windows but also applies to Windows 8.
After reading this support article, I’ve used the following command:
slmgr.vbs /ipk xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx
Typer your personal product key. Now you could activate your Windows 8 machine!
The post Windows 8 Activation Error: DNS name does not exist Error Code: 0x8007232B appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Push default font in Outlook 2010 using Group Policy Preferences appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open a command prompt and type regedit.exe. When you don’t have rights to start this tool, you can also open the registry remotely from another server.
2.) Navigate to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Office\14.0\Common\MailSettings. There are added some binary keys.
3.) Create a new group policy, for example Outlook2010 Default Fonts
4.) Navigate to the User Configuration \ Preferences \ Windows Settings \ Registry
5.) Add a new Registry Item
6.) Add the keys in HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Office\14.0\Common\MailSettings
7.) When you link the new policy to the right organization unit and login with a user, let’s see whats happening…
8.) As you can see, the new default font is Verdana, 10.
Hopefully this is a userfull blogpost to push you in the right direction! This is one of the examples how powerfull the new User Preferences whitin Server 2008 R2 are.
The post How to: Push default font in Outlook 2010 using Group Policy Preferences appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Big, bigger, biggest…with Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Big, bigger, biggest…with Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Updated eBook Introducing Windows Server 2012 RTM Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>All you have to do is tweet about this free eBook.
The post Updated eBook Introducing Windows Server 2012 RTM Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Altaro Hyper-V Backup v3.5 Launched with Full Support for Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Full details below:
Download the PDF with full details about Altaro Backup v3.5. Also read the productreview written a copple of weeks ago.
The post Altaro Hyper-V Backup v3.5 Launched with Full Support for Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Server 2012 Hyper-V Component Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Server 2012 Hyper-V Component Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post An update is available for Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2 KMS hosts to support Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Key Management Service (KMS) uses a KMS host key to activate KMS on a KMS host, and to establish a local activation service in your environment. This update extends support for KMS to provide activation for Windows 8 and for Windows Server 2012.
Download the hotfix here.
The post An update is available for Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2 KMS hosts to support Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Change the Windows 2008 R2 desktop to Aero look using RES Workspace Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>To give the users more Desktop Experience, we are going to change the desktop to Aero look.
1.) The first step is to install the Windows feature Desktop-Experience.
This could be done throught the Server Manager, of using the ServerManagerCmd option within powershell.
ServerManagerCmd -i Desktop-Experience
2.) Open the RES Workspace Manager 2012 Management Console and navigate to Execute Command
3.) Create a new command with the following commandline
%SystemRoot%\system32\regsvr32.exe /s /n /i:/UserInstall %SystemRoot%\system32\themeui.dll
4.) Make sure the option Run task is configured to run Before logon and before other actions
After login again, the Windows shell is looking much better now!
The post How to: Change the Windows 2008 R2 desktop to Aero look using RES Workspace Manager 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Remove duplicate personal folders within Windows 2008 R2 when using folder redirection appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>To resolve this duplicate folder issue, you have to add a registry key to the HKEY_CURRENT_USER environment. I have used RES Workspace Manager 2012 to deploy this registry key, but you can also use a loginscript or other third party software.
1.) Open the RES Workspace Manager 2012 Management Console
2.) Navigate to User Registry
3.) Create a New Registry, in my example “OS – Remove duplicate user personal folder”
4.) Add the following registry key
HEKY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\NonEnum
5.) Create a REG_DWORD
{DFFACDC5-679F-4156-8947-C5C76BC0B67F}
6.) The REG_DWORD value should be 1 (0x00000001)
7.) Distribute this to all the users or just to a group of users
After login again, you will see that the duplicate folders are gone! This is much better for the user now.
The post Remove duplicate personal folders within Windows 2008 R2 when using folder redirection appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Win Server 2012 backup for Hyper-V – BETA – Free Nexus 7 giveaway appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>All you need to do is send a screenshot of the beta installed by Aug 24th. For full info check out the contest page.
We also had the chance to review the beta last week, check it out here.
The post Win Server 2012 backup for Hyper-V – BETA – Free Nexus 7 giveaway appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post New version of Altaro Backup for Hyper-V 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>New features:
Fixes & Improvements:
Today Altaro released a new version of Altaro Backup for Microsoft Hyper-V 2012! In this review I’ve detailed how to install and configure the solution, as well as my take on the pros and cons. After reading this blogpost, you’ll have a much better understand of this latest Beta release from Altaro.
Whit the upcoming releasee of Microsoft Windows 2012, Altaro has also changed the interface in Metro-Style. Let’s have a closer look at the new console. The installation is very simple. double-click the executable to start the installation which will guide you. Altaro Hyper-V Backup needs to be installed on the Hyper-V Host. After the installation has succesfully finshed, there are three shortcuts presented:
In the middle of the console there’s an overview of all the virtual machines whitin your Hyper-V environment. In four easy steps, your backup environment is ready to use.
1.) Select Hyuper-V Guest VMs Here you can select the specific VMs you want to backup
2.) Select a Backup Drive Select a destination drive for storing the backups. It could be local storage (also iSCSI or fiber attached disks), UNC path, USB external drives, eSata external drives, NAS devices or RDX Cartridges.
3.) Setup a Backup Schedule Specify a backup schedule to create backups of your VMs. There are two default schedule groups created automatically. You can easelly edit thoose groups and add VMs to a specific group by dragging and dropping. Just drag and drop the specific Guest VM to the right schedule group or groups. To delete a Guest VM from a schedule group, right-click on the Guest VM and select ”
4.) Setup Notifications The last step is to setup the notifications. There are several notification options. The first is to create an event log notication. The second is to e-mail an notificaion.
After completing all the configuation steps, the backup should be vissible in the Backup / Restore Guest VMs section. Here you can see the current backup schedule or create a backup manually of a specific Guest VM or VMs.
As you can see, this product is really easy to setup and within a few minutes you have a consistent and succesfull backup of your Guest VMs in your Hyper-V environment.
Restoring a VM or just single file(s):
In Altaro you can choose the following restore options:
I’ve tested all this restore options succesfull and it’s nice to see how easy it is to perform a restore of a whole VM or just single file(s).
Conclusion
Altaro Backup for Hyper-V is a realy nice backup application. The installation and configuration is done whitin a few steps. The console is easy in use and the backup/restore options are great. In just a few minutes, your backup environment is up and running. Restoring a whole VM or just a single file or files, is a realy easy job! To make sure that you’re fully protected, you can easy setup an testplan (Fire Drill) and test an restore of your environment.
Advantages of Altaro Backup for Hyper-V:
disadvantages of Altaro Backup for Hyper-V:
Altaro are also giving away two free Nexus 7’s to testers of their Hyper-V backup for Win 2012 beta. Check out all the details http://www.altaro.com/hyper-v-backup/contest.php.
The post New version of Altaro Backup for Hyper-V 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Server 2012 is RTM! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>So save the 4th of september in you calendar. Microsoft will also host an online launch event to celebrate this great big day.
See also: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/server-cloud/new.aspx
So we have just to wait a couple of days more before the real RTM version of Windows Server 2012 is there!
The post Windows Server 2012 is RTM! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install Microsoft Exchcange 2013 on Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>For the people who still runs Exchange 2003, there is no support for any co-excistency. The minimum version of Exchange in an co-excistency environment should be Exchange 2007, so time to upgrade for you guys!
The first step is to make the server member of your Active Directory. Then the preperation can begin.
1.) First of all install the following prerequisites:
* Microsoft Office 2010 Filter Packs
* Service Pack 1 for Microsoft Office Filter Pack 2010 (KB2460041) 64-bit Edition
* Unified Communications Managed API 4.0 (Preview) Runtime
* Uninstall Microsoft Visual C++ 11 Beta Redistributable (x64) – 11.0.50531
2.) Reboot the server and start the Exchange setup
3.) The roles and features necessary for Exchange 2013 will be installed automatically
4.) Select the Exchange Server roles. If you have a closer look, you see that the Hub Transport Role is gone, yes thats right!! Now the Client Access Server role is responsable for mailflow in your Exchange 2013 environment.
5.) You can choose to install Malware Protection.
6.) Choose the location for installation Exchange 2013
7.) When your CAS server will be internet facing, fill in the URL
8.) The last step to start the real installation, Exchange is going to perform a Readiness Check to see if all the requirements are verified.
9.) Now the installation can begin! Just wait and see what happens after step 1 till 15
10.) Finally the installation is done and let’s start the Exchange Toolbox
You can download Exchange 2013 preview here.
Support information can be found on:
http://technet.microsoft.com/library/aa996719(EXCHG.150).aspx
The post How to: Install Microsoft Exchcange 2013 on Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post RES AM 2011 “No licensed connector found for domain controller” appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First of all create a Active Directory connector unther Datastore, Setup, Connectors
2.) Check the licensing overview to see the used licenses for this connector (32 licenses)
3.) The next step is to create a new module. New Module, Provisioning, Active Directory User, Create.
I’ve used the following parameters to fill in after running the module:
– User logon name: $[UserLogonName]
– First name: $[FirstName]
– Last name: $[LastName]
– Full Name: $[FirstName] $[LastName]
– Password: $[Password]
4.) Schedule this module
When you schedule this module, you’ve to fill in the parameters above, so User logon name, First name, Last name, Full name and password. I received an error after a few seconds: “No licensed connector found for RES-DC01”. Mmmm, that’s strange. I’ve succesfully created the Active Directory connector and it is licensed! The solution for this error message is the targetname in the connector. I’ve fill in a name easy to remember, but it must be the name of your domain controller.
After that, the job completed succesfully
The post RES AM 2011 “No licensed connector found for domain controller” appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Move Catalog Data in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Error description:
The Catalog data folder stays in place after a database move path action. The folder couldn’t be cleaned up because it is in use by the Microsoft Exchange Search Indexing service
Solution:
First we have to temporarely disable the indexing on the particular mailbox database. Then we stop the indexing service of Exchange so we can delete the remaining files. The last step is to enable the indexing again.
Actions:
You can follow the next steps.
– Open the Exchange Management Shell and run the following command:
Set-MailboxDatabase -Identity databasename -IndexEnabled $false
-Before moving / cleaning the catalog files, stop the service Microsoft Exchange Search Indexer
– Move the catalog files to the new database location or clean them up.
– Start the service Microsoft Exchange Search Indexer
– Open the Exchange Management Shell and run the following command:
Set-MailboxDatabase -Identity databasename -IndexEnabled $true
The post How to: Move Catalog Data in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2013 could not load ‘Microsoft.Exchange.Management.Security.AdfsFederationAuthModule’. appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Could not load type ‘Microsoft.Exchange.Management.Security.AdfsFederationAuthModule’.
Description: An unhandled exception occurred during the execution of the current web request. Please review the stack trace for more information about the error and where it originated in the code.
Exception Details: System.Web.HttpException: Could not load type ‘Microsoft.Exchange.Management.Security.AdfsFederationAuthModule’. Source Error:
An unhandled exception was generated during the execution of the current web request. Information regarding the origin and location of the exception can be identified using the exception stack trace below.
Stack Trace:
[HttpException (0x80004005): Could not load type ‘Microsoft.Exchange.Management.Security.AdfsFederationAuthModule’.] System.Web.Compilation.BuildManager.GetType(String typeName, Boolean throwOnError, Boolean ignoreCase) +12745785 System.Web.Configuration.ConfigUtil.GetType(String typeName, String propertyName, ConfigurationElement configElement, XmlNode node, Boolean checkAptcaBit, Boolean ignoreCase) +76
[ConfigurationErrorsException: Could not load type ‘Microsoft.Exchange.Management.Security.AdfsFederationAuthModule’.] System.Web.Configuration.ConfigUtil.GetType(String typeName, String propertyName, ConfigurationElement configElement, XmlNode node, Boolean checkAptcaBit, Boolean ignoreCase) +12653504 System.Web.Configuration.Common.ModulesEntry.SecureGetType(String typeName, String propertyName, ConfigurationElement configElement) +69 System.Web.Configuration.Common.ModulesEntry..ctor(String name, String typeName, String propertyName, ConfigurationElement configElement) +66 System.Web.HttpApplication.BuildIntegratedModuleCollection(List`1 moduleList) +300 System.Web.HttpApplication.GetModuleCollection(IntPtr appContext) +1262 System.Web.HttpApplication.RegisterEventSubscriptionsWithIIS(IntPtr appContext, HttpContext context, MethodInfo[] handlers) +133 System.Web.HttpApplication.InitSpecial(HttpApplicationState state, MethodInfo[] handlers, IntPtr appContext, HttpContext context) +304 System.Web.HttpApplicationFactory.GetSpecialApplicationInstance(IntPtr appContext, HttpContext context) +404 System.Web.Hosting.PipelineRuntime.InitializeApplication(IntPtr appContext) +475
[HttpException (0x80004005): Could not load type ‘Microsoft.Exchange.Management.Security.AdfsFederationAuthModule’.] System.Web.HttpRuntime.FirstRequestInit(HttpContext context) +12847312 System.Web.HttpRuntime.EnsureFirstRequestInit(HttpContext context) +159 System.Web.HttpRuntime.ProcessRequestNotificationPrivate(IIS7WorkerRequest wr, HttpContext context) +12675965
Resolution: Install the Windows feature “Windows Identity Foundation 3.5“. The server didn’t need to reboot, just hit CTRL+F5 in the Internet Explorer.
The post Exchange 2013 could not load ‘Microsoft.Exchange.Management.Security.AdfsFederationAuthModule’. appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post RES Software and Microsoft Visio shapes appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The downloads are available on the RES Software download page. See also the URL’s below.
Microsoft Visio Stencil – RES Workspace Manager 2012
Microsoft Visio Stencil – RES Automation Manager 2012
Microsoft Visio Stencil – RES Service Orchestration
Microsoft Visio Stencil – RES HyperDrive
The post RES Software and Microsoft Visio shapes appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to Check if Your CPU Supports Second Level Address Translation (SLAT) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>What is SLAT?
Second Level Address Translation is a technology introduced in both Intel and AMD flavors of processors. Both companies call their version of the technology different names, Intel’s version is called EPT(Extended Page Tables) and AMD calls theirs RVI (Rapid Virtualization Indexing). Intel introduced Extended Page Tables in its processors that were built on the Nehalem architecture, while AMD only introduced RVI in their third generation of Opteron processors codenamed Barcelona. Hyper-V uses this to perform more VM memory management functions and reduce the overhead of translating guest physical addresses to real physical addresses. By doing this, Hypervisor CPU time is significantly reduced, and more memory is saved for each VM.
How it works
The processor has a Translation Lookaside Buffer (TLB) that supports virtual to physical memory address translation. A TLB is a cache on the processor that contains recently used mappings from the page table. When a virtual to physical address translation is required, the TLB checks it’s cache to determine whether or not it contains the mapping information. If the TLB contains a match, the physical memory address is provided and the data is access. If the TLB doesn’t contain a record, a page error occurs, and the Windows checks the page table for the mapping information. If Windows finds a mapping, it is written to the TLB, the address translation takes place, and then the data is accessed. Because of this buffer, the hypervisors overhead is substantially decreased.
So what?
With all the hype surrounding Windows 8, it has been made known that Windows 8 will come with Hyper-V as a vitalization platform. While that might not appeal to everyone at first glance, it has been thought that this will be the only form of backwards compatibility, somewhat like XP Mode. SLAT will be required for Hyper-V in Windows 8.
How do I know if I have SLAT?
To find out if your processor supports SLAT, you will need to download a copy of CoreInfo. Once you have downloaded it you will need to extract it. You should extract it so that coreinfo is in the root of your C:\ drive. To see if your processor supports SLAT you will need to run “coreinfo.exe -v”.
On an Intel if your processor supports SLAT it will have an asterix in the EPT row. This is seen in the screenshot below.
On an AMD if your processor supports SLAT it will have an asterix in the NPT row.
If your processors dont support SLAT you will see a dash in the EPT or NPT rows.
1.) Run the CMD command prompt as an Administrator
2.) Browse to the CoreInfo folder on your C: drive
3.) Enter the command CoreInfo.exe -v
The post How to Check if Your CPU Supports Second Level Address Translation (SLAT) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove the personal folder from the dekstop within Windows Server 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this blogpost I’m using RES Workspace Manager 2012 to solve this problem. You can also use an script that changes the specific registry key.
1. ) Open the RES Workspace Manager 2012 Console
2.) Navigate to Composition / Actions By Type / User Registry
3.) Create a new Registry setting and import the right registry key.
[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\NonEnum]
“{59031a47-3f72-44a7-89c5-5595fe6b30ee}”=dword:00000001
4.) Now logoff the user and login again. As you can see, the shortcut to the personal folder has gone.
The post How to: Remove the personal folder from the dekstop within Windows Server 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Send-As Permissions with Recipient Management in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Default there are a few pre-configured management roles, each with his own rights and permissions. In my case I added the people from the Helpdesk department in the “Recipient Management” role group. But for setting Send-As permissions, they need some rights more to perform this action.
With the following command, you can extent the role group “Recipient Management” with the Send-As permissions, so they are able to configure Send-As permissions on a specific mailbox. The case in this one is that the Send-As permission is a Active Directory permission, so they also need the role “Active Directory Permissions”.
New-ManagementRoleAssignment -Name “ADPermissions Recipient Mgmt” -Role “Active Directory Permissions” -SecurityGroup “Recipient Management”
Get-ManagementRole “Active Directory Permissions” | fl
Get-RoleGroup -Identity “Recipient Management” | fl
Now the members of the role group “Recipient Management” have also the ability to change or configure Send-As permissions. You can also do this through the GUI by dubble-click on the group “Recipient Management” and add the specific management role. See the screenshots below.
The post Send-As Permissions with Recipient Management in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Server 2012 final release timing appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This is great news! I can’t wait until this moment, so I spent some more hours whit the RC version for now!
The post Windows Server 2012 final release timing appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Downloadable Virtual Machines for System Center 2012 SP1 CTP2 Evaluation Now Available! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>App Controller – Evaluation VHD
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=4da3d1d9-91d4-472e-acb7-10885df9d1c2
Operations Manager – Evaluation VHD
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=00b78007-638f-471f-a2df-c0e3d5646b1f
Orchestrator – Evaluation VHD
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=ff6755e4-fcb2-4816-8b7a-8ad7f7fbaee1
Service Manager – Evaluation VHD
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=416ea928-78e8-4aab-aec5-7932ac1945c3
Virtual Machine Manager – Evaluation VHD
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=9c700414-ac2c-4c33-bb35-ad92afd97680
The post Downloadable Virtual Machines for System Center 2012 SP1 CTP2 Evaluation Now Available! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: View the whitespace within a mailbox database in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Get-MailboxDatabase -Status | Select-Object Server,Name,AvailableNewMailboxSpace
Whit this new option, it’s possible to see when you’ve to perform an offline defragmentation of your Exchange mailbox databases. To perform an defragmentation, it is still necessary to put the databases offline.
The post How to: View the whitespace within a mailbox database in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Building a Hyper-V host using the boot from VHD feature appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Download the self-extracting executable file from Microsoft Download
2.) Run the executable. There’s a new folder created expandedVHD
3.) Within this folder there’s a VHD file
4.) Open the Computer Management and select Diskmanagement
5.) Right-click on Diskmanagement and select Attach VHD
6.) Browse to the VHD file in the expandedVHD folder and select the file
7.) The VHD file is mounted now and there’s a driveletter attached. In my example D:
8.) You can browse the D:\ disk within the Windows Explorer to view the files inside the VHD
9.) Open a command prompt (with Administrative Rights) and type:
bcdboot D:\Windows
This will modify the bootrecord, so you’re able to boot from this VHD
10.) Open a command prompt in type MSCONFIG
11.) Select the second tab and view the new boot option “Windows Server 2012 Release Candidate (D:\Windows)”
12.) Reboot your machine and select Windows Server 2012 Release Candidate in the bootmenu
13.) After completing the sysprep phase, you’ve a Windows Server 2012 up and running
14.) Whitin the Server Manager Dashboard select Add roles and features
15.) Select the Hyper-V role
16.) Select the default locations for the Hyper-V files and hit Next
17.) The Hyper-V role will be installed now
18.) Reboot your system and the Hyper-V host is ready to use
19.) From the Hyper-V Manager you’re able to a create a new virtual machine. In my example a Windows Server 2008 R2 VM
The post How to: Building a Hyper-V host using the boot from VHD feature appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Server 2012 Hyper-V Component Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>
The post Windows Server 2012 Hyper-V Component Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Create dummy files for testing your network throughput appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1024 * 1024 * 1024 * 1 or 5 (or another size in GB). So first you’ll get the Bits, then Bytes, then Mega Bytes, then Giga Bytes.
1 GB = 1073741824
5 GB = 5368709120
C:\Windows\System32\fsutil file createnew E:\Dummy\dummy_1GB.file 1073741824
C:\Windows\System32\fsutil file createnew E:\Dummy\dummy_5GB.file 5368709120
The post Create dummy files for testing your network throughput appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install a domain controller in Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open the Server Manager and select Add roles and features
2.) Select Role-based or features-based installation
3.) Select the right server, in my example W2012 (172.16.1.100)
4.) Select the roles Active Directory Domian Services and DNS Server
5.) Select the features Group Policiy Management and DNS Server Tools
6.) After the installation of this roles and features, there’s a notification within the Server Manager Dashboard
7.) Select Promote this server to a domain controller. A Deployment Configuration Wizard starts
8.) Select Add a new forest and fill in the Root domain name. In my example TESTLAB.LOCAL
9.) Both Forest and Domain functional level are Windows Server 2012 Release Candidate
10.) If the domain controller is also an DNS Server, check the Domain Name System (DNS) server
11.) The domain controllers becomes also an Global Catalog (GC)
12.) You could choose to install an Read only domain controller (RODC)
13.) Fill in the NetBIOS name of the new domain. In my example TESTLAB
14.) Specify the location of the AD DS database, log files, and SYSVOL directory. Default it will be
C:\Windows\NTDS and C:\Windows\SYSVOL
15.) After all configuration, there’s a last prerequisites check. After this step, you can hit Install
16.) The server will reboot and the new Domain Controller is ready to use.
You can script all the steps above with powershell. You can use the following script.
#
# Windows PowerShell script for AD DS Deployment
#
Import-Module ADDSDeployment Install-ADDSForest ` -CreateDnsDelegation:$false ` -DatabasePath “C:\Windows\NTDS” ` -DomainMode “Win2012” ` -DomainName “TESTLAB.LOCAL” ` -DomainNetbiosName “TESTLAB” ` -ForestMode “Win2012” ` -InstallDns:$true ` -LogPath “C:\Windows\NTDS” ` -NoRebootOnCompletion:$false ` -SysvolPath “C:\Windows\SYSVOL” ` -Force:$true
The post How to: Install a domain controller in Windows Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Ictivity Training – In the spotlights… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In the Spotlight: Administering System Center 2012 Configuration Manager (70-243)
Description:
This five-day instructor-led course provides students with the knowledge and skills to configure and manage a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager site and its associated site systems in the role of Configuration Manager administrators.
Target Audience:
This course is intended for Configuration Manager Administrators who are responsible for configuring and managing one or more System Center 2012 Configuration Manager sites and all supporting systems. They have one to three years of experience supporting multiple desktop and server computers running the Windows Server operating system in medium to large enterprise organizations. Administrators may have previous Configuration Manager experience, or be new to the product. Individuals who are interested in taking exam 70-243 TS: Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, Configuring can also attend this course. Both Configuration Manager courses will be necessary to prepare for the exam.
Duration:
5 days
Pre-Requisites:
Before attending this course, students must have system administrator–level working knowledge of:
Objectives:
Continuation:
The post Ictivity Training – In the spotlights… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install Windows Server 2012 in VMware Workstation appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Create a new Virtual Machine
2.) Choose for Custom (advanced)
3.) Choose for Workstation 8.0 hardware compatibility
4.) Choose for I will install the operating system later.
5.) Guest operating system Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 x64
6.) Browse to your .VMX file on the hard drive and add the following rule into this file:
vmGenCounter.enable = FALSE
7.) Save the .VMX file and open your VM properties
8.) Attach your ISO to the VM
9.) Start the installation of Windows Server 2012
10.) You can choose two options for installation, Server Core Installation or Server with a GUI. In this example I’ve installed the GUI version.
11.) After the installation has finished, install the VMware Tools
12.) Choose for Custom installation
13.) Disable the SVGA Driver
14.) Install the VMware Tools en reboot the VM
The post How to: Install Windows Server 2012 in VMware Workstation appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft has released a FREE e-book entitled “Introducing Windows Server 2012”. appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The Introduction: “…Windows Server 2012 is probably the most significant release of the Windows Server platform ever. With an innovative new user interface, powerful new management tools, enhanced Windows PowerShell support, and hundreds of new features in the areas of networking, storage, and virtualization, Windows Server 2012 can help IT deliver more while reducing costs. Windows Server 2012 also was designed for the cloud from the ground up and provides a foundation for building both public and private cloud solutions to enable businesses to take advantage of the many benefits of cloud computing.
This book represents a “first look” based on the public beta release of Windows Server 2012 and is intended to help IT professionals familiarize themselves with the capabilities of the new platform. Although certain features may change between now and RTM, much of the basic functionality likely will remain as described here, meaning that most of what you learn from reading this book will continue to benefit you as you begin to evaluate and deploy Windows Server 2012 in your own environment…”
The post Microsoft has released a FREE e-book entitled “Introducing Windows Server 2012”. appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Disable Encrypted File System (EFS) on Windows 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Create a new GPO, for example Disable EFS
2.) Navigate to the following location:
Computer Configuration \ Windows Settings \ Security Settings \ Public Key Policies \ Encrypting File System
3.) Right-click on Encypting File System and select Properties
4.) Select Don’t allow
5.) Link the new GPO to the organizational unit where your fileserves are placed into
6.) Run the gpupdate /force on the specific fileserver
When you’re now trying to select the encryption of a file of folder, this is possible! But when you hit the Apply button, you’ll receive an error “This machine is disabled for file encription”.
The post How to: Disable Encrypted File System (EFS) on Windows 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Server 2012 Release Candidate is OUT appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download the ISO or an VHD. When you’re using for example Windows 7 or Windows 8 on your workstation, you can use the boot from VHD feature. So within a few second, you can see the new great features of Windows 2012! This gonna be a great technical weekend
The post Windows Server 2012 Release Candidate is OUT appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Update Rollup 3 for Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>To see an overview of all the fixes in this Rollup Pack, you can browse to the following URL. You cen download the Rollup Pack here.
The post Update Rollup 3 for Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Change the current Schema Master in Windows 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open a command prompt
2.) Type the command: regsvr32 schmmgmt.dll
3.) Open the Microsoft Management Console (mmc)
4.) Add the following snap-in: Active Directory Schema
5.) Right-click on the snap-in and select Change Active Directory Domain Controller
6.) Select one of the new installed domain controllers
7.) Right-click again and slect Operations Master
8.) Hit Change and select OK
9.) The Schema Master role is now transfered to the domain controller
10.) Check all the FSMO roles with the following command netdom /query FSMO
The post How to: Change the current Schema Master in Windows 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows 8 Hyper-V Feature Glossary appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Feature | Description |
Active/Active File Share Clusters | Using CSV and a witness as features, you can create an active/active file share failover cluster. This is supported for services that use large file with little metadata access, e.g. Hyper-V. In other words, you can use a file share cluster instead of a SAN for your Hyper-V cluster. |
Asymmetric Hyper-V Cluster | A single cluster with Hyper-V and Active/Active File Server roles |
BitLocker & HA | The ability to encrypt parent partition disks and cluster shared volumes using BitLocker for physical security of virtual machines and data. Uses a Cluster Name Object (CNO) for locking and unlocking CSVs. |
Boot From SAN | VMs can boot from iSCSI or Fibre Channel disks, rather than just the traditional VHD(X) |
Cluster Aware Updating | Automate the Windows Update process for clustered hosts. It automatically drains hosts of VMs and patches them in order. |
Cluster Scalability | Up to 63 hosts and up to 4,000 VMs |
Concurrent Live Migration | Perform many live migrations at once between two hosts, with the only limit being your bandwidth. |
Converged Fabrics | Simplified host networking by merging all of the various LAN, SAN, and cluster networks to a reduced number of teamed high bandwidth NICs. |
CSVFS | CSVs are easier to backup. Although they are still NTFS, they appear as CSVFS for easier identification as CSVs in disk administration tools. |
Data Center Bridging | DCB enables very different networking protocols to run on the same network infrastructure, and therefore helps enable the convergence of LANs and SANs onto a single unified fabric. |
Dedup & Thin Provisioning | Windows 8 can use just the storage space that is required by not needlessly storing “empty” space (thin provisioning) or redundant data (de-duplication) |
DHCP Guard | Ban DHCP traffic from rogue DHCP services running in VMs. |
Direct I/O Backup | VMs on Cluster Shared Volumes (CSVs) can be backed up without Redirected I/O (Mode/Access). |
Drain VMs | Easy host maintenance by draining VMs from the host |
Dynamic Memory Minimum Memory | Once a VM has booted it can balloon down to the Minimum setting if it is underutilising the memory allocated by the Startup setting. |
Dynamic Virtual Machine Queue | DMVQ will dynamically span processing VMQ n/w traffic across more than one CPU. It will automatically scale up and scale down the CPU utilisation based on demand |
Extensibale Hyper-V Switch | Replacing the virtual network, this intelligent virtual switch offers extensibility for partners, with products already announced by the likes of Cisco and Brocade. |
Failover Prioritisation | Order the failover of VMs based on application dependencies. |
Guest Application Monitoring | Configure Failover Clustering to restart or failover VMs based on monitored events that occur inside of the VM. |
Guest NUMA | Virtual machines are aware of Non-Uniform Memory Architecture and can schedule processes in accordance with memory placement at the physical layer. Guest NUMA can be customised on a per-VM basis. |
High Availability | A feature of Failover Clustering, allowing a service or VM to failover from one host to another, enabling machine fault tolerance and maintenance windows with minimised service downtime. |
Host Scalability | 160 physical logical processors, up to 2 TB RAM, removal of the 8:1 logical to virtual processor limit. |
Hyper-V Replica | Asynchronous replication of virtual machines from one location to another, supporting VSS snapshots, failover, and IP address injection. |
IPsec Task Offload | IPsecTO moves this workload from the main host’s CPU to a dedicated processor on the network adapter |
Live Migration | Move a virtual machine from one host to another. This does not require Failover Clustering in Windows Server 8. |
Live Storage Migration | Physically relocate a VM by first copying it and synchronising I/O until the source and destination are identical. Can leverage Offloaded Data Transfer (ODX) in a SAN to make the process up to 90% faster. |
Multi-Tenancy | With features such as Network Virtualisation, PVLANs, and PORT ACLs, you can use Windows 8 Hyper-V in multi-tenant environments such as IaaS public cloud hosting. |
Native 4k disk support | This will allow disk alignment for VHDs created on 4k sector physical disks, thus improving performance. |
Network Virtualisation | The abstraction of virtual IP address from physical IP address, allowing easier mobility of VMs across fabrics. This is a key feature of multi-tenancy. |
NIC Teaming | Team NICs in Windows Server 8 (and Hyper-V) for bandwidth aggregation and network path fault tolerance. The NICs do not need to be from the same manufacturer. |
Online Disk Repair | Windows 8 will detect storage faults and incrementally fix them with brief delays to I/O traffic that don’t interrupt it. Should replace the need for offline chkdsk. |
Port ACLs | Define allowed communication paths between virtual machines based on IP range or MAC address. |
PowerShell | Hyper-V has around 150 built-in PowerShell cmdlets. 100% of features are revealed via PowerShell. |
PVLAN | VLANs are slow to configure in the physical network and there is a limit on how many can be configured. Private VLANs allow Hyper-V to replace this physical networking feature. |
QoS | Specify maximum limits and minimum guarantees for network communications. |
Receive Side Coalescing | RSC aggregates packets from the same TCP/IP flow into one larger packet, reducing per-packet processing costs for faster TCP/IP processing |
Receive Side Scaling | RSS allows the receive side network load from a network adapter to be shared across multiple processors |
Remote Direct Memory Access | RDMA enables more efficient access of data on file shares. |
Resource Metering | Measure CPU, network and memory on a per-VM basis. This data is stored with the VM and moves with the VM. |
Single Root I/O Virtualisation | SR-IOV allows a physical NIC to appear to be a number of physical NICs, and allows virtual machine networking to bypass the virtual switch. |
SMB 2.2 | SMB 2.2 supports RDMA and is in Windows Server 8. Storage of VMs is supported on SMB 2.2. file shares. With NIC teaming, you get multi-channel SMB. |
Snapshot Live Merge | You do not have to shut down a VM to merge a snapshot in Windows 8, resolving a major support issue. |
Storage Pools | An aggregation of disks without any RAID. They can be as loosely coupled as a bunch of USB drives. The disks can be different sizes. A pool does not appear in Explorer. You can create Storage Spaces from Storage Pools. This is one of the storage types you could use to create a scalable and continuously available active/active file share cluster. |
Storage Spaces | A thinly provisioned slice of storage from a storage pool. Can be a 2-copy-mirror (Like RAID 1 in concept and performance), 3-copy-mirror, or parity (like RAID 5 in concept and performance) storage space. Can be lots of spaces in a single pool. A space is divided up into slabs across disks in the pool depending on the fault tolerance chosen. Advanced configuration allows you to choose which pool disks to use. |
Unified Tracing | Enables network diagnostics in the Hyper-V Extensible Switch |
VHDX | The default virtual disk type, expanding up to 16 TB, and supporting dynamic and fixed types. |
Virtual Fibre-Channel Adapter | A host’s fibre channel adapter can be virtualised, thus enabling VMs to have their own WWN and direct access to the SAN. |
Virtual Machine Scalability | 32 virtual processors, 512 GB RAM |
Virtualisation Aware Domain Controllers | Windows Server 8 domain controllers are aware if they are Windows 8 Hyper-V VMs. This prevents USN rollback (VM restore or snapshot application). |
Windows 8 Client | Hyper-V is included in the client operating system for free. It’s the same Hyper-V as in the server, offering VM mobility and an easy introduction to Microsoft’s enterprise virtualisation. The client version of Hyper-V requires Second Level Address Translation (SLAT) in the CPU (Intel EPT, AMD RVI/NPT). This is not a requirement in the server version, but it is recommended. |
It is a long list of features, and absolutely great to see all this new possibilities. I can’t wait until the release of Windows 8…
The post Windows 8 Hyper-V Feature Glossary appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post AppAssure FREE Webinar: Four Key Elements of a Successful Disaster Recovery Strategy appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can register this Webinar by clicking on the image below.
The post AppAssure FREE Webinar: Four Key Elements of a Successful Disaster Recovery Strategy appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Altaro – VSS Crash-Consistent vs. Application-Consistent VSS Backups (part 2 of 2) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>http://www.altaro.com/blog/vss-crash-consistent-vs-application-consistent-vss-backups-post-2-of-2/
You can find the first part of this blogpost through the following URL.
http://www.altaro.com/blog/vss-crash-consistent-vs-application-consistent-vss-backups-post-1-of-2/
The post Altaro – VSS Crash-Consistent vs. Application-Consistent VSS Backups (part 2 of 2) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2010 SP2 error during installation…”Couldn’t resolve the user or group “domain.lan/Microsoft Exchange Security Groups/Discovery Management.” appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>
1.) Open the Active Directory Users and Computers snapin
2.) Navigate to the Users organizational unit
3.) Delete the DiscoverySearchMailbox account
4.) Rerun the Exchange 2010 setup. The setup will install Exchange 2010 fine now…
5.) Open the Exchange Management Shell (EMC)
6.) Run the command: setup.com /prepareAD The DiscoverySearchMailbox account will be created again.
7.) Mail-enable the new DiscoverySearchMailbox with the following command:
Enable-Mailbox -Discovery -Identity “DiscoverySearchMailbox {D919BA05-46A6-415f-80AD-7E09334BB852}”
8.) Force the Active Directory Replication
9.) Your Exchange 2010 environment is ready for production now
The post Exchange 2010 SP2 error during installation…”Couldn’t resolve the user or group “domain.lan/Microsoft Exchange Security Groups/Discovery Management.” appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: List all enabled features using the command prompt in 2008 R2 Core appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>For example, when you want to view all the available features in the Core Version, you can use the command:
dism /online /get-features /format:Table
dism /online /get-features /format:List
The post How to: List all enabled features using the command prompt in 2008 R2 Core appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Altaro – VSS Crash-Consistent vs. Application-Consistent VSS Backups (part 1 of 2) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>http://www.altaro.com/blog/vss-crash-consistent-vs-application-consistent-vss-backups-post-1-of-2/
NOTE: This is the first blog post in a 2-series post. Subscribe to Altaro’s Blog to get notified when the second article is posted. You can subscribe at the top-right of this page.
The post Altaro – VSS Crash-Consistent vs. Application-Consistent VSS Backups (part 1 of 2) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Deploying Lync Jump Start series with free virtual LAB!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>It’s simple: no complex setup or installation is required to try out Microsoft Lync Server 2010 running in the full-featured TechNet Virtual Lab. You get a downloadable manual and a 90-minute block of time for each module. You can sign up for additional 90-minute blocks any time.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/virtuallabs/gg720285
During this module, Aaron Steele and Brian Ricks provide a high-level overview of Microsoft Lync Server 2010 and unified communications, including features, topologies and tools.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh974643(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the first part of a two-part session where Brian Ricks and Aaron Steele provide details on deploying Microsoft Lync Server 2010. Focus is on Infrastructure Requirements, Load Balancing, OS Requirements, Certificates, Client Requirements, Device Requirements and the Design Process.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh974644(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the second part of a two-part session where Brian Ricks and Aaron Steele continue to provide details on deploying Microsoft Lync Server 2010. Focus is on Deployment Models, Preparing Active Directory, The Topology Publishing Process, Deploying Front End Servers and Pools, Deploying Other Server Roles.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh974645(MSDN.10)?query=1
In this session, Aaron Steele and Brian Ricks provide discuss and demonstrate the capabilities for configuring users and rights in Microsoft Lync Server 2010. This module shows how we manage users, RBAC, Client Policies, Client Deployment, Client Configuration, other clients, and Lync Phone Edition Devices.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh974646(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the first part of a two-part session where Brian Ricks and Aaron Steele discuss external user access with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. Topics include External Users, External Edge Options, DNS Requirements, Firewall Requirements, and The Director.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh974648(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the second part of a two-part session where Brian Ricks and Aaron Steele continue illustrating external user access with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. During this session, they discuss a Best Practices, Edge Certificates, the Deployment Process, and Deploying an Edge Server.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh974649(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the first part of a two-part session where Aaron Steele and Brian Ricks discuss configuring basic Enterprise Voice functionality with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. After answering the question, “What is Enterprise Voice?” they cover Features, Sites and Regions, Sizing options, WAN considerations, and PSTN Connectivity.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh974650(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the second part of a two-part session where Aaron Steele and Brian Ricks continue configuring basic Enterprise Voice functionality with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. During this session, they cover Mediation Server, Dial Plans, Gateway Options, Voice Policies, and Routes.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh974651(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the first part of a two-part session where Brian Ricks and Aaron Steele discuss extending Enterprise Voice functionality with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. Topics include Call Park, Announcement Service, and Implementing Voice Features.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh974709(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the first part of a two-part session where Brian Ricks and Aaron Steele discuss extending Enterprise Voice functionality with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. After answering the question, “what is Exchange UM?”, topics include Benefits of Exchange UM, Exchange Dial Plans, and Integrating Lync and Exchange.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh974710(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the first part of a two-part session where Aaron Steele and Brian Ricks discuss implementing Response Groups with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. After answering the question, “What is the Response Group?” they cover New Features since OCS, Settings, Configuration options, Capabilities of each and finish with a discussion recap.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh975430(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the second part of a two-part session where Aaron Steele and Brian Ricks continue configuring basic Enterprise Voice functionality with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. During this high-energy, demo-rich session, they recap the methods for selecting agents, such as Multi-function Sales Tree.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh975431(MSDN.10)?query=1
This module features Brian Ricks and Aaron Steele explaining conferencing with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. Topics include Conferencing and Lync, Conferencing Architecture, Deploying Conferencing, Dial-in Conferencing, Conferencing and PowerShell, and Conferencing Policies.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh975432(MSDN.10)?query=1
During this module, Aaron Steele and Brian Ricks discuss monitoring Microsoft Lync Server 2010. Main topics include Features and Components, Options, Implementing and Configuring, and a comprehensive demo.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh975433(MSDN.10)?query=1
This module features Brian Ricks and Aaron Steele explaining the nuances of compliance and archiving with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. Primary topics in include Archiving Features, Archiving Policies, Implementing Archiving, and Using Archiving Data.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh975434(MSDN.10)?query=1
During this module, Aaron Steele and Brian Ricks discuss high availability and disaster recovery for Microsoft Lync Server 2010. Main topics include Defining HA, Components of HA, Voice Resiliency, BCP Backup and restore tools, Exporting BCP configuration to import later, and Failover scenarios such as Long term restoration of service during a failure.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh975435(MSDN.10)?query=1
This is the first part of a two-part session where Aaron Steele and Brian Ricks discuss Call Admission Control with Microsoft Lync Server 2010. After answering the question, “What is Call Admission Control (CAC)?”, they cover CAC Policies, CAC Scenarios, and Implementing CAC.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh975436(MSDN.10)?query=1
This module features Brian Ricks and Aaron Steele explaining and demonstrating how to deploy and configure enhanced 911 services in Microsoft Lync Server 2010. They will cover the components in detail, then focus on configuring 911 services and going through scenarios
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/edge/Hh975437(MSDN.10)?query=1
The post Deploying Lync Jump Start series with free virtual LAB!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Fix for Dutch “Global Addresslist” issue with Exchange 2010 SP2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Instead of showing up “Mail”, OWA displayed “Globale Adreslijst” (Global Addresslist) which might be confusing to end users.
To implement the hotfix, you need to apply hotfix kb2677598 on your Exchange 2010 SP2 Client Access Servers.
You can download the Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 SP2 Language Pack Bundle (219 MB) here.
(Special thanks to Jetze for the heads-up)
The post Fix for Dutch “Global Addresslist” issue with Exchange 2010 SP2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Using Differencing Disk and Sysprep Image to create Hyper-V guest on Windows Server 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Basically, all of the main reads for the VMs created with a differencing disk come from the master VHD, while any changes (writes) are written to the differencing disk. The differencing disk will remain fairly small, because the amount of change should be minimal. You’re probably looking at around a couple of GBs per differencing disk. With a differencing disk you can build multiple machines with the same parent sysprep image.
You can build this environment by following the next steps;
1.) Create a new virtual machine within Hyper-V
2.) Install the Operating System with the specific updates
3.) Optionally you can install some base applications
4.) Sysprep the virtual machine. You can use the following command:
%windir%\system32\sysprep\sysprep.exe /generalize /shutdown
5.) Now the virtual machine is sysprepped and power off
6.) Create a new virtual machine (or multiple)
7.) Create a new VHD using differencing disk
8.) Navigate to the base VHD file you’ve just created (the sysprepped virtual machine)
9.) Edit some other settings within the virtual machine (cores, memory, NIC, etc.)
10.) Boot the new virtual machine
11.) Walk through the “First Run” steps of the Operating System
12.) The new virtual machine is now ready to use
13.) Navigate to the differencing disk (VHD) and see how big it is…right it’s really small!
The post How to: Using Differencing Disk and Sysprep Image to create Hyper-V guest on Windows Server 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Update Rollup 2 for Exchange 2010 Service Pack 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>
This update contains a number of customer-reported and internally found issues since the release of SP2 RU1. See KB2661854: Description of Update Rollup 2 for Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 2 for more details.
Note: Some of the following KB articles may not be available at the time of publishing this post.
We would like to specifically call out the following fixes which are included in this release:
Note that this fix will not cause the CAS to CAS OWA proxying incompatibility with Exchange 2007 as discussed here. No additional updates are required on Exchange 2007 for proxying to work once Exchange 2010 SP2 RU2 is installed.
The post Update Rollup 2 for Exchange 2010 Service Pack 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Configure Windows 2008 R2 Core as Microsoft File Server with DFS-R appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Install Microsoft Windows 2008 R2 Core edition
2.) Change the name, IP adres, subnet mask, gateway and DNS. You can easy do this with sconfig
3.) Enable remote management settings. You can also use sconfig for this actions.
4.) Open the System Manager from a different server in the same domain
5.) Right click on local computer and select “Connect to another computer”
6.) Type the name of the Windows 2008 R2 Core server
7.) Now you can perform remote actions on the Core server
8.) Create the partitions on your Core server.
9.) Open the “Share and Storage Management” console and connect to the Core server
10.) Now you can create shares on the Core file server
If you want to enable Distributed File System (DFS) on your Core server, you can enter the following commands.
1.) Connect to the Core server with the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP)
2.) Open the command prompt
3.) To enable the Distributed File System Service, you can type the following command:
Dism /online /enable-feature /featurename:DFSN-Server
4.) To enable also Destribution File System Replication, you can type the following command:
Dism /online /enable-feature /featurename:DFSR-Infrastructure-ServerEdition
5.) To manage the DFS environment, you can install the following Windows Feature: Distributed File System Tools
6.) Open the “DFS Management console”
7.) Create a new Namespace for your DFS environment
8.) Enter the server that will host the namespace. Most of the time this will be one or more domain controllers
9.) Type the name of the new namespace. In my environment it is DFS
10.) Select the type of namespace. In my environment it is a Domain-based namespace.(\\testlab.local\DFS\)
11.) Select create to finish
Now you’re able to create some folder within your DFS namespace. Lets add the previous created shares to our DFS namespace.
1.) Right click on your namespace and select “New Folder”
2.) Type in the Name
3.) Select a new Folder target of targets. You can simply use the UNC path to the share on the right server
4.) When you’re browsing to \\domainname\namespace, you’re seeing the folderstructure.
\\testlab.local\DFS\Groups
5.) Create some folder and connect back to your Core server
6.) Open the command prompt and navigate to your Data partition. In my environment it is E:\Groups
7.) As you can see, there’re the same folder!
In the next post I’m going to at the replication, so DFS-R. Hopefully this blogpost helps you out!
The post How to: Configure Windows 2008 R2 Core as Microsoft File Server with DFS-R appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft certification program appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>
Microsoft is introducing new certifications that reflect the skills required to build and manage technology solutions – on-premise or in the cloud:
Microsoft Certified Microsoft Certified Microsoft Certified
Solutions Associate Solutions Expert Solutions Master
Stand out from your peers, and help employers recognize that you have the right skills as the industry shifts to the cloud. To keep pace with ever-changing technology, Microsoft Certifications now require that you recertify every 2-3 years
The post Microsoft certification program appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2010 test CAS connectivity fails… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>After checking the Active Directory environment, the Users OU was there!
The first thing you need to do is making sure that the password does meets complexity requirements however if you did and still having the failure you most probably have multiple OUs with name “Users” and that is why the script is failing.
The solution for this is to specify the OU in the command by running the following
get-mailboxServer | .\new-TestCasConnectivityUser.ps1 -OU exchange2010lab.local/users
The post Exchange 2010 test CAS connectivity fails… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Passed the Microsoft Virtualization Administrator exam… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>To complete all the virtualization modules, I also want to pass the 70-669 TS: Windows Server 2008 R2, Desktop Virtualization. This is a target before the summer this year
The post Passed the Microsoft Virtualization Administrator exam… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Passed the Microsoft Virtualization Administrator exam… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>To complete all the virtualization modules, I also want to pass the 70-669 TS: Windows Server 2008 R2, Desktop Virtualization. This is a target before the summer this year
The post Passed the Microsoft Virtualization Administrator exam… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft TechEd 2012…here we come! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>For now….the countdown has begun Hope to see you guys in Amsterdam!
The post Microsoft TechEd 2012…here we come! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft TechEd 2012…here we come! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>For now….the countdown has begun Hope to see you guys in Amsterdam!
The post Microsoft TechEd 2012…here we come! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post HP takes the next step and provides ready-made driver packages for MDT and SCCM appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post HP takes the next step and provides ready-made driver packages for MDT and SCCM appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Optimizing your VDI machine appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can use the following command to disable the Windows Themes Service:
Powershell Set-Service ‘Themes’ -startuptype “disabled”
You can also create a script that runs at computer startup.
The post Optimizing your VDI machine appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free ebook: Introducing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download the ebook here.
Introducing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 includes 10 chapters:
PART I DATABASE ADMINISTRATION (by Ross Mistry)
1. SQL Server 2012 Editions and Engine Enhancements
2. High-Availability and Disaster-Recovery Enhancements
3. Performance and Scalability
4. Security Enhancements
5. Programmability and Beyond-Relational Enhancements
PART II BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE DEVELOPMENT (by Stacia Misner)
6. Integration Service
7. Data Quality Services
8. Master Data Services
9. Analysis Services and PowerPivot 1
10. Reporting Services
The post Free ebook: Introducing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Lync 2010 Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download the Microsoft Lync 2010 poster here
The post Microsoft Lync 2010 Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Server “8” Beta Hyper-V Component Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download the full poster here. A must have for the real Hyper-V guys
The post Windows Server “8” Beta Hyper-V Component Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install VMware Tools unattended using ConfigMgr 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First of all create a new package. Navigate to Software Library, Packages
2.) Right-click and select Create Package
3.) Give the new package a name and select the Source Folder (this must be an UNC path)
4.) Choose the Standard program
5.) Give the new program a name and enter the Command line.
For 64 bits installation: setup64.exe /S /v” /qn REBOOT=R”
For 32 bits installation: setup.exe /S /v” /qn REBOOT=R”
6.) Optionally you can specify some requirements
7.) The next step is to deploy the package to the distribution point(s). This is a crucial step!!
8.) Richt-click on the package and select Distribute Content
9.) Select Add, Distribution Point or Distribution Point Group if you’re using more then one Distribution Point
10.) Select the your Distribution Point
11.) In the right corner you can see the content status. Wait until the content status is Success: 1
You can watch the logfile Distmgr.log to see the progres of the content distribution to your Distribution Point(s).
12.) The next step is to add the package to your Task Sequence or Deploy the package to your workstations.
13.) As you can see, the package is installed succesfully installed on my Windows 7 client whitout user interaction!!
The post How to: Install VMware Tools unattended using ConfigMgr 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post ConfigMgr 2012 PXE-E3B: TFTP Error – File not found appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>After enabling the PXE support on de Distribution Point server, the client should get the required PXE boot files. I received an error after the PXE boot “PXE-E3B: TFTP Error – File Not found”.
When I browse to the boot directory on my ConfigMgr 2012 server, all the folders were empty. The folders D:\SMSboot\x64 and x86 should be filled with the right PXE boot files. I forgot one critical step :S ….a new option in the properties of the boot images in ConfigMgr 2012 is “Deploy this boot image from the PXE service point”, located on the Data Source tab of the properties of the boot files.
After applying this changes on both boot files, the required PXE boot files were available in the right folders. My client are now able to PXE boot.
The post ConfigMgr 2012 PXE-E3B: TFTP Error – File not found appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post ConfigMgr 2012 SMS “The report service is not running on Reporting Service Point server” MessageID 7403 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The first you’ll need to watch, is the Component Status unther the Monitoring tab. There were several errors.
“The report server service is not running on Reporting Service Point server “SCCM-SQL01.SCCMLAB.local; start the service to enable reporting.”
This is really strange, because the SQL Reporting Webservice is running fine. I could browse to the default SQL reporting website and also the management website. The current version of my SQL environment was SQL Server 2008 R2 (10.50.1600)
After applying Service Pack 1 for SQL Server 2008 R2, everything works fine! The new version was 10.50.2500. I’ve downloaded Service pack 1 from the following URL: http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?id=26727
Don’t forget to configure the right permissions to the Reporting Service User within de SQL Reporing Server.
1.) Open Internet Explorer
2.) Browse to the following URL: http://SQLSERVERNAME/Reports
3.) Select your ConfigMgr site
4.) On the drop-down list, select Security
5.) Select New Role Assigment
6.) Select the user name and configure the following roles:
– Browser
– ConfigMgr Report Administrators
– ConfigMgr Report Users
– Content Manager
– My Reports
– Publisher
– Report Builder
7.) Go back to your ConfigMgr 2012 server
8.) Select Monitoring, Reporting, Reports
9.) The reports are loaded now
10.) Select a report and hit Run
The post ConfigMgr 2012 SMS “The report service is not running on Reporting Service Point server” MessageID 7403 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Installing Windows 8 Consumer Preview within VMware Workstation 8.0.1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First of all you need to create a new virtual machine by choosing file, New Virtual Machine
2.) Choose Typical (recommended)
3.) Choose I will install the operating system later
4.) If you want to install the x86 version of Windows 8, you need to choose Microsoft Windows, Windows 7
5.) If you want to install the x64 version of Windows 8, you need to choose Microsoft Windows, Windows 7 x64
6.) Give the new VM a name and select the save location
7.) Modify the memory and optionally the processor and cores
8.) Attach the Windows 8 Consumer Preview ISO to the Virtual Machine
9.) Start the Virtual Machine.
10.) From now on it’s almost Next…Next…Next…Finish
I’ll now what to do this evening…PLAYING WITH WINDOWS 8!!
The post Installing Windows 8 Consumer Preview within VMware Workstation 8.0.1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Do you also love System Center…? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Available in different colors and resolutions!
1366×768
1920×1080
3840×2160
The post Do you also love System Center…? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Move the transport queue on an Exchange 2007/2010 Hub Transport Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Navigate to the file EdgeTransport.exe.config, located in the Bin directory of the Exchange installation folder.
2.) Search for the rules QueueDatabasePath and QueueDatabasesLoggingPath. This is the orrigional location
3.) Open the Exchange Management Shell
4.) Browse to the scripts directory in the Exchange installation folder
5.) Select the script Move-TransportDatabase.PS1
6.) Run the following command
Move-TransportDatabase.PS1 -QueueDatabasePath NEWLOCATION -QueueDatabaseLoggingPath NEWLOCATION
In my example it’s moving to D:\Queue
7.) Now the Hub Transport database and logfiles will be moved to the new location. It’s containing the following files;
Trn.chk – The checkpoint file
Trn.log – The current transaction log file
Trntmp.log – The next provisioned transaction log file that is created in advance
Trnnnn.log – Other transaction log files that are created when Trn.log reaches its maximum size
Trnres00001.jrs – The Reserve log file
Trnres00002.jrs – The Second Reserve log file
Temp.edb – Temp DB used to verify database schema on start-up
The post How to: Move the transport queue on an Exchange 2007/2010 Hub Transport Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Lync client for Android phone download appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>https://market.android.com/details?id=com.microsoft.office.lync&hl=en
IMPORTANT: Microsoft Lync 2010 for Android requires a Lync Server or Office365/Lync Online account and will not work without it. If you are unsure about your account status, please contact your IT department.
Lync 2010 for Android extends the power of Lync to your mobile device – including rich presence, instant messaging, audio conferencing, and calling features from a single, easy-to-use interface.
Key Features:
– View colleagues’ availability in real time and select the best way to communicate – initiating an instant message (IM), email, or a phone call.
– Connect to Lync conference calls with a single touch, without requiring long numeric passcodes or conference numbers.
– Forward or simultaneously ring calls to your Enterprise Voice (Lync ID) number so you’ll never miss a call.
– Lync 2010 for Android provides transport layer security (TLS) and perimeter/internal network protection without requiring a VPN, so your communications experience is safer no matter where you are or what network you use.
The post Lync client for Android phone download appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post ConfigMgr 2012 error: “Content location request for P0100021:1 failed. (Code 0x80040102)” appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>“Content location request for P0100021:1 failed. (Code 0x80040102)”
Package with ID P0100021 are the VMware Tools, and yes this is one step in my task sequense. This error is simple to resolve, just deploy the specific package to a distribution point…
After a succesvol deployment to the distribution point, the task sequence finisched succesfull!
The post ConfigMgr 2012 error: “Content location request for P0100021:1 failed. (Code 0x80040102)” appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove the Citrix Receiver tray icon appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Create a new Registry Item
2.) Browse to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Citrix\Receiver
3.) Create a new REG_DWORD with the value 0 (zero)
Login to your desktop/laptop again and you’ll see that the Citrix Receiver tray icon is gone!
The post How to: Remove the Citrix Receiver tray icon appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Unknown Start Trace error (183) while running Exmon appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The most common issue is that ExMon crashed while collecting data and the Exchange trace is in progress. Follow the below given steps to stop the Exmon trace.
1.) Make sure the ExMon.exe process isn’t running.
2.) From CMD, Query running traces
Logman query -ets
3.) Stop Exmon trace
Logman stop “Exchange Event Trace” -ets
5.) Verify trace has stopped or is no longer running
Logman query -ets
If that did not resolve the issue, check the following:
– The Disk did not run out of space. If it did, clear out the old ETL files, make space on the drive or move the install directory to a larger drive.
– Another user is running Exmon already. Ask the other user to stop tracing and exit Exmon. Then restart your Tracing and start saving the Trace files.
The post Unknown Start Trace error (183) while running Exmon appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download it from the Microsoft Download Center now.
Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 SP2 helps IT Professionals achieve new levels
of reliability with greater flexibility, enhanced user experiences, and
increased protection for business communications.
The post Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove the VMware Tools tray icon appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\VMware, Inc.\VMware Tools]
“ShowTray”=dword:00000000
Now the VMware Tools tray icon is gone for all the users!
The post How to: Remove the VMware Tools tray icon appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Migrate Microsoft SCCM 2007 to 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>[youtubegallery]
[/youtubegallery]
The post How to: Migrate Microsoft SCCM 2007 to 2012 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Rollup 6 for Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This update contains a number of customer-reported and internally found issues since the release of SP1. See ‘KB 2608646: Description of Update Rollup 6 for Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 1′ for more details.
This update contains a number of customer reported and internally found issues since the release of RU5.
The most Important Fixes:
Other Fixes:
General Notes
An issue with management of RBAC roles when RU6 is partially deployed in the organization: Due to changes shipped in this update, certain warnings can be displayed when managing RBAC roles, if RU6 is not yet deployed to all servers in the organization. Please see the following KB article for more information:
Managing RBAC roles might display warnings or errors if Exchange 2010 SP1 RU6 is partially deployed in the organization
http://support.microsoft.com/kb/2638351
Note for Forefront users: For those of you running Forefront Protection for Exchange, before installing the update, stop all Forefront services.
The post Rollup 6 for Exchange Server 2010 Service Pack 1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Migratie Windows 2003 RADIUS to Windows 2008 R2 NPS appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Mount or extract the Microsoft Windows 2008 R2 DVD in your Windows 2003 server (the RADIUS server)
2.) Browse to the following directory
D:\Sources\dlmanifests\microsoft-windows-iasserver-migplugin
3.) Copy this folder to your C: drive of the Windows 2003 server
4.) Open a command line box
5.) Run the iasmigreader.exe
6.) This tool will read your IAS configuration and exports it to C:\Windows\System32\IAS\IAS.txt
7.) Copy this file to your new Windows 2008 R2 NPS server (In my example C:\_IAS)
8.) Open a command line box on your Windowws 2008 R2 NPS server
9.) Enter the following command
netsh nps import filename=”C:\_IAS\IAS.txt”
10.) The configuration will be imported now
11.) Don’t forget to register your NPS service in AD or configuration settings be damned, NPS will just not work.
The post How to: Migratie Windows 2003 RADIUS to Windows 2008 R2 NPS appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post 5nine V2V Easy Converter for Hyper-V appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>5nine V2V Easy Converter performs fast and non-intrusive conversion and fixup of selected VMware Virtual Machines to Microsoft Hyper-V VMs with highest conversion success ratio. 5nine V2V Easy Converter can be used as a standalone tool on different versions of Microsoft Server, including Free Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2008 R2/SP1, Server 2008 Core, and does not require any additional software licenses.
5nine V2V Easy Converter can also be used in conjunction with tools such as Vmdk2Vhd or StarWind V2V Converter
Current version of 5nine V2V Converter supports conversion of Windows Server 2008 or higher Guest Windows OS. Subsequent releases will support conversion of Windows Server 2003 and later, simultaneous conversions of multiple VMs, as well as ‘reverse’ Hyper-V – to – VMware VMs conversion and fixup.
Download 5nine V2V Easy Converter here
The post 5nine V2V Easy Converter for Hyper-V appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Prepare your 2003 domain for an upgrade to 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Login on a Windows 2003 domain controller
2.) Insert the Windows 2008 R2 DVD or attach the ISO
3.) Open a command prompt CMD
4.) Browse to the following map of the Windows 2008 R2 DVD
x:\Support\Adprep
5.) First you’re going to prepare the forest with the new schema extensions
adprep32.exe /forestprep
Note! Because Windows Server 2003 is a 32 bits platform, you’ve to use adprep32.exe. If your’re using adprep.exe, you’ll receive the following error: “The image file adprep.exe is valid, but is for a machine type other than the current machine.” Windows Server 2008 R2 is only available in 64 bits.
6.) Make sure that all the domain controllers are replicated
7.) The next step is to prepare the domain and the GPO’s
adprep32.exe /domainprep /gpprep
Note! When you want to add a Read-Only Domain Controller (RODC) to your environment in the future, you’ve have to execute another command.
adprep.exe /rodcprep
8.) Your domain is now ready for installing the new Windows Server 2008 R2 Domain Controllers.
9.) Run the command DCPROMO on the new Windows Server 2008 R2 machines
The post How to: Prepare your 2003 domain for an upgrade to 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove the “Network” from Windows Explorer in Windows 2008 R2 using Group Policy Preferences appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\NonEnum\{F02C1A0D-BE21-4350-88B0-7367FC96EF3C}]=dword:00000001
A nice solution to deploy this registry key to all your desktop computers in your organization, is to use Group Policy Preferences. This is a new feature within Windows Server 2008.
Use can use the following steps to configure this:
1.) Create a new GPO whtin the Group Policy Management Console
2.) Open the new GPO en navigate to the Computer Settings. (It’s a HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE settings)
3.) Navigate to Preferences \ Windows Settings \ Registry
4.) Create a new Registry Item
5.) Actie: Update
6.) Hive: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
7.) Key Path: SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\NonEnum
8.) Value name: {F02C1A0D-BE21-4350-88B0-7367FC96EF3C}
9.) Value type: REG_DWORD
10.) Value data: 1 (Decimal), 00000001 (Hexadecimal)
The post How to: Remove the “Network” from Windows Explorer in Windows 2008 R2 using Group Policy Preferences appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Server 8 Hyper-V new features appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Hyper-V 3.0 Scalability
The days when Hyper-V lagged behind VMware in terms of scalability are a thing of the past. The new Hyper-V 3.0 meets or exceeds all of the scalability marks that were previously VMware-only territory. Hyper-V 3.0 hosts support up to 160 logical processors (where a logical processor is either a core or a hyperthread) and up to 2 TB RAM. On the VM guest side, Hyper-V 3.0 guests will support up to 32 virtual CPUs with up to 512 GB RAM per VM. More subtle changes include support for guest NUMA where the guest VM has processor and memory affinity with the Hyper-V host resources. NUMA support is important for ensuring scalability increases as the number of available host processors increase.
Multiple Concurrent Live Migration and Storage Live Migration
Perhaps more important than the sheer scalability enhancements are the changes in Live Migration and the introduction of Storage Live Migration. Live Migration was introduced in Hyper-V 2.0 which came out with Windows Server 2008 R2. While it filled an important hole in the Hyper-V feature set it wasn’t up to par with the VMotion capability provided in vSphere. Live Migration was limited to a single Live Migration at a time while ESX Server was capable of performing multiple simultaneous VMotions. In addition, vSphere supported a similar feature called Storage VMotion which allowed a VM’s storage to be moved to new locations without incurring any downtime. Hyper-V 3.0 erases both of these advantages. Hyper-V 3.0 supports multiple concurrent Live Migrations. There are no limits to the number of concurrent Live Migrations that can take place with Hyper-V 3.0. In addition, Hyper-V 3.0 also provides full support for Storage Live Migration where a virtual machine’s files ( the configuration, virtual disk and snapshot files) can be moved to different storage locations without any interruption of end user connectivity to the guest VM.
Microsoft also threw in one additional twist that vSphere has never had. Hyper-V 3.0 has the ability to perform Live Migration and Storage Live Migration without the requirement of a shared storage on the backend. The removal of this requirement really helps bring the availability advantages of Live Migration to small and medium sized businesses that came afford a SAN or don’t want to deal with the complexities of a SAN. The ability to perform Live Migration without requiring shared storage really sets Hyper-V apart from vSphere and will definitely be a big draw – especially for SMBs that haven’t implemented virtualization yet.
VHDX, ODX, Virtual Fiber Channel & Boot from SAN
Another important enhancement with Hyper-V 3.0 was the introduction of a new virtual disk format called VHDX. The new VHDX format breaks the 2TB limit that was present in the older VHD format and pushes the maximum size of the virtual disk up to 16 TB per VHDX. The new format also provides improved performance, support for larger block sizes and is more resilient to corruption.
Hyper-V 3.0 also supports a feature called Offloaded Date Transfer (ODX). ODX enables Hyper-V to take advantage of the storage features of a backend shared storage subsystem. When performing file copies on an ODX enabled SAN the OS hands off all of the data transfer tasks to the SAN providing much high file copy performance with zero to minimal CPU utilization. There is no special ODX button. Instead ODX works in the backend. ODX requires the storage subsystem to support ODX.
Companies that use fiber channel SANs will appreciate the addition of the virtual Fiber Channel support in the Hyper-V guests. Hyper-V 3.0 guests can have up to four virtual fiber channel host bus adapters. The virtual HBAs appear in the VMs as devices very like virtual NICs and other virtual devices. Hyper-V VMs will also be able to boot from both fiber channel and iSCSI SANs.
Extensible Virtual Switch & NIC Teaming
In keeping par with the sweeping changes in Hyper-V’s compute capabilities and storage Microsoft also made a some of significant enhancements to Hyper-V’s networking capabilities. First, they updated the virtual switch that’s built into the Hyper-V hypervisor. The new virtual switch has a number of new capabilities multi-tenant capability as well as the ability to provide minimum and maximum bandwidth guarantees. In addition to these features the new virtual switch is also extensible. Microsoft provides a API that allows capture, filter and forwarding extensions. To ensure the high quality of these virtual switch extensions Microsoft will be initiating a Hyper-V virtual switch logo program.
Another overdue feature that will be a part of Windows Server 8 is the built-in ability to provide NIC teaming natively in the operating system. VMware’s ESX Server has provided NIC teaming for some time. Prior to Windows Server 8 you could only get NIC teaming for Windows via specialized NICs from Broadcom and Intel. The new NIC teaming works across heterogonous vendor NICs and can provide support for load balancing as well as failover.
http://www.hyper-v.nu/archives/hvredevoort/2011/09/windows-server-8-hyper-v-new-features/
The post Windows Server 8 Hyper-V new features appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2010 Deployment Assistant appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The team has updated the tool now and provides three scenarios – on-premises only, co-existence (onsite + cloud) and cloud only.
You can find the Deployment Assistant here
The post Exchange 2010 Deployment Assistant appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Black background in Windows 7 when using a mandatory profile appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When you’ve created the mandatory profile, there was a default Windows 7 background. There’s a registry key that saves this background setting and there the whole point!
1.) Open the registry editor (regedit)
2.) Select the HKEY_USERS
3.) Click File, Load Hive
4.) Browse to your mandatory profile and select the NTUSER.MAN file
5.) Give it a name and click OK
6.) Browse to HKEY_USERS and select your Hive
7.) Browse to HKEY_Users\YOURHIVE\Control Panel\Desktop
8.) There’s a REG_SZ named Wallpaper
9.) This vallue is the wrong one. It’s located to the template user for creating the mandatory profile.
10.) Let’s chance this location to the new location. In my example it’s the Windows folder, but it can alse be a custom location. C:\Windows\Web\Wallpaper\Windows\img0.jpg
11.) After changing this path, don’t forget to unload the completely Hive from your registry editor
12.) Login again with a user and you’ll see that there’s the wallpaper. It’s a mandatory profile, so all users will get the same wallpaper!
The post Black background in Windows 7 when using a mandatory profile appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Hyper-V snapshots, why are they still there..?? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Hyper-V snapshots, why are they still there..?? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Hyper-V chancing legacy NIC to synthetic NIC interface appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can follow the steps below to change the legacy NIC interface with a normal NIC interface.
1.) Shutdown the Virtual Machine
2.) Open the Properties of the Virtual Machine
3.) Select the Hardware tab
4.) Select the Network Adapters and click Remove
5.) Click Network Adapter and choose Synthetic network adapter
6.) Apply the changes
7.) Start the Virtual Machine
8.) Open the Network Connections
9.) When you want to rename the NIC interface, you’ll receive the following error:
“Cannot rename this connection. A connection with the name you specified already exists. Specify a different name.”
10.) Open the system properties of your server
11.) Select the Advanced tab and click Environment Variables
12.) Creat a new System Variable
Variable name: Devmgr_show_nonpresent_devices
Variable value: 1
13.) Open the Device Manager of your server
14.) Show the hidden devices
15.) As you can see there still is the legacy NIC interface we’ve deleted earlier.
16.) Select that NIC interface and choose Uninstall
17.) Again open the Network Connections and rename it
18.) Don’t forget to give the server a static IP, Subnet, Gateway and DNS
Now your server is using a Synthetic Network Interface (VMbus communication).
The post How to: Hyper-V chancing legacy NIC to synthetic NIC interface appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SCVMM change owner of a virtual machine appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Get-VM -VMMServer “FQDN of the SCVMM Server” | where {$_.Owner -eq “Unknown”} | Set-VM -Owner “domain\accountname”
Get-VM -VMMServer “FQDN of the SCVMM Server” | where {$_.Owner -eq “domain\Administrator”} | Set-VM -Owner “domain\accountname”
The post SCVMM change owner of a virtual machine appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft System Center Roadmap 2011 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft System Center Roadmap 2011 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Black background Windows 7 while a background is configured through GPO appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When the first user logged in, the desktop was completely black! Nice, but there’s a background configured in the Group Policy…..hhhmmm! This is a known bug by Microsoft and there’s a hotfix available, KB977944
After I installed the update, reboot my virtual machines, everything works like a charm
The post Black background Windows 7 while a background is configured through GPO appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft TechEd Europe 2012 – 25-29 June in Amsterdam appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Save the following dates in your calendar! Tech Ed Europe 2012 will be held 25th-29th June at the Amsterdam RAI Exhibition Centre in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.
This time no long trip to Germany, but driving with my own car to Amsterdam!
The post Microsoft TechEd Europe 2012 – 25-29 June in Amsterdam appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Bulk export mailboxes to PST in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) New-RoleGroup “Mailbox Import Export Group” -Roles “Mailbox Import Export”
2.) Add-RoleGroupMember “Mailbox Import Export Group” -Member “Administrator”
3.) New-MailboxExportRequest -Mailbox mswi -FilePath \\SRV-EXC01\Z$\Export_PST\mswi.PST
When you want to export all the mailboxes in your Exchange environment, you can use the following powershell command.
foreach ($mbx in (Get-Mailbox)) { New-MailboxExportRequest -Mailbox $mbx -FilePath “\\win2008srv01\c$\PST\$($mbx.Alias).pst” }
The post How to: Bulk export mailboxes to PST in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Migrate mailbox from Exchange 2003 to Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can edit the maximum of two threads within the following file; MSExchangeMailboxReplication.exe.config. This file is located in the installation directory of Microsoft Exchange. In my environment it is D:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\V14\Bin
Change the following settings:
The default value (as of SP1, version 218.15, at least) seems to be 2. Change the 2 to a 5, or an 8, or whatever you’d like it to be.
Save the file, and restart the Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Replication service. Now you can perform 5 move requests at one time!! Cool…
The post Migrate mailbox from Exchange 2003 to Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Install Microsoft Hyper-V Server R2 from USB device appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Requirements:
– 2GB USB memory stick or more
– Download the Hyper-V server 2008 R2 ISO named GRMHVxFRE1_DVD.iso
Clear the USB stick and create a partition on it by using the following command’s:
1.) Open the command prompt
2.) Diskpart (run diskpart as administrator)
3.) List disk
4.) Select disk USB number
5.) Clean
6.) Create partition primary
7.) Active
8.) Format fs=fat32 quick
9.) Assign
10.) Exit
Mount the ISO and copy all the content o to the USB device. For mounting the ISO I used Deamon Tools Lite.
Now the bootable USB device with Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2008 R2 is ready for use. Boot your server and select the USB device as the boot medium. You’re now able to install Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2008 R2 Cool!!
The post Install Microsoft Hyper-V Server R2 from USB device appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Find all Obsolete computerobject in SCCM 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Create a new Collection. (In my example it is All Obsolete Computerobjects)
2.) Create a new query. (In my example it is Query All Obsolete Computerobjects)
3.) Edit the query statement. Use the following query:
select SMS_R_SYSTEM.ResourceID,SMS_R_SYSTEM.ResourceType,SMS_R_SYSTEM.Name,
SMS_R_SYSTEM.SMSUniqueIdentifier,SMS_R_SYSTEM.ResourceDomainORWorkgroup,
SMS_R_SYSTEM.Client from SMS_R_System where SMS_R_System.Obsolete = 1
4.) Run the “Update Collection Membership”
5.) View the result
The post Find all Obsolete computerobject in SCCM 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Failover Cluster Validation failed with status 87… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The Failover Cluster Validation check faild with status 87 “Failed to prepare storage for testing on node HYPERV01.hyperv.local”. After same troubleshooting I found the following solution! This error results from bit lock creating a partition in the first 100 MB of your primary drive and then not setting a drive letter. Given the command line interface for Hyper-V Server 2008 R2, I had to assign the drive letter by using the command lines.
1.) Open the command prompt CMD.exe
2.) Type diskpart
3.) Type list volume
4.) Type select volume 4 (or 1, 2, 3…)
5.) Type assign
Repeat this step for all the nodes in the cluster. Now your Failover Cluster Validation check will run succesfully!
The post Failover Cluster Validation failed with status 87… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft SCVMM 2008 R2 Library add folders appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This is by default. When you place some files in the folders, SCVMM detects this and the folders will show up now! The following file types are indexed during a Library Refresh (default every hour)
– Virtual Hard Disks: .vhd (Hyper-V, Virtual Server), .vmdk (VMware)
– Virtual Floppy disks: .vfd (Virtual Server), .flp (VMware)
– ISO image files: .iso
– Scripts (answer files): .ps1 (Windows PowerShell), .inf or .xml (Answer Files)
– VMware templates: .vmtx (VMware)
When you want to force a Library Refresh, right-click on the SCVMM Library and choose Refresh.
The post Microsoft SCVMM 2008 R2 Library add folders appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft SCCM 2007 Build Numbers appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>4.00.5135.0000 – SCCM 2007 Beta 1
4.00.5125.0000 – SCCM 2007 Beta 1 Escrow
4.00.5221.0000 – SCCM 2007 Beta 1 Refresh Escrow
4.00.5224.0000 – SCCM 2007 Beta 1 Refresh
4.00.5571.0000 – SCCM 2007 Beta 2 Escrow
4.00.5574.0000 – SCCM 2007 Beta 2 Escrow Update
4.00.5578.0000 – SCCM 2007 Beta 2 with a hotfix
4.00.5578.0002 – SCCM 2007 RC0 Preview
4.00.5790.0000 – SCCM 2007 RC0 Preview
4.00.5815.0000 – SCCM 2007 RC0
4.00.5924.0000 – SCCM 2007 escrow
4.00.5931.0001 – SCCM 2007 RTM
4.00.6086.1000 – SCCM 2007 SP1 (prerelease)
4.00.6221.1000 – SCCM 2007 SP1
4.00.6425.2000 – SCCM 2007 SP2 beta
4.00.6468.2001 – SCCM 2007 SP2 RC
4.00.6487.2000 – SCCM 2007 SP2 RTM
4.00.6487.2157 – SCCM 2007 SP2 R3
The post Microsoft SCCM 2007 Build Numbers appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Happy New Year… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Happy New Year… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2010 Network Ports appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2010 Network Ports appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Passed the RES PowerFuse 2010 Exam (RPFBX-300) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>What happy end of this year, 2010!
The post Passed the RES PowerFuse 2010 Exam (RPFBX-300) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to upgrade an Microsoft Exchange 2007 CCR cluster from Service Pack 2 to Service Pack 3 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First upgrade the CAS server(s)
2.) Then upgrade the HUB Transport server(s)
3.) Logon to the passive node
4.) Upgrade the passive node to Service Pack 3
setup.com /mode:Upgrade
6.) Restart the server after the setup is completed succesfully
7.) Stop the CMS (Clustered Mailbox Server) on the active node (DOWNTIME!!)
Stop-ClusteredMailboxServer MAILCLUSTER01 –StopReason “SP3 Upgrade”
8.) Move the CMS (Clustered Mailbox Server) to the passive node (DOWNTIME!!)
Move-ClusteredMailboxServer MAILCLUSTER01 –TargetMachine CCR2 –MoveComment “SP3 Upgrade”
9.) On the passive node upgrade the CMS (Clustered Mailbox Server)
setup.com /UpgradeCMS
10.) Bring the CCR cluster back online
Start-ClusteredMailboxServer MAILCLUSTER01
11.) Upgrade the initial active node to Service Pack 3
setup.com /mode:Upgrade
12.) Restart the server after the setup is completed succesfully
13.) Now you have an Exchange 2007 CCR cluster with Serivce Pack 3
The post How to upgrade an Microsoft Exchange 2007 CCR cluster from Service Pack 2 to Service Pack 3 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Installing Microsoft SCCM vNext Beta 1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Microsoft Windows 2008 R2 x64
2.) .NET Framework 4.0
3.) Microsoft SQL 2008 Server Service Pack 1
4.) Database Engine Services
5.) Reporting Services
6.) Management Tools Complete
7.) Microsoft SQL 2008 Server Service Pack 1 CU8 CU8 (10.0.2775.0)
8.) Install the schema extension (extadsch.exe)
9.) Install BITS and Remote Differential Compression (RDC)
10.) Install Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) optionally
11.) Install Windows Deployment Services
12.) Give the vNext computerobject “full control” rights within your active directory on the organizational unit “System” (this object and all child objects).
13.) Install the PXE Service Point service role within SCCM vNext. This step is optionally when you’re going to use OSD.
The post How to: Installing Microsoft SCCM vNext Beta 1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft SQL 2008 Server version numbers appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>10.50.1702.0 | R2 CU1 |
10.50.1600.1 | SQL 2008 R2 RTM |
10.0.2775.0 | SP1 CU8 |
10.0.2766.0 | SP1 CU7 |
10.0.2757.0 | SP1 CU6 |
10.0.2746.0 | SP1 CU5 |
10.0.2734.0 | SP1 CU4 |
10.0.2723.0 | SP1 CU3 |
10.0.2714.0 | SP1 CU2 |
10.0.2710.0 | SP1 CU1 |
10.0.2531.0 | SP1 |
10.0.1835.0 | CU10 |
10.0.1828.0 | CU9 |
10.0.1823.0 | CU8 |
10.0.1818.0 | CU7 |
10.0.1812.0 | CU6 |
10.0.1806.0 | CU5 |
10.0.1798.0 | CU4 |
10.0.1787.0 | CU3 |
10.0.1779.0 | CU2 |
10.0.1763.0 | CU1 |
10.0.1600.0 | SQL 2008 RTM |
The post Microsoft SQL 2008 Server version numbers appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Password Reset Feature Available In Microsoft Exchange 2007 SP3 OWA… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Exchange 2007 SP3 brings this feature to the table. The option is disabled by default and can be turned on with a registry edit on the CAS server.
To enable the password reset feature,
1.) Log on to the CAS server with an admin account.
2.) In registry editor, navigate to HLKM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSExchange OWA
3.) Create the following DWORD value if it does not already exist. DWORD Name – ChangeExpiredPasswordEnabled, type – REG_DWORD and data set to 1.
4.) If the DWORD already exists, change the value from zero to one.
5.) Reset IIS from command prompt with the command iisreset /noforce
The post Password Reset Feature Available In Microsoft Exchange 2007 SP3 OWA… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post System Center Configuration Manager 2007 R3 unleashed! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Centralized Power Management
Mobile Device Management
Enhanced Scalability and Performance
Configuration Manager R3 lets IT organizations centrally manage the power settings of Windows 7, Vista and XP computers, helping reduce energy consumption and costs. You can plan and apply a power management policy for high and low PC usage periods, monitor user activity to avoid any productivity interruptions and correct non-compliance. Detailed reports of trends and settings help you make smart power management choices, and also validate Green IT projects with summaries of power, money and CO2 savings.
Configuration Manager R3 includes licenses for the popular System Center Mobile Device Manager, so you can run comprehensive asset inventories, deploy software, manage settings and enforce password policies for Widows phones.
Configuration Manager R3 is more scalable than ever, increasing the number of supported clients to 300,000 per site. R3 is also more efficient in the way it communicates with Active Directory, helping you discover user or machine changes more quickly and allowing custom queries to define user, system or group attributes.
The post System Center Configuration Manager 2007 R3 unleashed! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft SCCM 2007, custom Windows 7 query based collection appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Create a new collection and give it a name
2.) Create a new query and give it a name
3.) Configure the following criteria
– Criterion Type: Simple value
– Where: System Resource – Operating System Name and Version
– Operator: is like
– Value: Microsoft Windows NT Workstation 6.1
4.) Configure the update schedule
5.) Right-click on your collection and select “Update Collection Membership”
6.) Right-click on your collection and select “Refresh”
7.) Your collection is now ready to use
The post Microsoft SCCM 2007, custom Windows 7 query based collection appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 Service Pack 3… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>For the full release notes, you can browse to the following URL
Download Service Pack 3 for Microsoft Exchange 2007 here
The post Exchange 2007 Service Pack 3… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Configure custom mailtips in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this example, I want the users to see the message “Please send only e-mails with ICT related problems” while they compose an email to the ICT Helpdesk. This can be done in two ways, either from Exchange Control Panel (ECP) or Shell.
Run the following shell command to set this feature.
Set-MailBox -Identity HelpdeskICT -MailTip “Please send only e-mails with ICT related problems”
The post How to: Configure custom mailtips in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Managing Contact Lists in OCS 2007 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Make a txt file called users.txt
2.) Make a txt file called contacts.txt
3.) Copy the script LCSAddContacts.wsf and the other two textfiles in one directory
4.) Add the OU path in the users.txt file (in my example all the users in the OU “Gebruikers”)
5.) Add the users you want to puth in the new contact list in the contacts.txt file (in my example there are only two users)
6.) Open the command line
7.) run the following command:
cscript LCSAddContacts.wsf /usersfile:users.txt /contactsfile:contacts.txt /contactsgroup:”ICT Department”
In my example the /contactsgroup is “ICT Department”, but you can make your own choise here!
8.) Open the OCS client and verify the new created contact list!
If you want to delete a user from a contact list, you’ll run the same command again, but with the /delete paramater at the end!
cscript LCSAddContacts.wsf /usersfile:users.txt /contactsfile:contacts.txt /contactsgroup:”ICT Department” /delete
The post How to: Managing Contact Lists in OCS 2007 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: MDT 2010 change the “Running: Lite Touch Installation” message appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: MDT 2010 change the “Running: Lite Touch Installation” message appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2010, An IIS directory entry couldn’t be created. The error message is Access is denied. appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>An IIS directory entry couldn’t be created. The error message is Access is denied.
Solution: Make sure that the group Exchange Trusted subsystem is member of local administrator group on all the Exchange 2007 servers.
The post Exchange 2010, An IIS directory entry couldn’t be created. The error message is Access is denied. appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2010, cannot remove mailboxdatabase…!?! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Remove-MailboxDatabase -Identity “Mailbox Database 0075281871”
This mailbox database contains one or more mailboxes or arbitration mailboxes. To get a list of all mailboxes in this databa
se, run the command Get-Mailbox -Database <Database ID>. To get a list of all arbitration mailboxes in this database, run th
e command Get-Mailbox -Database <Database ID> -Arbitration. Before you can remove this mailbox database, you must disable, m
ove, or remove user mailboxes and move arbitration mailboxes.
+ CategoryInfo : InvalidOperation: (Mailbox Database 0075281871:DatabaseIdParameter) [Remove-MailboxDatabase],
AssociatedUserMailboxExistException
+ FullyQualifiedErrorId : 68BDB73C,Microsoft.Exchange.Management.SystemConfigurationTasks.RemoveMailboxDatabase
When I create an overview of all the arbitration mailboxes, they are already succesfully moved to a new created mailboxdatabase. Why I’m getting this error…?? There’s another default created mailbox, called: Discovery Search Mailbox. After moving this mailbox to another mailboxdatabase, I wass able to delete succesfully the default created mailboxdata from my Exchange 2010 environment.
The post Exchange 2010, cannot remove mailboxdatabase…!?! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post MDT 2010 and user credentials?? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open the DeploymentWorkbench
2.) Right click the MDT Deployment Share (E:\DeploymentShare in my environment)
3.) Open the second tab Rules
4.) Click Edit Bootstrap.ini
5.) Default the file looks like picture 6
6.) Add the following rules to the textfile:
UserID=Administrator
UserDomain=WIN7.LOCAL (your domain)
UserPassword=Pa$$w0rd (your administrator password)
KeyboardLocale=en-US
SkipBDDWelcome=YES
7.) Don’t forget to update the deployment share
8.) Right click the MDT Deployment Share (E:\DeploymentShare in my environment), and select Update Deployment Share
9.) Assign the boot image (E:\DeploymentShare\Boot\LiteTouchPE_x86.wim) to Windows Deployment Services WDS.
The post MDT 2010 and user credentials?? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Update Rollup 2 for Exchange Server 2010 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download details Update Rollup 2 for Exchange Server 2010 (KB979611)
The post Update Rollup 2 for Exchange Server 2010 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: show the drive letters first in Windows Explorer appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer]
“ShowDriveLettersFirst”=dword:00000004
The post How to: show the drive letters first in Windows Explorer appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: SCCM 2007 disable package storing on the system drive appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Now you’re sure that the system drive will not be used by SCCM!
The post How to: SCCM 2007 disable package storing on the system drive appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Update Rollup 2 for Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download details Update Rollup 1 for Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 2 (KB972076)
The post Update Rollup 2 for Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Passed the Exchange 2010 exam today… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The last few mounths Exchange 2010 was my daily thing! Building…..building…..building and again building, this was the best preparing for me! A lot of things I’ve seen in Berlin at the TechEd, so I was ready to rock!
The post Passed the Exchange 2010 exam today… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Exchange 2010 e-mail signature based on Active Directory information appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Exchange 2010 e-mail signature based on Active Directory information appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove the “Libraries” and the “Control Panel” icons from the desktop in Windows 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Remove the “Libraries” and the “Control Panel” icons from the desktop in Windows 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Create a Mandatory profile in Windows Server 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Create a Mandatory profile in Windows Server 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows 2008 R2 Core Configurator 2.0 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Core Configuration tasks include:
– Product Licensing
– Networking Features
– DCPromo Tool
– ISCSI Settings
– Server Roles and Features
– User and Group Permissions
– Share Creation and Deletion
– Dynamic Firewall settings
– Display | Screensaver Settings
– Add & Remove Drivers
– Proxy settings
– Windows Updates (Including WSUS)
– Multipath I/O
-Hyper-V including virtual machine thumbnails
– JoinDomain and Computer rename
– Add/remove programs
– Services
– WinRM
-Complete logging of all commands executed
You can download the tool here.
The post Windows 2008 R2 Core Configurator 2.0 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to tell what version of Active Directory you have appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\NTDS\Parameters and select the subkey Schema Version.
13 = Microsoft Windows 2000
30 = Original release version of Microsoft Windows Server 2003 and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 (SP1)
31 = Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2
44 = Windows 2008
The post How to tell what version of Active Directory you have appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Cannot create SQL database during SCCM 2007 SP1 installation appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>To fix this problem, you’ll need to do the following steps:
1.) On the SQL Server, right-click My Computer and select Manage to open the Computer Management console
2.) Expand the Local Users and Groups node and select Groups
3.) Double-click Administrators in the right-hand pane of the Computer Management console
4.) Click the Add… button to open the Select Users, Computers and Groups dialog box
5.) Click the Object Types… button and ensure Computers is selected in the Object Types dialog box. Click OK to return to the Select Users, Computers and Groups dialog box
6.) If the From this location field in the Select Users, Computers and Groups dialog box does not show the domain that the Configuration Manager site server is in, click the Locations… button and select the correct domain
7.) In the field labelled Enter the object names to select, type the computer name of the Configuration Manager site server. Click the Check Names to confirm that the name has been recognised
8.) Click OK
The post Cannot create SQL database during SCCM 2007 SP1 installation appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007/2010 and dynamic Distribution Groups appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open the Exchange Management Console
2.) Navigate to Recipient Configuration, Distribution Group
3.) Click New Dynamic Distribution Group
4.) Give up a Name and Alias
5.) Change the Filter settings. In this example I’m using the Active Directory attribute Department
6.) Give up the Filter Condition. To see a preview of all the effected users, click Preview
7.) Click New to finish the last step
The post Exchange 2007/2010 and dynamic Distribution Groups appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Update Rollup 1 for Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This update rollup does not apply to Exchange Server 2007 Release To Manufacturing (RTM) or Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1). For a list of update rollups applicable to Exchange Server 2007 RTM or Exchange Server 2007 SP1, refer to the Knowledge Base article KB937052.
Download details Update Rollup 1 for Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 2 (KB971534)
The post Update Rollup 1 for Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange Server 2010 released appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This version of Exchange is just really cool stuff!!
For more information, you can read this article on msexchangeteam.com
The post Exchange Server 2010 released appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post TechEd 2009 @ Berlin….here we come! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Robert Beauchemin
David Chappell
John Craddock
Tess Ferrandez
Rafal Lukawiecki
Andy Malone
Mark Minasi
Mark Russinovich
Ilse Van Criekinge
Maciej Pilecki
See you in Berlin…in the new efficiency!
The post TechEd 2009 @ Berlin….here we come! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Supporting Exchange 2007 on Windows Server 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>——————————————-
We always talk about listening to customers and sometimes this is written off by many as ‘marketing speak’. In fact, we do take feedback seriously and no input is more important to our engineering processes than your voice.
Earlier this year we made a decision in one direction, and due to the feedback we have received on this blog and elsewhere, we have reconsidered. In the coming calendar year we will issue an update for Exchange 2007 enabling full support of Windows Server 2008 R2. We heard from many customers that this was important for streamlining their operations and reducing administrative challenges, so we have changed course and will add R2 support. We are still working through the specifics and will let you know once we have more to share on the timing of this update.
So, keep the feedback coming. We are listening.
Kevin Allison
GM Exchange Customer Experience
——————————————-
So within a copple of months, there will be proberly full support for Exchange 2007 on Windows Server 2008 R2! This will be a great start of the new year 2010
The post Supporting Exchange 2007 on Windows Server 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Changing OWA time out on an Exchange 2007 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Though this feature is good for security reasons it may be annoying for many users who use OWA regularly and they may not want to enter the password several times after the time out. This can settled down with a simple registry tweak on the CAS server that runs your Internet facing OWA site. This can be done by following registry modification:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSExchangeOWA
Name: PublicTimeout
Type: DWORD
Value: {value in minutes} (This value is 15 minutes by default)
The above suggestion applies only when the user selects the Public Computer option from the OWA logon screen. For the user who select the Private Computer from the logon screen you might want to modify:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSExchangeOWA
Name: PrivateTimeout
Type: DWORD
Value: {value in minutes} (This value is 8 hours by default)
If you don’t see the DWORD values named, PublicTimeout and PrivateTimeout then you have create then manually.
The post Changing OWA time out on an Exchange 2007 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Migrate from Exchange 2007 SP2 to Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Server 1
Name: SRV-E2K10DC-01
OS: Microsoft Windows 2008 R2 x64
IP: 172.16.1.10
Roles: DC/DNS
Server 2
Name: SRV-E2K7-01
OS: Microsoft Windows 2008 SP2 x64
IP: 172.16.1.11
Roles: Exchange 2007 SP2 HT/CAS/MBX
Server 3
Name: SRV-E2K10-01
OS: Microsoft Windows 2008 R2 x64
IP: 172.16.1.12
Roles: Exchange 2010 HT/CAS/MBX
Domain FQDN: EXCHANGE.LOCAL
Forest Functional Level: Windows Server 2008 R2
Domain Functional Level: Windows Server 2008 R2
1.) First I’ve installed all the prerequisites for Exchange 2007 SP2 on server SRV-E2K7-01
Command: servermanagercmd -ip exchange-typical.xml
2.) Install all the prerequistes for Exchange 2010 on server SRV-E2K10-01
Command: servermanagercmd -ip exchange-typical.xml
3.) After rebooting server SRV-E2K7-01, you can install Exchange 2007 SP2
4.) After succesfully installing Exchange 2007 SP2, you can install Exchange 2010 on server SRV-E2K10-01
5.) Open the Exchange Management Console on server SRV-E2K7-01
6.) I’ve created some user account (100) and all mailbox enabled
7.) Open the Exchange Management Console on server SRV-E2K10-01
8.) As you can see, all the mailboxes are vissible!
9.) The next step is to move the mailboxes from Exchange 2007 to Exchange 2010
10.) Return to the Exchange 2010 server and open the Exchange Management Console
11.) Navigate to Recipient Configuration, Mailbox
12.) Select the mailboxes you want to migrate and right-click
13.) Choose “New Local Move Request”
14.) Select the new Mailbox Database
15.) Wait until the users are migrated to the new Mailbox Server
16.) Select all the completed move requests and select Clear Move Request
The users are now migrated to the new Exchange 2010 environment. In the next post we are going to de-install the Exchange 2007 environment.
The post How to: Migrate from Exchange 2007 SP2 to Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Create users for testing purposes appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>FOR /L %i in (1,1,100) DO dsadd user “cn=User%i,ou=Gebruikers,dc=exchange,dc=local” -samid User%i -upn User%i@Exchange.local -fn User%i -display User%i -pwd P@sswOrd -disabled no
The post How to: Create users for testing purposes appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free Exchange 2010 E-book appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Chapter 1: Introduction to Exchange Server 2010
1.1 Getting Started
1.2 What’s been removed from Exchange Server 2010?
1.3 What’s new in Exchange Server 2010?
1.4 Exchange Server 2010 and Active Directory
1.5 Exchange Server coexistence
1.6 Exchange Server 2010 Server roles
1.7 Summary
Chapter 2: Installing Exchange Server 2010
Chapter 3: Exchange Server 2010 Coexistence
3.1 Coexistence with Exchange Server 2003
3.2 Installing Exchange Server 2010 in an Exchange Server 2003 environment
3.3 Coexistence with Exchange Server 2007
3.4 Installing Exchange Server 2010 into an Existing Exchange Server 2007 Environment
3.5 Summary
Chapter 4: Managing Exchange Server 2010
4.1 The Exchange Management Shell
4.2 The Exchange Management Console
4.3 The Exchange Control Panel (ECP)
4.4 Role Based Access Control (RBAC)
4.5 Archiving and Compliancy
4.6 Summary
Chapter 5: High Availability in Exchange Server 2010
5.1 High Availability in Exchange Server 2010
5.2 Exchange Server Database technologies
5.3 High Availability in Exchange Server
5.4 High Availability on other Server Roles
5.5 Summary
The post Free Exchange 2010 E-book appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Database Availability (DAG) Group in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This is my Exchange 2010 environment:
Server 1 – SRV-EXDC-01
OS: Microosft Windows 2008 R2 Enterprise x64
IP: 172.16.1.10
Roles: Active Directory, DNS
Server 2 – SRV-EX10HT-01
OS: Microsoft Windows 2008 R2 Enterprise x64
IP: 172.16.1.11
Roles: Exchange 2010 HT/CAS
Server 3 – SRV-EX10MB-01
OS: Microsoft Windows 2008 R2 Enterprise x64
IP: 172.16.1.12
Roles: Exchange 2010 MBX
Server 4 – SRV-EX10MB-02
OS: Microsoft Windows 2008 R2 Enterprise x64
IP: 172.16.1.13
Roles: Exchange 2010 MBX
1.) First I’ve created 2 new mailbox database on each mailbox server.
SRV-EX10MB-01 – MD01, MD02
SRV-EX10MB-02 – MD03, MD04
2.) The next step is to create a new Database Availability Group.
Groupname: DAG01
Witness Server: SRV-EX10HT-01 (Could also be a another server, but not a member of the DAG!!)
Witness Directory: C:\FSW_DAG01
3.) After succesfully creating the DAG, we can added some mailbox servers to it
SRV-EX10MB-01 and SRV-EX10MB-02
4.) The Windows Failover Clustering feature will automatically installed on each Mailbox server
5.) Give the Database Availability Group an IP address. This can be done with the following command:
Set-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup -Identity DAG01 -DatabaseAvailabilityGroupIpAddresses 172.16.1.50
6.) The next step is to add a Mailbox Database Copy
7.) The copy of the Mailbox Database will be copied to the other mailbox server. As you can see, Mailbox Server SRV-EX10MB-02 is now also containing Mailbox Database MD01 and MD02
8.) Login through the Outlook Web App with a user in Mailbox Database MD01
9.) Disable the LAN connection on Mailbox Server SRV-EX10MB-01 (fake a failover!)
10.) You’ll now receive an error in your Outlook Web App, this is normal, because the active mailbox is unavailable!! Wait a copple of seconds and click another e-mail message! As you can see, the passive Mailbox Database copy is now become active!! cool….
11.) After enabling the LAN connection on Mailbox Server SRV-EX10MB-01, the copy status become Healthy again!
12.) You can also test the “Fail Over” manually. Right click on your Mailbox Database, choose Move Active Mailbox Databse, and select the new active Mailbox Server.
So….after all, a copple of seconds downtime for the users!
The post How to: Database Availability (DAG) Group in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post WDDM Video Driver Fails in VMware Workstation 7.0 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Change the following rule:
Old Situation:
virtualHW.version = “6”
New Situation:
virtualHW.version = “7”
After a reboot, everything works fine again!
The post WDDM Video Driver Fails in VMware Workstation 7.0 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Exchange 2010 archiving mailbox appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>As you increase the size of mailboxes, you don’t necessarily want all the data stored locally on user machines, because it can lead to very long initial download times when users get a new machine. The data users frequently access is stored in the primary mailbox, which is ideally less than 10GB and is cached locally. Everything else is stored in the archive mailbox and available online, so it can be much larger and contain historical data. Because the archive mailbox is part of the same mailbox database, its availability is the same as the primary mailbox (it will be replicated as part of a DAG, database availability group).
Users will see their mailbox and their archive mailbox. They can drag and drop a PST file into the archive and the PST will be imported into the archive automatically. The viewing and navigation of the primary and archive mailbox is the same. If a user searches all mail items, the archive content is included. Users or administrators can set retention policies so that mail is automatically moved to the archive after a number of days, and different policies can be set on different folders.
Here are some keynotes for the archiving feature in Exchange 2010:
– Archive mailbox gets rid of PST files by giving the user an additional mailbox
– PST files are local to the user’s machine, gets corrupted easily and is hard to include the files in backup.
– Archive mailbox sits in the same mailbox database as the user’s main mailbox and can be included in the backup easily
– Archive Mailbox is available in Outlook as well as Outlook Web App (OWA), which is a huge improvement.
– Users can access their email archive irrespective of where they are
– Archive Mailbox is included as part of the Exchange Enterprise CALs and hence no extra cost is required (for those who have ECALs)
– Retention policies can be set for emails/folders in the archive mailbox
– User has the option to search for emails in archive only or both primary & archive mailbox
– Archive Quota can be set separate to the primary mailbox
– Emails in existing PSTs can be dragged into the archive mailbox very easily
– The archive and primary mailbox share the same user account
– Only one archive mailbox can be configured for a user
– Archive mailbox gets created on the same mailbox database as the primary one, which is a drawback.
– Future service packs might bring the option to create the archive mailbox in a different database
– The default quota warning for the archive mailbox is 10GB, which can be changed
How to configure a archive mailbox for a specific user:
1.) Open the Exchange Management Console
2.) Navigate to Recipient Configuration and select the specific user
3.) On the action pane, select “Enable Archive”
Note: Online archiving requires an Exchange Enterprise Client Access License (CAL)!
4.) The icon of the specific user has changed to an archive icon.
5.) Login to the Outlook Web App with the specific user and you’ll see the archive mailbox
6.) Drag and drop some e-mail into the online archive
7.) You can change the name of the online archive by navigating to the specific user, Properties, Mailbox Features, Archive
8.) Login again to the Outlook Web App and you’ll see the new name of the archive mailbox
The post How to: Exchange 2010 archiving mailbox appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 E-book appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 E-book appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Hide Address Lists in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can fix this issueu to put some permissions on this Address Lists. Let’s have a look on that.
1.) Open the Exchange Management Console
2.) Create a new Address List
3.) Give up the filter settings (in this example it is based on the Active Directory field “Department“)
4.) Open ADSI Edit, adsiedit.msc
5.) Open Configuration,CN=Configuration,DC=E2K10.local,CN=Services,CN=E2K10,CN=Address Lists Container,CN=All Address Lists,<your Address Lists>
6.) Open the Properties, and click the Security tab, Advanced
7.) Disable “Include inheritable permissions from this object’s parent”
8.) Click Copy
9.) Remove the Authenticated Users
10.) Make a new Security Group in your Active Directory called for example “AL_ICT_Department”
11.) Place all the users of the ICT department in this Security Group
12.) Open the security settings again and at the group AL_ICT_Department
13.) Give this group the following permissions Read, Open Address List
14.) Login with a user that is member of the AL_ICT_Department. Make sure you see the Address List
15.) Login with a user that is not a member of the AL_ICT_Department. You didn’t see the Address List now.
The post How to: Hide Address Lists in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2010 exams available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When you pass Exam 70-662 TS: Microsoft Exchange Server 2010, Configuring, you complete the requirements for the following certification(s):
Exam 70-662 TS: Microsoft Exchange Server 2010, Configuring: counts as credit toward the following certification(s):
The post Exchange 2010 exams available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install Exchange 2010 prerequisites using XML appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]> – Exchange-all.xml
– Exchange-base.xml
– Exchange-cadb.xml
– Exchange-cas.xml
– Exchange-eca.xml
– Exchange-edge.xml
– Exchange-hub.xml
– Exchange-mbx.xml
– Exchange-typical.xml
– Exchange-um.xml
In this example we are going to prepare a Microsoft Windows 2008 SP2 server for installing the Exchange 2010 Hub Transport Role, using the XML file Exchange-hub.xml.
1.) Open the command prompt (CMD)
2.) Browse to your installation source directory
3.) Type in ServerManagerCmd -ip Exchange-Hub.xml
4.) All prerequisites will be installed now
5.) After this is finished, you can start the installation of Exchange 2010
The post How to: Install Exchange 2010 prerequisites using XML appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post RES PowerFuse 2008 SR7 released appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Some Enhancements:
• Microsoft Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2 support.
• Building Blocks: import improvements
• Error Log: RES PowerFuse no longer depends on CAPICOM
• Home Directory Maintenance: provide a custom list of printers in PowerPrint
• Instant File Associations: automatic import of file types when adding applications
• Registry: disable removal of run keys
• Registry: fix Microsoft Windows Desktop Search
• Registry: force disconnect of RES PowerFuse session after a certain amount of time
• RES PowerFuse Agents: improved performance of Agent cache when processing changed objects
• Security Management: improved performance when checking logged security events
• Startup: improved performance when starting RES PowerFuse sessions using the Microsoft Windows shell
The post RES PowerFuse 2008 SR7 released appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2010 Organizational Health appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When you open the Exchange Management Consosle, go to Microsoft Exchange, Microsoft Exchange On-Premises.
The post Exchange 2010 Organizational Health appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Where’s the Move-Mailbox command in Exchange 2010 Release Candidate…? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In Exchange 2010 Release Candidate (RC), there’s a new command available to move a mailbox to another mailbox database, New-Moverequest.
In this example I’m going to move all the mailboxes, including the default arbitration mailboxes to a new mailbox database, otherwise you can not delete the default mailbox database created by Exchange!
1.) With the following command you can get a list of all the Move Requests. Get-Moverequest | fl
2.) Run the command Get-Mailbox -Database “database name” -Arbitration | ft -wrap -auto for a list of all the hidden arbitration mailboxes in the default mailbox database
3.) To move the arbitration mailbox to the new mailbox database, run the following command New-MoveRequest -Identity “SystemMailbox{e0dc1c29-89c3-4034-b678-e6c29d823ed9}” -TargetDatabase MD01
4.) After moving all the arbitraion mailboxes to the new mailbox database, run the following command Get-Moverequest | fl
5.) Before we can remove the default mailbox database, you’ve to remove all the move requests associated with the source mailbox database
6.) To get a list off all the associated move requests, run the following command Get-MoveRequest -SourceDatabase “Mailbox Database 1205181900”
7.) To remove the move requests, run the command Remove-Moverequest -<Recipient ID>
Note: For a list off all the Recipient ID’s you can run Get-Mailbox -Database “database name” -Arbitration | ft -wrap -auto
8.) After removing all the remove requests, you’re able to succesfully remove the default mailbox database
The post Where’s the Move-Mailbox command in Exchange 2010 Release Candidate…? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Prepare your Schema, AD and domain using PowerShell for installing Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The fist step is to prepare the Schema.
1.) Open the root directory of the Exchange 2010 installation files
2.) Run the following command: .\Setup /PrepareSchema
Note: make sure you’ve SchemaAdmin rights
The next step is to prepare the Active Directory.
1.) Run the following command: .\Setup /PrepareAD /OrganizationName:<Your-Organization-Name>
The last step is to prepare the Domain.
1.) Run the following command: .\Setup /PrepareDomain
Note: make sure you’ve DomainAdmin rights
Your environment is now succesfully prepared to install Exchange 2010.
The post Prepare your Schema, AD and domain using PowerShell for installing Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Passed the 70-401… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Passed the 70-401… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post TechNet Live @ World Form, Den Haag appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>* Microsoft Windows 7
* Microsoft Exchange 2010
* Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
The post TechNet Live @ World Form, Den Haag appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Managing User rights in SCCM 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this example i’ve added a new user with only permissions to read all the Packages.
1.) Open the System Center Management Console
2.) Navigate to the Site Database, Security Rights, Users, Manage ConfigMgr Users
3.) Add a new user, browse and select the new user
4.) Select “Add another right or modify an existing one”
5.) In this example the user has only the permission to read the packages
6.) Select in the Class box “Package”
7.) Select in the Instance box “(All Instances)”
8.) Finish the wizard
For remote connecting to the SCCM Site Server, you’ve to edit the DCOM security, otherwise you’ll receive an error when you try to open the System Center Management Console.
1.) Go to your SCCM Site Server
2.) From the Start menu, click Run and type Dcomcnfg.exe
3.) In Component Services, click Console root, expand Component Services, expand Computers, and then click My Computer. On the Action menu, click Properties
4.) In the My Computer Properties dialog box, on the COM Security tab, in the Launch and Activation Permissions section, click Edit Limits
5.) In the Launch Permissions dialog box, click Add
6.) In the Select User, Computers, or Groups dialog box, in the Enter the object names to select, in this example: markswinkels
7.) In the Permissions for markswinkels, select the check box to allow Remote Activation
8.) Click OK twice, and then close Computer Management
The post Managing User rights in SCCM 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Deploying Office 2007 with SCCM 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Collection
2.) Package
3.) Program
4.) Distribution Point
5.) Advertisement
Before we are going to deploy Office 2007, we’ve to create a MSP file for customize the Office 2007 installation. You can start the Office Customization Tool using the following command: setup.exe /admin. Save the file in the updates folder on your Office 2007 source directory.
Step 1, creating a collection:
1.) Create a new collection, to specify the computers where Office must be installed.
2.) Navigate to System Center Configuration Manager, Site Database, Computer Management, New Collection
3.) Give your new collection a name, for example “Office 2007 Enterprise”
4.) On the Membership Rules dialog box, click the computer icon, which opens the Create Direct Membership Rule Wizard. Click Next
5.) On the Search for Resources dialog box, click the Resource class drop-down menu and select System Resource. Then, click the Attribute name drop-down menu and select Name. In the Value field enter %, and then click Next
6.) On the Collection Limiting dialog box, click the Browse button, select All Windows Workstation or Professional Systems, and then click Next
7.) Select the computer(s) you want to deploy Office 2007 and click Next
Step 2, creating a package:
1.) Navigate to System Center Configuration Manager, Site Database, Computer Management, Software Distribution, Package, New Package
2.) On the General dialog box of the New Package Wizard, enter the Name, Version, Manufacturer, and Language. For example, Office, 2007, Microsoft, English (US)
3.) On the Data Source dialog box, select This package contains source files. Click the Set button, and then enter the path for the location of the source files in the Source directory field. For example E:\Software\Office 2007\, which contains a copy of the 2007 Office Enterprise installation CD.
4.) Click OK, and then continue to click Next and accept the default settings on all of the following dialog boxes: Data Access, Distribution Settings, Reporting, and Security. On the Wizard Completed dialog box
Step 3, creating a Program:
1.) Navigate to System Center Configuration Manager, Site Database, Computer Management, Software Distribution, Packages, Office 2007, Programs, New, Program
2.) Give the new program a Name
3.) On the Command-line box, type in setup.exe (Because the customization file, CustomOffice.MSP, was placed in the \Updates folder, a command line option is not needed to reference its location)
4.) On the Environment dialog box, click the Program can run drop-down box and select Whether or not a user is logged on. This will enable Run with administrative rights for the Run mode. Leave the default for Drive mode to Runs with UNC name, and then click Next
5.) On the Advanced dialog box, select the check box for Suppress program notifications, and then click Next
Step 4, Copy to Distibution points:
1.) Navigate to System Center Configuration Manager, Site Database, Computer Management, Software Distribution, Packages, Office 2007, Distribution points
2.) Manage Distribution Points
3.) Select “Copy the package to new distribution points”
4.) Select the distribution points
5.) Click finish and wait a copple of minutes
6.) Check the status changing from Install Pending to Installed
Step 5, creating the advertisement
1.) Navigate to System Center Configuration Manager, Site Database, Computer Management, Software Distribution, Advertisements
2.) New Advertisement
3.) Give the advertisement a Name
4.) Select the package, Program and Collection
5.) Click finish and wait a copple of minutes
6.) On the client wait for the next Machine Policy Retrievel & Evaluation Cycle
After the setup is finished, Office 2007 is deployed to your client(s) and is ready to use!
The post Deploying Office 2007 with SCCM 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SCCM 2007 Machine Policy Retrieval & Evaluation Cycle VBScript appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open your control panel
2.) Configuration Manager
3.) Action tab
4.) Machine Policy Retrieval & Evaluation Cycle
5.) Initiate Action
The next option is to use the following script.
———————————————————————————————
on error resume next
dim oCPAppletMgr ‘Control Applet manager object.
dim oClientAction ‘Individual client action.
dim oClientActions ‘A collection of client actions.
‘Get the Control Panel manager object.
set oCPAppletMgr=CreateObject("CPApplet.CPAppletMgr")
if err.number <> 0 then
Wscript.echo "Couldn’t create control panel application manager"
WScript.Quit
end if
‘Get a collection of actions.
set oClientActions=oCPAppletMgr.GetClientActions
if err.number<>0 then
wscript.echo "Couldn’t get the client actions"
set oCPAppletMgr=nothing
WScript.Quit
end if
‘Display each client action name and perform it.
For Each oClientAction In oClientActions
if oClientAction.Name = "Request & Evaluate Machine Policy" then
wscript.echo "Performing action " + oClientAction.Name
oClientAction.PerformAction
end if
next
set oClientActions=nothing
set oCPAppletMgr=nothing
———————————————————————————————
The post SCCM 2007 Machine Policy Retrieval & Evaluation Cycle VBScript appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SCCM 2007 Machine Policy Retrieval & Evaluation Cycle VBScript appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open your control panel
2.) Configuration Manager
3.) Action tab
4.) Machine Policy Retrieval & Evaluation Cycle
5.) Initiate Action
The next option is to use the following script.
———————————————————————————————
on error resume next
dim oCPAppletMgr ‘Control Applet manager object.
dim oClientAction ‘Individual client action.
dim oClientActions ‘A collection of client actions.
‘Get the Control Panel manager object.
set oCPAppletMgr=CreateObject("CPApplet.CPAppletMgr")
if err.number <> 0 then
Wscript.echo "Couldn’t create control panel application manager"
WScript.Quit
end if
‘Get a collection of actions.
set oClientActions=oCPAppletMgr.GetClientActions
if err.number<>0 then
wscript.echo "Couldn’t get the client actions"
set oCPAppletMgr=nothing
WScript.Quit
end if
‘Display each client action name and perform it.
For Each oClientAction In oClientActions
if oClientAction.Name = "Request & Evaluate Machine Policy" then
wscript.echo "Performing action " + oClientAction.Name
oClientAction.PerformAction
end if
next
set oClientActions=nothing
set oCPAppletMgr=nothing
———————————————————————————————
The post SCCM 2007 Machine Policy Retrieval & Evaluation Cycle VBScript appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SCCM 2007 client cache size VBScript appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>————————————————————————————–
Dim ClientResource
Set ClientResource = CreateObject(“UIResource.UIResourceMgr”)
Set CacheInfo = ClientResource.GetCacheInfo
CacheInfo.TotalSize = 10000
————————————————————————————–
The post SCCM 2007 client cache size VBScript appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SCCM 2007 with App-V infrastructure requirements appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>– Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer:
The Application Virtualization Sequencer ‘program’ is used to package virtual applications for deployment with Configuration Manager.
– Configuration Manager Site Server:
A part of the Configuration Manager Site hierarchy, the Configuration Manager Site Server manages virtual application distribution through
Configuration Manager Distribution Points to target systems, either as a streaming service, or as a locally delivered package.
– Configuration Manager Distribution Point (Distribution Point):
Configuration Manager Distribution Point site roles provide management services such as hardware and software inventory, operating system deployment, and software updates, as well as software distribution of both physical and virtual applications, to Configuration Manager target systems (often referred to as ‘clients’).
– Configuration Manager / Application Virtualization Clients:
Client devices include desktop/laptop PCs, terminal servers and Windows Vista Enterprise Centralized Desktop (VECD) clients. Configuration Manager Clients that receive delivery of virtual applications from a Configuration Manager infrastructure require both the Configuration Manager Advanced Client and Application Virtualization Client software to be installed and configured. The Configuration Manager and Application Virtualization Client software work together to deliver, interpret and launch virtual application packages. The Configuration Manager Client manages the delivery of virtual application packages to the Application Virtualization Client. The Application Virtualization Client executes the virtual application on the client PC.
Configuration Manager and Application Virtualization Software Requirements:
– A healthy Configuration Manager infrastructure:
It is critical to ensure that the customer’s Configuration Manager infrastructure is healthy before enabling Configuration Manager’s virtual application management features.
Below you’ll find a list of the minimum Configuration Manager infrastructure components required for virtual application management with System Center Configuration Manager R2.
– Primary Site:
A Configuration Manager Primary Site with Configuration Manager 2007 SP1 + Configuration Manager 2007 R2 installed
– Site Server:
A Configuration Manager Site Server configured with the following site server roles:
– Site System
– Site Server
– Component Server
– Distribution Point
– Fallback Status Point
– Management Point
– Reporting Point
– Distribution Point Servers:
One or more standard Distribution Point servers or Branch Distribution Point servers. The use of a Branch Distribution Point requires at least one standard Distribution Point
– Clients:
One or more Configuration Manager Client PCs
Below you’ll find a list of the minimum Application Virtualization 4.5 infrastructure components required for virtual application management with System Center Configuration Manager R2.
– Application Virtualization Sequencer
– Required to sequence applications
– 4.5.0.1485 or later
– Application Virtualization Client for Windows Desktops
– Required to run virtual applications on desktop and laptop PCs
– 4.5.0.1485 or later
– Application Virtualization Client for Terminal Services
– Required to run virtual applications on Windows Terminal Servers
– 4.5.0.1485 or later
The post SCCM 2007 with App-V infrastructure requirements appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free e-book: Understanding Microsoft Virtualization Solutions appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Book content:
1.) Microsoft’s Virtualization Solution
2.) Server Virtualization – Hyper-V
3.) Managing Virtualization – VMM 2008
4.) Application Virtualization – App-V
5.) Presentation Virtualization – Terminal Services
6.) Desktop Virtualization – MED-V and VDI
7.) User State Virtualization
8.) Building a Virtualization Infrastructure
Click the image below to optain a copy!
The post Free e-book: Understanding Microsoft Virtualization Solutions appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: SCCM 2007 Hardware Inventory Client Agent appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this example we are going to enable the Hardware Inventory Client Agent, so we know what hardware is available in our environment.
1.) Go to the Site Management, Your site name, Site Settings, Client Agents, Hardware Inventory Client Agent
2.) Open the properties
3.) Enable the “Enable hardware inventory on clients”
4.) Select a schedule interval
5.) On the client wait for the next “Machine Policy Retrieval & Evaluation Cycle” (to run this action directly, select “Initiate Action”)
6.) You’ll now see an extra action on your client “Hardware Inventory Cycle”
7.) On the client wait for the next “Hardware Inventory Cycle” (to run this action directly, select “Initiate Action”)
8.) Wait a few minutes so that all the collected items are commited into the Site Database
9.) Go to the Computer Management, Collections, All Systems
10.) Select the computer you want to view, right click, Start, Resource Explorer
11.) Now you see all the hardware of this computer
The post How to: SCCM 2007 Hardware Inventory Client Agent appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Backup your SCCM 2007 environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open your SCCM Management Console
2.) Go to Site Management, your site name, Site Settings, Site Maintenance, Tasks
3.) Here you see “Backup ConfigMgr Site Server”
4.) Open the properties of “Backup ConfigMgr Site Server”
5.) Enable this task, set the backup paths and select the schedule interval
– Note: when your SCCM Database is on a different server, there’s a folder created on the E:\ drive of that server!
– For exameple: one folder on server SRV-SCCM01 and one folder on server SRV-SCCM02.
6.) When you want to start the backup manual, you can start the following service on your SCCM Site Server
– SMS_SITE_BACKUP
7.) Your SCCM environment is now succesfully backuped with exactly the same time stamps.
The post How to: Backup your SCCM 2007 environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: SCCM 2007 Client Push Installation appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>– Client push
– Software Update point
– Group Policy
– Manual
– Loginscript
– Software Distribution
– Imaging
In this example we are going to push the client to our servers and workstations.
1.) First you need to configure your boundaries. I’ve added a IP range of my workstation DHCP scope. This can also be:
– IP subnet
– Active Directory site
– IPv6 prefix
– IP address range
2.) Now we can enable the client push installation. Go to Site Management, your site name, Site Settings, Client Installation Methods, Client Push Installation.
– Enable: “Enable Client Push Installation to assigned resources”
– System types: Choose the system types where you want to install the SCCM clients
– Accounts: Type in a account with administrator rights
– Client: Type in the installation properties. In this example I’m using only the option SMSSITECODE=S01. For an overview of all the options, check the following link: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb680980.aspx
3.) Make sure you’ve run an discovery, so the system where you want to install the client is succesfully discovered
4.) In order to successfully use client push to install the Configuration Manager 2007 client, you must add the following as exceptions to the Windows Firewall:
– File and Printer Sharing
– Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)
5.) Right click on the system where you want to install the SCCM client and select Install Client
6.) After starting the installation, you’ll see the following proccess on your client
– CCMSETUP.EXE, this is a sign that the installation is running
7.) When the installation is finished, there’s a new proccess CCMEXEC.EXE
8.) Verify that the agent is succesfully installed. Go to your control panel on your client and check the following new icons:
– Configuration Manager
– Remote Control
– Run Advertised Programs
The post How to: SCCM 2007 Client Push Installation appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Prepare Windows 2008 Server for installing SCCM 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Install the following Role: Webserver IIS
2.) Install the following Role Services of Webserver IIS
– Web Server
– Common HTTP Features
– Static Content
– Default Document
– Directory Browsing
– HTTP Errors
– HTTP Redirection
– Application Development
– ASP.NET
– .NET Extensibility
– ASP
– ISAPI Extensions
– ISAPI Filters
– Health and Diagnostics
– HTTP logging
– Logging tools
– Request Monitor
– Tracing
– Security
– Basic Authentication
– Windows Authentication
– URL Authorization
– Request Filtering
– IP and Domain Restrictions
– Performance
– Static Content Compression
– Management Tools
– IIS Management Console
– IIS Management Scripts and Tools
– Management Service
– IIS 6 Management Compatibilty
– IIS 6 Metabase Compatibility
– IIS 6 WMI Compatibility
– IIS 6 Scripting Tools
– IIS 6 Management Console
3.) Enable the following feature, BITS Server Extensions
4.) Enable the following feature, Remote Differential Compression
5.) Open the IIS Manager
6.) Open the WebDAV Authoring Rules
7.) Make a new Authoring Rule with:
– Allow access to: All content
– Allow access to this content to: All users
– Permissions: Read
8.) Open the WebDAV Settings and edit the following options:
– Allow Anonymous Property Queries: True
– Allow Custom Properties: False
– Allow Property Queries with Infinite Depth: True
– Allow Hidden Files to be Listed: True
9.) Apply theses settings
10.) If you need to extend the Active Directory Schema, you’ve to use the LDIFDE tool. You need to install the Remote Server Administration Tools (RSAT):
– ServerManagerCmd -i RSAT-ADDS
11.) After the prerequisites check you can report the following logfile:
– C:\ConfigMgrPrereq.log
– C:\ConfigMgrSetup.log
The post How to: Prepare Windows 2008 Server for installing SCCM 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SCCM 2007 Active Directory System Discovery appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this example i’m going to enable the Active Directory System Discovery. In the following articles I’ll show you also the other discovery methods.
1.) Go to Site Settings and choose Discovery Methods
2.) Open the properties of Active Directory System Discovery
3.) Click on Enable Active Directory System Discovery
4.) Specify the location in your Active Directory you want to discover (root domain, OU level ect…)
5.) Specify the Polling schedule (when should the discovery proccess run)
6.) Enable Run discovery as soon as possible if the proccess must started directly!
7.) Specify the Active Directory attributes you want to discover
8.) After a copple of minutes go to you Computer Management, Collections, All Systems
9.) You’ll see your computer object from the Active Directory environment
The post SCCM 2007 Active Directory System Discovery appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Prepare & Install SCCM 2007 on Windows 2003 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Internet Information Services (IIS)
2.) Enable network COM+ access
3.) Background Intelligent Transfer Services (BITS) Server Extensions
4.) Allow WebDAV Web Service Extensions
Now the environment is ready to start the installation. You can run the prerequisite checker to see if you’ve installed all the nessesary prequisites.
1.) The first site server is always the Primary SCCM server (Central Server)
2.) Choose the Custom settings, to specify your installation path, SQL server etc…
3.) The first server is always a Primary site
4.) Give the site a unique site code. This must be a unique 3 character code with a combination of letters, numbers or a combination of this two. For example S01, S02.
5.) Choose the mode for your SCCM environment. Note: for native mode requires a Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)
6.) Choose the agents you want to enable
7.) Specify the computername, instance and database name to store the SCCM database Note: Express Editions of SQL are not supported!!
8.) Enter the SMS Provider, used by the Configuration Manager Console to communicate with the site database
9.) Enter the FQDN of you Management Point. SCCM agents communite with the Management Point
10.) Specify the HTTP settings, default port 80 HTTP
11.) Download the latest updates to ensure the highest level of functionality and compatibility
12.) Check the settings summary
13.) Start the installation
14.) After the installation, check the following logfiles on your C:\ drive
– ComponentSetup.log
– ConfigMgrPrereq.log
– ConfigMgrSetup.log
The post How to: Prepare & Install SCCM 2007 on Windows 2003 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Prepare Active Directory for installing Microsoft SCCM 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>There are two ways to prepare your Active Directory environment.
1.) Running the EXTADSCH.exe from the installation media. This is a next, next, finish action.
2.) Import the schema extensions with LDIFDE. More actions, but a great logging option.
In my example I’ll use the LDIFDE tool, so the error reporting is much better.
1.) Copy the file CONFIGMGR_AD_SCHEMA.LDF to the local hard drive of your server. (you need to add the server name in this file!!)
2.) Open the file CONFIGMGR_AD_SCHEMA.LDF in Notepad
3.) Edit DC= in DC=DomainName. For example DC=SCCM,DC=LOCAL
4.) Open the command prompt
5.) Enter the following command ldifde -i -f .\CONFIGMGR_AD_SCHEMA.LDF -v -j .\log.txt
* -i = Turn on Import Mode (The default is Export)
* -f filename = Input or Output filename
* -v = Turn on Verbose Mode
* -j path = Log File Location
6.) Check the logfiles for any errors
7.) Give the SCCM Server full control permissions for performing the installation
8.) Open Active Directory Users & Computers
9.) Open the properties of the organizational unit System
10.) Go to the Security tab
11.) Add the new SCCM Server and give it Full Control to This object and all child objects
12.) Your Active Directory environment is now prepared for deploying SCCM 2007
The post How to: Prepare Active Directory for installing Microsoft SCCM 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Let domain users enable or disable the proxy server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Install ProxyPal on the laptop or computer (you can deploy it with a GPO)
2.) Edit your GPO’s to hide the Connection tab in your Internet Settings. (Optional!!)
3.) The users can enable or disable the proxy server now
The post How to: Let domain users enable or disable the proxy server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Recovering Deleted AD Objects in Windows Server 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The first step is to enable the Recycle Bin feature. Make sure your functional level is Windows Server 2008 R2 and keep in mind that when you enable this feature, you can’t disable this feature anymore!!
1.) Start the Active Directory Module for Windows PowerShell
Import-Module ActiveDirectory
2.) View the actual settings of the Recycle Bin feature
Get-ADOptionalFeature -Filter { name -like “Recycle*” }
3.) Enable the feature for your Active Directory environment
Enable-ADOptionalFeature “Recycle Bin Feature” -Scope ForestOrConfigurationSet -Target E2K7SP2.LOCAL
4.) View all the deleted Active Directory objects
Get-ADObject -SearchScope subtree -SearchBase “cn=Deleted Objects,dc=E2K7SP2,dc=LOCAL” -includeDeletedObjects -filter { name -notlike “Deleted*” }
5.) Restore the user objects you want
Restore-ADObject -Identity “CN=User01\0ADEL:cc40dfd4-f671-4e90-90cc-3c8a33b18391,CN=Deleted Objects,DC=E2K7SP2,DC=LOCAL”
Restore-ADObject -Identity “CN=User02\0ADEL:394ec482-5bb2-4131-bdb4-7c92d7193987,CN=Deleted Objects,DC=E2K7SP2,DC=LOCAL”
Restore-ADObject -Identity “CN=User03\0ADEL:19f1bf8b-0227-486a-bc8d-ca72a342e116,CN=Deleted Objects,DC=E2K7SP2,DC=LOCAL”
Restore-ADObject -Identity “CN=User04\0ADEL:1b00b1c9-1f1f-4b74-b027-fa88feb4069d,CN=Deleted Objects,DC=E2K7SP2,DC=LOCAL”
Restore-ADObject -Identity “CN=User05\0ADEL:970b2597-4cf3-4971-87ea-9ada827e376d,CN=Deleted Objects,DC=E2K7SP2,DC=LOCAL”
6.) With this command you restore all the deleted items (Not Recommended!!)
Get-ADObject -SearchScope subtree -SearchBase “cn=Deleted Objects,dc=E2K7SP2,dc=LOCAL” -IncludeDeletedObjects -filter { name -notlike “Deleted*” } | Restore-ADObject
7.) All deleted Active Directory objects are restored now. Even the group membership of the users are restored!! Cool
The post How to: Recovering Deleted AD Objects in Windows Server 2008 R2 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange Server 2007 Supportability Matrix appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange Server 2007 Supportability Matrix appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Let domain users change there Power Scheme appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Make a new Group Policy and link it to the Organizational Unit where the computer objects are placed
2.) Go to Computer Configuration\Policies\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Registry
3.) Add the following registry hives
HKEY_Localmachine\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Controls Folder\PowerCfg\GlobalPowerPolicy
HKEY_Localmachine\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Controls Folder\PowerCfg\PowerPolicies
4.) Edit the permissions for the BUILTIN\Users from Read to Full Control
5.) Reboot your client
6.) Login with an user on that client
7.) The user has now the ability to change the Power Scheme
The post How to: Let domain users change there Power Scheme appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Exchange 2007 Service Pack 2 available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download Exchange 2007 Serivce Pack 2 here.
The post Microsoft Exchange 2007 Service Pack 2 available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Remote Server Administration Tools for Windows 7 RTM appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Once you install the update, you can enable one or more of the following tools from the Control Panel under Programs, Turn Windows features on or off.
You can download RSAT here.
The post Remote Server Administration Tools for Windows 7 RTM appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post No support for Exchange 2007 on Windows Server 2008 R2….!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>“Stand alone DC/GC can be Windows Server 2008 R2 and it is supported to have Exchange Server 2007 SP2 work against these DC/GCs.
There is NO support for any Exchange Server 2007 SP2 components (any roles, including admin tools) installed on Windows Server 2008 R2. Exchange Server 2007 SP2 will not even install on it – the pre-req check will fail during installation.”
So when you’re planning to upgrade to Microsoft Windows 2008 R2, keep in mind that you not upgrade your Exchange 2007 environment!
The post No support for Exchange 2007 on Windows Server 2008 R2….!! appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Add custom INI files to your Immidio Flex Profiles environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) First make some new INI file in your Flex_Config\ProfileSettings directory
2.) Edit the INI file and type in the RegisterTree or IndividualRegistryValues
3.) Login to your Terminal Server environment, start Adobe Reader and make some changes
4.) Logoff and check the users home directory if there’s a file called <INIfilename.ZIP> in my example AdobeReader9.ZIP. In this file you see all the registry settings!
5.) Login again and see that the settings are saved
6.) Delete the <INIfilename.ZIP> from the users home directory
7.) Login again to your Terminal Server environment
8.) As you can see, all the settings are gone!
9.) If you want to replace a backup, in the users home directory folder _Settings\Settings_Backup is a backup available automatically
The post How to: Add custom INI files to your Immidio Flex Profiles environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: configuring Windows 2003 Terminal Server using Immidio Flex Profiles appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>I’m going to install this tool in my Windows 2003 Terminal Server environment.
— First install the Immidio Flex Profile application on your Terminal Server(s). When executing the Immidio Flex Profiles.msi file, no services are installed and no reboots are required. The Flex Profiles MSI file must be executed under an account with administrative privileges, since a small number of registry keys are added to the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE hive.
Note! To install the Framework unattended, just run the following command. msiexec /i “\\Server\Share\Immidio Flex Profiles.msi” /qn
— The Flex Profiles framework includes a compressed file that is used for central configuration purposes: Flex_Config.zip. Extract this file in a central and fault tolerant network share using a Zip program, such as WinZip. The target folder can be a share on a file cluster or the NETLOGON share or SYSVOL folder on a domain controller. The scripts included in Flex_Config.zip help you to centrally configure Flex Profiles.
— Configuring the Flex Profiles in the logon and logoff script is rather simple. The syntax to activate Flex Profiles is as follows.
An example for a logon script may look as follows.
CSCRIPT /NOLOGO “%PROGRAMFILES%\Immidio\Flex Profiles\Flex_Framework.vbs” LOGON \\FLEX.local\NETLOGON\Flex_Config
In the logoff script, specify the LOGOFF option instead:
CSCRIPT /NOLOGO “%PROGRAMFILES%\Immidio\Flex Profiles\Flex_Framework.vbs” LOGOFF \\FLEX.local\NETLOGON\Flex_Config
IMPORTANT: Proper timing is essential when setting up Flex Profiles in a user logon script. It is recommended to run the Flex Framework script in the logon script after the home directories are mapped and before other application settings are configured. Additionally it is recommended to enable the policy Run logon scripts synchronously in order to prevent applications or the desktop from starting while the logon script is still running.
— In order to configure the Flex Profiles Framework the file Framework.ini in the Flex configuration folder needs to be opened and modified with an adequate ANSI editor, such as Notepad.
I’ve edit this setting to [LOCATIONS] STOREROOT, this setting configures the root of the path where the profile archives are stored.
STOREROOT=3 uses the user’s Terminal Server home directory directly from AD (Only supported with Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 in an AD environment). By default the vallue is 1.
— After you login on your Teminal Server environment, and you logoff, you’ll see the following folder in your users home directory _Settings. Here are the user specific settings that will be saved when the users are logoff. As you can see, all the .ZIP file are exactly the same as in your NETLOGON directory, were you can make you settings per application! You can add new INI files if you want to add some application settings, or even delete some INI files from appliations that are not used in your environment.
The post How to: configuring Windows 2003 Terminal Server using Immidio Flex Profiles appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 different environment types appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>SCC (Single copy cluster)
was what I would call a traditional Exchange cluster which used shared storage to host the Exchange database.
CCR (cluster continuous replication)
was used to replicate Exchange database information between 2 Exchange server allowing for hardware and storage redundancy but was limited to 1 Active node and 1 Passive node.
SCR (standby continuous replication)
was introduced in Exchange 2007 SP1 to provide the ability to replicate Exchange databases to an disaster recovery location.
The post Exchange 2007 different environment types appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Installing a Windows 2008 Read Only Domain Controller (RODC) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>— Enter the productkey:
slmgr.vbs -ipk xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx
— Activate Windows:
slmgr.vbs -ato
— Rename the computer:
Netdom renamecomputer “%computername%” /newname:SRV-RODC01 /reboot:15
— Show all network interfaces:
Netsh interface ipv4 show interface
— Set a static IP address:
Netsh interface ipv4 set address name=2 source=static address=172.16.1.11 mask=255.255.0.0 gateway=172.16.1.1
(make sure that you’re choosing the right network interface. In this example it’s 2, so name=2 it means interface 2)
— Set a static DNS server:
Netsh interface ipv4 add dnsserver name=2 address=172.16.1.10 index=1
— Turn Remote Desktop (RDP) on:
Cscript %windir%\system32\SCRegEdit.wsf /ar 0
— Enable Remote Desktop (RDP) in the Windows Firewall:
netsh advfirewall firewall set rule group=”remote desktop” new enable=yes
(Note: type this rule in by your self, copy past will give an error!)
— Enable Remote Management (RemoteCMD) in the Windows Firewall:
netsh advfirewall firewall set rule group=”Remote Administration” new enable=yes
(Note: type this rule in by your self, copy past will give an error!)Making the unattended.txt:
Copy and past the following test into the new textfile and save this file on the C: drive of the Core Server.
==================================================
[DCInstall]
InstallDNS=Yes
ConfirmGc=Yes
CriticalReplicationOnly=No
DisableCancelForDnsInstall=No
Password=********
RebootOnCompletion=No
ReplicaDomainDNSName=GPO.local
ReplicaOrNewDomain=ReadOnlyReplica
ReplicationSourceDC=srv-w2k8dc01.gpo.local
SafeModeAdminPassword=********
SiteName=Default-First-Site-Name
UserDomain=GPO.local
UserName=Administrator
==================================================
— Run the DCPROMO
dcpromo /unattend:c:\unattend.txt15)
— Reboot the Domain Controller
shutdown -r -t 0
As you can see, when you make a connection to the RODC, you’re not be able to make any changes to existing users or groups and the option “New” is hidden when you right-click in your environment.
In the next post i’m going to delete a RODC from the environment. (for example if your server is stolen or something like that).
The post How to: Installing a Windows 2008 Read Only Domain Controller (RODC) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Hyper-V Server 2008 R2 from a bootable flash memory… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Hyper-V Server 2008 R2 from a bootable flash memory… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Publish mandatory profiles in your RES PowerFuse environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The first step is to create a fresh Mandatory Profile.
1.) Create a new local user on a Windows 2003 Server machine and make that user member of the Local Administrators Group.
2.) Login with that that user.
3.) Make your changes.
4.) Right-click on your computer, Properties, Advanced, Settings (unther User Profiles).
5.) Select your template user and click Copy To
6.) Browse to your share on your server.
7.) Change Permitted to use to Everyone Full Controll.
8.) The last step is to rename your NTUSER.dat to NTUSER.man, this makes your profile Mandatory (Read-Only).
Now we’re going to publish this mandatory profile to all the RES PowerFuse Agents, so the Mandatory profile is present on each PC with the RES PowerFuse Agent.
1.) Open your RES PowerFuse Management Console.
2.) Click on RES PowerFuse Setup, Datastore, Custom Resources
3.) Click on Add, browse to your Mandatory Profile share
As you can see, there’s now your Mandatory Profile. It will be published to all the RES PowerFuse Agents. The default location is: C:\Program Files\RES PowerFuse\Data\DBCache\Resources\custom-resources
The last step is to edit the profile path from your Active Directory Users.
1.) Open Active Directory Users and Computers on your Domain Controller.
2.) Locate your users
3.) Select one or more users and click Properties
4.) Go to the Terminal Services Profile tab
5.) Type in the path to the local Mandatory Profile
C:\Program Files\RES PowerFuse\Data\DBCache\Resources\custom_resources\Mandatory-2003
Now the users are ready to login on your Terminal Server environment with RES PowerFuse.
The post How to: Publish mandatory profiles in your RES PowerFuse environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: restore deleted Computers in Active Directory appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>For this example I’ve deleted the OU (Organizational Unit) where my computer objects are placed. The consequenses….Yes, the computers are not longer trusted to this domain, OOPS!!
By default the Active Directory markes all the deleted objects as IsDeleted True. The objects are not vissible any more in your Active Directory, but they still there. This calls tombstoned objects. By default tombstoned objects will be available for 60 days in a Windows 2000/2003 Active Directory and 180 days in a Windows 2003 SP1 of 2008 Active Directory.
As you can see, I’ve deleted the OU Omgeving with the sub OU’s Laptop and PC and all the computers objects in this OU’s. Now we’re going to restore everything back! Note: make sure you first restore the highest OU, than the sub OU’s and finally the computer objects.
1.) Start the command prompt (Start, Run, CMD)
2.) Locate ADRESTORE.EXE
3.) Type in ADRESTORE -R Omge* (this will find all deleted object starting with Omge)
4.) Restore the OU Omgeving by pressing Y
5.) Type in ADRESTORE -R Lap* (this will find all deleted object starting with Lap)
6.) Restore the OU Laptop by pressing Y
7.) Type in ADRESTORE -R PC
8.) Restore the OU PC by pressing Y
9.) Type in ADRESTORE -R PC* (this will find all deleted objects starting with PC)
10.) Restore the computer objects PC01 till PC10 by pressing Y
11.) 9.) Type in ADRESTORE -R LT* (this will find all deleted objects starting with LT)
10.) Restore the computer objects LT01 till LT10 by pressing Y
When you’ve restored all the objects, these are disabled by default, so you’ve to enabled them manually!
The post How to: restore deleted Computers in Active Directory appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows Storage Server 2008 RC Default Password appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Well, I’ve done the scouring for you and the default password is wSS2008!
Hopefully that helps someone out!
The post Windows Storage Server 2008 RC Default Password appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: create your start menu using Group Policy Preferences appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>– Drive Maps
– Environment variables
– Files
– Folders
– Ini files
– Registry keys
– Shortcuts
In my testenvironment I’ve build a custom start menu for the user in my environment. You can do this by using the User Preferences. When you’re using Item-Level targeting, you can manage what users are getting some shortcuts. In this example I’m using Item-Level targeting with Security Groups, so when a user is member of a specific security group, he’ll receive the shortcut in his start menu.
1.) First make a new Group Polciy
2.) Go to User Configuration, Preferences, Windows Settings, Shortcuts
3.) Create a new shortcut
4.) Fill in the right path’s **picture 3**
5.) Go to the Common tab
6.) Enable “Remove this item when it is no longer applied” (note: this will change the “Action” to Replace)
7.) Enable “Item-level targeting” and click “Targeting”
8.) Select the way off targeting (note: in this example I’m using Security Group)
9.) Make the right users members of the security group
10.) Logon to your workstation and check your start menu
As you can see, based on the group membership, User01 get’s his shorcuts to the different applications. This can also be configured on the other User Preferences.
The post How to: create your start menu using Group Policy Preferences appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 9 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Update Rollup 9 for Exchange Server 2007 SP1 fixes the issues that are described in the following Microsoft Knowledge Base articles:
The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 9 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Download free PowerShell eBook appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Download free PowerShell eBook appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Managing the Event Viewer with PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Get-EventLog *
(gives an overview of all the available event sources)
Get-EventLog -LogName”DNS Server”
(gives all the event logs in the DNS server log)
Get-EventLog -LogName “DNS Server” -Newest 10
(gives the newest 10 event logs in the DNS server log)
When you put the following commands into a PS1 file and schedule it on a specific server, you’ll receive the event logs in an e-mail!
(in this example you’ll receive an e-mail from eventviewer@e2k10.local with the 10 newest event logs)
—————————————————————————
$body = Get-EventLog -LogName “dns server” -Newest 10 | out-string
$From = “eventviewer@e2k10.local”
$to = “administrator@e2k10.local”
$server = “srv-exc2010.e2k10.local”
$subject = “Event Viewer – srv-exc2010.e2k10.local”
$msg = new-object System.Net.Mail.MailMessage $From, $to, $subject, $body
$client = new-object System.Net.Mail.SmtpClient $Server
$Client.Send($msg)
—————————————————————————
The post Managing the Event Viewer with PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post The file hgfs.dat could not be deleted…why?? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>All the userprofiles are still there when the user logoff, included only one directory and one file…hgfs.dat. The file hgfs.dat comes from VMware shared folder feature. The files is created in the profile of the first user that logs on. The file handle is kept open and therefore you might get more profile folders for the same user.
I’ve fixed it with the following VMware (VMware FAQ1317) article.
1.) Open regedit on your Terminal Server
2.) Locate the key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\NetworkProvider\Order
3.) Edit the key ProviderOrder
4.) Remove vmhgfs
5.) Close regedit
6.) Reboot your Terminal Server
The post The file hgfs.dat could not be deleted…why?? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post DUCUG.nl official Citrix CUG appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>As Edwin says on his blog, “So to the Dutch community I want to say lets go and let us build a real cool CUG together”. Guys, congratulations with this new CUG and let’s hope it will be very succesfull! See you on the forums
The post DUCUG.nl official Citrix CUG appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: RES Wisdom deploying an agent appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open the RES Wisdom Management Console
2.) Open RES Wisdom, Infrastructure, Agents
3.) Right-click and select Add
4.) Select the target computer
5.) Select agent and click Deploy now…
6.) Enter some admin credentials to perform the installation
7.) On the target computer you’ll see the process WISDeploy.exe
8.) After the installation fished succesfully, there’s a new service running on the target computer. RES Wisdom Agent Service.
9.) Now you see there’s one agents available in your RES Wisdom Management Console.
The post How to: RES Wisdom deploying an agent appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 Upgrading your Default Address Lists appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>let’s update the Address Lists!
Set-AddressList “All Users” -IncludedRecipients MailboxUsers
Set-AddressList “All Groups” -IncludedRecipients MailGroups
Set-AddressList “All Contacts” -IncludedRecipients MailContacts
Set-AddressList “Public Folders” -RecipientFilter { RecipientType -eq ‘PublicFolder’ }
The post Exchange 2007 Upgrading your Default Address Lists appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 Upgrading your default Email Address Policy appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>“Unable to edit the specified E-mail address policy. E-mail address policies created with legacy versions of Exchange must be upgraded using the ‘Set-EmailAddressPolicy’ task, with the Exchange 2007 Recipient Filter specified.”
Oké, let’s update the recipient policy! With the following command you can see the properties of this recipient policy.
Get-EmailAddressPolicy | fl Name,*RecipientFilter*,ExchangeVersion
Set-EmailAddressPolicy “Default Policy” -IncludedRecipients AllRecipients
After running this commands, you’re able to edit the “Default Policy” again.
The post Exchange 2007 Upgrading your default Email Address Policy appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 list all mailboxes with there SMTP addresses appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>For a overview off all the options after the pipe command, you can the following command.
Get-Mailbox -Identity <useralias> | fl
Get-Mailbox | fl UserPrincipalName, ServerName, PrimarySMTPaddress, Emailaddresses
The post Exchange 2007 list all mailboxes with there SMTP addresses appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Enable Password Changing through OWA in Exchange 2003 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1.) Open the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager
2.) Navigate to the Web Sites, Default Web Sites
3.) Creat a new Virtual Directory with the alias Iisadmpwd
4.) Browse to the following path: C:\Windows\System32\Inetsrv\Iisadmpwd
5.) Allow the following permissions: Read, Run scripts, Execute
6.) Enable the change password button in OWA by opening regedit and create the following REG_DWORD – DisablePassword with the value 0 (zero)
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSExchangeWEB\OWA
7.) Register the following DLL from the command prompt.
regsvr32 c:\windows\system32\inetsrv\iisadmpwd\iispwchg.dll
8.) Restart your IIS Server with the command iisreset /noforce
The post Enable Password Changing through OWA in Exchange 2003 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 change permissions on your Information Store appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>get-mailboxserver Servername | add-adpermission -user svc-backup -accessrights GenericRead, GenericWrite -extendedrights Send-As, Receive-As, ms-Exch-Store-Admin
The post Exchange 2007 change permissions on your Information Store appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Backup your SCOM 2007 environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1) Backup your SQL 2005 databases
2) Backup your RMS encryption key
3) Backup your IIS metabase
4) Backup your management packs (unsealed)
5) Backup your files
6) Backup your registry
Step 1) Backup your SQL 2005 databases
First off al we are going to backup the SQL 2005 databases.
– OperationsManager
– ReportServer
– ReportServerTempDB
Step 2) Backup your RMS encryption key
The next step is to backup the RMS (Root Management Server) encryption key.
We are going to use the tool SecureStorageBackup.exe, located in the installation directory of SCOM 2007.
Step 3) Backup your IIS metabase
The next step is to backup the IIS metabase.
Step 4) Backup your management packs (unsealed)
Now we are going to backup the unsealed management packs. The sealed management packs can be downloaded from the vendor’s website again.
Step 5) Backup your files
The next step is to backup the SCOM 2007 configuration files. Make sure you backup the following directory.(in my example!!)
– C:\Program Files\System Center Operations Manager
This can also be different, but this is the installation directory of your SCOM 2007 environment.
– C:\Program Files\System Center Management Packs
This is the defualt location of your sealed management packs.
Step 6) Backup your registry
The last step is to backup some registry keys. Make sure you backup the following registry keys.
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft Operations Manager
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft Operations Manager
The post How to: Backup your SCOM 2007 environment appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 8 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Update Rollup 8 for Exchange Server 2007 SP1 fixes the issues that are described in the following Microsoft Knowledge Base articles:
The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 8 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2010 delete the first mailbox database appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>————————————————————————————
The mailbox database ‘DB01’ cannot be deleted.
DB01
Failed
Error:
This mailbox database contains one or more mailboxes or arbitration mailboxes. To get a list of all mailboxes in this database, run the command Get-Mailbox -Database <Database ID>. To get a list of all arbitration mailboxes in this database, run the command Get-Mailbox -Database <Database ID> -Arbitration. To disable a non-arbitration mailbox so that you can delete the mailbox database, run the command Disable-Mailbox <Mailbox ID>. Arbitration mailboxes should be moved to another server; run the command Move-Mailbox <Mailbox ID> -Arbitration -TargetDatabase <Database ID>. To remove the arbitration mailbox if this is the last server in the organization, run the command Remove-Mailbox <Mailbox ID> -Arbitration -RemoveLastArbitrationMailboxAllowed.
————————————————————————————
You cannot remove the database, because there are some mailboxes in it. Oké….let’s have look what mailboxes are left in this mailbox database.
Get-Mailbox -Database DB01
As you can see, there are no mailboxes left in de mailbox database, but why we are still receiving this error!! This is the answer…….there are two hidden mailboxes left in de mailbox database, called arbitration mailboxes. With the following command you’re able to see this mailboxes
Get-Mailbox -Database DB01 -Arbitration | ft -wrap -auto
When you move these two mailboxes to another mailbox database, all the error messages are gone! So let’s do that!
Move-Mailbox “SystemMailbox{1f05a927-3be2-4fb9-aa03-b59fe3b56f4c}” -Arbitration -TargetDatabase DB02
Move-Mailbox “SystemMailbox{e0dc1c29-89c3-4034-b678-e6c29d823ed9}” -Arbitration -TargetDatabase DB02
The post Exchange 2010 delete the first mailbox database appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 export all distribution groups appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>—————————————————————————————————
Get-DistributionGroup | select name , alias ,EmailAddresses | foreach {
“Name: “+$_.name
“Alias: “+$_.alias
$_.EmailAddresses | foreach {
if($_.SmtpAddress){
“SmtpAddress: “+$_.SmtpAddress
}
}
write-host
}
—————————————————————————————————
When you copy and past this code in notepad and save it as Get_Dis.ps1 , you get the following export for example:
Name: Exchange Team
Alias: ExchangeTeam
SmtpAddress: Exchange2003Team@e2k7.local
SmtpAddress: Exchange2007Team@e2k7.local
SmtpAddress: ExchangeTeam@e2k7.local
Name: ICT Helpdesk
Alias: ICTHelpdesk
SmtpAddress: Helpdesk@e2k7.local
SmtpAddress: ICTHelpdesk@e2k7.local
Name: ICT Management
Alias: ICTManagement
SmtpAddress: ICTManagement@e2k7.local
The post Exchange 2007 export all distribution groups appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post SCOM 2007 Discovery Wizard appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this example i’ve choosen for the “Automaic Computer Discovery”. With the “Advanced Discovery” you’ve some more options to discover you’re clients and servers, for example with a custom LDAP query on your Active Directory to find a specific client or server in your environment.
The post SCOM 2007 Discovery Wizard appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Installing SCOM 2007 on Windows 2003 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First off all install the following prerequisites:
– Windows Powershell 1.0
– .NET Framework 3.5 Service Pack 1
– IIS (Internet Information Services
– ASP.NET 2.0
– COM+ components
After this is all done, we can install Microsoft SQL 2005 server for the SCOM database.*
*(Note! When you have more than ten SCOM agents, it’s recommended that you install a dedicated Microsoft SQL 2005 server)
Now Microsoft SQL 2005 server SP2 is installed succesfully, we’re going to prepare our Active Directory for Microsoft System Center Operations Manager 2007.
Create two new user account in your Active Directory. These users can be used for the following tasks:
(OpsMgr-SAA, Server Action Account) to gather operational data from providers, to run responses, and to perform actions such as installing and uninstalling agents on managed comptuers.
Make this user member of the Domain Admins Security Group.
(OpsMgr-SDK, SC Database Server) to logon to the System Center Database Server.
Make this user member of the Local Adminstrators Security Group on the SCOM SQL server*
*(Note! in this example not nessecary because there’s only one server for all the services.)
Create also a Security Group in your Active Directory for managing the System Center Operations Manager Environment.
(OpsMgr-Admins, for managing the SCOM environment)
This group has full permissions to manage within a Management Group.
Now we can install System Center Operations Manager.
The post How to: Installing SCOM 2007 on Windows 2003 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post High Availability in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The continuous availability architecture built into Exchange 2010 provides new benefits for organizations and their messaging administrators:
The post High Availability in Exchange 2010 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007, find all mailboxes hidden from the GAL appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Get-Mailbox | Where {$_.HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled -eq $true} | ft -wrap
Get-Mailbox | Where {$_.HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled -eq $true} | Select Name, HiddenFromAddresslistsEnabled, ExchangeVersion
The post Exchange 2007, find all mailboxes hidden from the GAL appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Exchange 2010 Beta 1 available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download Details: Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Beta
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?displaylang=en&FamilyID=1898ed2c-2f88-48ac-824e-d3d20fad77d7
TechNet: Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 (Beta)
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124558(EXCHG.140).aspx
Today i’ve installed the public beta release and here are some first looks of Microsoft Exchange Server 2010. (Exchange 14)
First of all i’ve installed a Microsoft Windows 2008 x64 Server. The next step is to install the pre-requisites.
– Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5
– Windows Remote Management (WinRM) 2.0 CTP 3
– Windows PowerShell 2.0 CTP 3
– Update from KB 951725
– Update from KB 950888
– Update from KB 951116
– Update from KB 952664
– Update from KB 953290
– Update from KB 958178
– ASP.NET AJAX 1.0 Extensions
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Server
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-ISAPI-Ext
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Metabase
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Lgcy-Mgmt-Console
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Basic-Auth
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Digest-Auth
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Windows-Auth
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Dyn-Compression
ServerManagerCmd -i NET-HTTP-Activation
ServerManagerCmd -I RPC-over-HTTP-proxy
ServerManagerCmd -i RSAT-ADDS (reboot required)
After installing this pre-requisites, we’re going to install Microsoft Exchange 2010.
The post Microsoft Exchange 2010 Beta 1 available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Move a Information Store to another Exchange 2007 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Database Portability cuts disaster recovery restore time:
1) Run eseutil /r <Enn> to commit all logs and put database into clean shutdown state.
<Enn> specifies the log file prefix for the storage group that contains the database into which you intend to replay the log files. The log file prefix specified by <Enn> is a required parameter for Eseutil /r. You can run the following Exchange Management Shell command to determine the log file prefix of a storage group:
Get-StorageGroup <Server_Name>\<StorageGroup_Name> | fl LogFilePrefix
2) Select a storage group on the replacement server and create the required database.
(Note: make sure the Storage Group and the Database have the same name as previous configuration on the crashed server).
3) Enable: EMC > Server Configuration > Mailbox > Database Management > Properties > General > This database can be over written by restore. Or: Set-MailboxDatabase <Database Name> -AllowFileRestore:$true.
4) Move database files (edb & log files, Exchange Search catalog) to appropriate location on new server.
5) Mount database.
6) Run Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly — so accounts in AD will point to mailboxes on the replacement machine.
Get-Mailbox -Database <SourceDatabase> |where {$_.ObjectClass -NotMatch ‘(SystemAttendantMailbox|ExOleDbSystemMailbox)’}| Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase <TargetDatabase>
After replication completes, when Outlook clients try to connect to their mail, the Autodiscover service will automatically redirect them to its new location.
The post Move a Information Store to another Exchange 2007 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Performing maintenance on your Exchange 2007 database(s). appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>1) Open the commandline
2) Type in eseutil /?
3) Choose the right switch
———————————————————————–
Checking your database integrity: (Note: make sure you’ve dismounted your database(s)!! )
eseutil /g “E:\Database\SG01\MD01.edb” /t “E:\TMP\TEMPINTEG.edb”
eseutil /g: tool with the check integrity option
“E:\Database\SG01\MD01.edb”: location of the database(s)
/t “E:\TMP\TEMPINTEG.edb”: location of the temperary database file
Repairing a corrupted or damaged database: (Note: make sure you’ve dismounted your database(s)!! )
eseutil /p “E:\Database\SG01\MD01.edb” /t “E:\TMP\TEMPREPAIR.edb”
eseutil /p: tool with the repair option
“E:\Database\SG01\MD01.edb”: location of the database(s)
/t “E:\TMP\TEMPREPAIR.edb”: location of the temperary database file
Offline defragmentation of a database: (Note: make sure you’ve dismounted your database(s)!! )
eseutil /d “E:\Database\SG01\MD01.edb” /t “E:\TMP\TEMPDEFRAG.edb”
eseutil /d: tool with the offline defragmentation option
“E:\Database\SG01\MD01.edb”: location of the database(s)
/t “E:\TMP\TEMPDEFRAG.edb”: location of the temperary database file
The post Performing maintenance on your Exchange 2007 database(s). appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Migrate mailboxes from Exchange 2003 to Exchange 2007 using ExMerge and PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First of all we are gonna export the user mailboxes with ExMerge, after the export, we are gonna import the mailboxes with PowerShell. You can follow this article to provide the migration step by step.
I’ve installed an Microsoft Exchange 2003 Enterprise SP2 environment with 10 user mailboxes. I’ve also installed a Microsoft Windows XP workstation with Microsoft Office 2007.
The allias of the user is the same as the User Logon Name.
By default, the Administrators, Domain Admins and Enterprise Admins have deny permissions on the Information Store. Make sure you configure the right permissions, so you have access to the mailboxes for making the export with ExMerge.
1) right-click on your Exchange Server, choose Properties
2) go to the Security tab, hit Administrators (also do this for Domain Admins and Enterprise Admins)
3) Advanced, hit Allow inheritable….Copy
4) hit Administrators, allow Send As and Receive As (also do this for Domain Admins and Enterprise Admins)
5) Restart the Microsoft Exchange System Attendant service.
Configure an MAPI profile for a user and generate some e-mail traffic. (e-mail, calendar items, tasks etc..)
Now we’re gonna export the user mailboxes with ExMerge.
In the next post, we’re gonna import the user mailboxes into the new Microsoft Exchange 2007 SP1 environment using PowerShell.
The post How to: Migrate mailboxes from Exchange 2003 to Exchange 2007 using ExMerge and PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Adding drivers into WinPE boot image (WIM-file) for use with Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Open the WinPE Command Prompt by Clicking Start -> All Programs -> Microsoft Windows AIK -> Windows PE Tools Command Prompt.
Create an empty folder which you will use to mount the WinPE image:
mkdir D:\mount
Locate your WinPE boot image. For example:
D:\RemoteInstall\Boot\LiteTouchPE_x86.wim
Mount the image using the following command, substituting your own mount path and WinPE image. (Note: each WIM file can contain multiple images, use the imagex /info command to locate the correct number for your boot image)
imagex /mountrw D:\RemoteInstall\Boot\LiteTouchPE_x86.wim 1 D:\mount
Locate the INF file for your network driver. Use the following command to inject the driver, subsituting your own driver INF and mount path.
peimg /inf=D:\<driverpath>\<driver>.INF /image=D:\mount
Commit the changes to the image.
imagex /unmount /commit D:\mount
Make sure you’ve a copy of the orriginal WIM file, so you can always replace a backup of this file.
The post Adding drivers into WinPE boot image (WIM-file) for use with Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 7 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>As noted in previous posts, Exchange 2007 updates are cumulative and release-specific. This roll-up is for Exchange 2007 SP1, and supersedes all previous update roll-ups for Exchange 2007 SP1.
Update Roll-up 7 for Exchange Server 2007 SP1 has 50 fixes, including important fixes for SCR and IMAP4 issues.
Fixes for the following issues are included (details in KB960384):
946449 A non-read report message is sent after you perform a “Mark All as Read” operation against unread e-mail messages in Exchange Server 2007
949113 Unexpected modified instances of a recurring meeting may appear when you use Entourage to access a calendar on a computer that is running Exchange Server 2007
949114 Duplicate calendar items may appear when you use Entourage to access a calendar on an Exchange 2007 server
949464 The customized properties are removed in the recipients’ calendars when you send a meeting request that includes customized properties
950115 When a CDO 1.2.1-based application generates a meeting request that includes some European characters in the message body, these characters appear as question marks in Exchange 2007
951341 Users cannot read calendar items when they connect Exchange Server 2007 by using certain IMAP4 or POP3 clients
952778 Event ID 9874 is frequently logged on Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1
953094 The value in the “Messages queued for submission” performance counter on the mailbox role of Exchange Server 2007 increases after a meeting request is delivered
954213 All Test commands that are related to the Client Access Server fail when you run the commands on an Exchange 2007 server in a disjoint namespace
954741 The UseRUSServer parameter does not work if an administrator has specified an RUS server on a target mailbox server
954898 The LegacyExchangeDN attributes for mail-enabled objects are incorrectly set in an environment that contains Exchange 2003 and Exchange 2007
955027 The Edgetransport.exe process may crash on a hub transport server that is running Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1
955462 You notice high CPU usage when the IMAP service is running on an Exchange 2007 Service Pack 1 server that has the CAS role
955778 You receive a Non-Delivery Report (NDR) message when you send an e-mail message to a non-SMTP address in an Outlook client that is using Cached mode
956069 A Non-Delivery Report (NDR) is generated when an Exchange Server 2007 user tries to send a message to a recipient who has a one-off FAX address that includes any characters that are larger than 0xFF in Unicode
956205 Corrupted characters appear in the Subject field or in the Location field of a recurring calendar item after a user adds DBCS characters to a field in a meeting occurrence by using an Outlook 2002 client
956275 An Exchange 2007 sender’s address is split into two separate addresses when an external recipient replies to the message
956455 The display name appears in a received message even though the property of the user mailbox is set to “Hide from Exchange address lists” in Exchange Server 2007
956687 Messages stay in the submission queue after you enable per-mailbox database journaling in an Exchange Server 2003 and Exchange Server 2007 coexisting environment
957019 Images cannot be pasted in an Exchange Server 2007 Outlook Web Access message body
957071 The MSExchange Transport service may crash intermittently on the Exchange 2007 server
957124 You do not receive an NDR message even though your meeting request cannot be sent successfully to a recipient
957227 The Exchange Management Console crashes when one or more domain controllers of a top-level domain are not reachable
957485 The Test-OwaConnectivity command returns a warning message in Exchange Server 2007 when there is a disjoint namespace
957504 The IMAP4 service crashes intermittently, and Event ID 4999 is logged on Exchange Server 2007
957683 An IP Gateway can still be used to dial out for a “Play on Phone” request after the IP Gateway is disabled
957834 Network shares are deleted and created intermittently by the replication service on an Exchange SCC cluster when SCR is enabled on the Exchange server
957947 The Exchange Information Store service may crash when an Entourage client synchronizes with an Exchange 2007 server
958091 You cannot update the task complete percentage to any value other than 0 or 100 in Outlook Web Access
958093 Voice mail messages are not stamped with the disclaimer that is defined in the transport rule in an Exchange Server 2007 environment
958128 Replication messages stay in a queue in a retry state after a public folder database is dismounted
958331 The Restore-StorageGroupCopy command may fail in an Exchange Server 2007 SCR environment
958444 Event 522 is logged when replication is resumed on a suspended Storage Group on an Exchange Server 2007 CCR or SCR environment
958472 An unexpected text string appears at the top of the message body when an Exchange Server 2007 user sends an HTML message by using Outlook Web Access
958552 The ByteEncoderTypeFor7BitCharsets setting does not take effect for the US ASCII character set after you install the hotfix that is mentioned in Microsoft Knowledge Base article 946641
958638 Exchange 2007 Server cannot parse X-Priority headers from clients that submit X-Priority headers that contain additional comments
958803 The EdgeTransport.exe process may stop responding in Exchange Server 2007 when the priority queuing feature is enabled
958872 The Map This Address feature in the contact page for an OWA client does not work in Exchange Server 2007
959100 Exchange Server 2007 cannot route e-mail messages to mail enabled Non-MAPI public folders that are hosted on an Exchange Server 2003 server
959135 Event 9673 occurs when the Microsoft Exchange Information Store service crashes on a computer that is running Exchange 2007 with Service Pack 1
959397 An increase in database size is generated unexpectedly when IMAP4 users use a Copy command in Exchange 2007
959434 The last logon time is not updated to reflect the logon times that have occurred after users log on to their mailboxes by using the Entourage client in an Exchange 2007 environment
959545 A redirection message in Outlook Web Access 2007 is incorrect when the message is translated to Korean
959671 The Manage Mobile Devices option is not displayed in Exchange Management Console after a mobile device re-synchronizes with an Exchange 2007 server
959952 The Set-Mailbox command does not change the AutomateProcessing attribute for an Exchange Server 2007 user when a regular user mailbox is converted from a room mailbox
960291 Outlook Web Access or an Exchange Web Service application does not correctly display a monthly or yearly recurring appointment or meeting request
960292 The MSExchangeIMAP4 service may crash intermittently after you apply an update rollup for Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1
960349 The Exchange Information Store service may crash after you enable tracing for the logon actions
961281 An error is returned when you enable SCR from any source in a child domain after you install Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 Rollup 5
961395 The Exchange 2007 Unified Messaging server does not update the caller information if an external user makes a call
The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 7 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post RES Workspace Extender… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>So let’s see the screenshots, so you can see the tool running in a live environment.
In my case the name of the terminal server is SRV-TRM01. As you can see, the application Winrar(for example, you can also use Windows Media Player or a CD/DVD burning application) is not installed on the terminal server. So let’s publish this application with RES Powerfuse using the tool RES Workspace Extender. I’ve installed a workstation called WS-XP01. I’ve installed the RES Workspace Extender and Winrar. You can see the RES Workspace Extender running in the system tray of the workstation.
The next step is to open the RES Powerfuse Management Console. Add a new application.
Make sure you enable the option Run as Workspace Extension (Yellow text). So let’s logon to the Terminal Server and as you can see there is our published application Winrar. When you start the application, and you take a look at the Windows Task Manager on the Terminal Server, you can see that there’s no proccess called winrar.exe, exactly that’s because the application is running local on your workstation!
The same for example Windows Media Player. As you can see, there’s no proccess called wmplayer.exe.
You can also see the difference between running Windows Media Player local or on the Terminal Server…so what is your choice??
The post RES Workspace Extender… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: remote creating virtual machine on Hyper-V Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>I’ve configured a second virtual hard disk for the Hyper-V Server, so lets make it available for storing my new virtual machines.
1) Open Management Console on the Management Server. (Start, Run, MMC)
2 ) Add/Remove snap-in, Disk Management
3) The following computer: 172.16.1.200
4) Create a new partition
5) Check if the new disk is succesfully created
Before you’re going to manage the Hyper-V Server, you must install a feature.
1) Open the Server Manager
2 ) Features, Add features
3) Remote Server Administration Tools
4) Role Administration Tools
5) Hyper-V Tools
Now we are going to connect to the Hyper-V Server.1) Open the Hyper-V Manager
2) Right-click on Microsoft Hyper-V Servers
3) Connect to Server
4) Another Computer, 172.16.1.200
After connecting to the Hyper-V Server, I’ve get the following error:
“The Msvm_VirtualSystemManagementService object was not found”The solution for this error is installing the following update:
Hyper-V Update for Windows Server 2008 x64 Edition (KB950050)
For a list of all the available updates for Hyper-V Server, you can browse the following link.
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc753637.aspx
The next step is to configure the Hyper-V Server Settings.
1) Right-click on your Hyper-V Server
2) Hyper-V Settings
3) Choose a location for Virtual Hard Disks, in my environment the new partition we’ve made E:\VM\VHD
4) Choose a location for Virtual Machines, in my environment the new partition we’ve made E:\VM\VMI’ve copied a Microsoft Windows XP Professional ISO to E:\ISO on the Hyper-V Server. Let’s install a new Virtual Machine
1) Right-click on your Hyper-V Server
2) New, Virtual Machine
3) Give the name for the new VM and the location (default E:\VM\VM)
4) Configure the Memory for the new VM
5) Configure the network connection (you can choose between, External, Internal or Private)
6) Give the name for the VHD file and the size of it.
7) Give the installation source. In my case it’s the ISO file I’ve copied to E:\ISO
8) Finisch the wizard and start the new VM
The new machine is created now. The next post I’ll go further with installing and tuning the new VM.
The post How to: remote creating virtual machine on Hyper-V Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Disable screensaver in Windows 2008 Core Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Hive: HKEY_CURRENT_USER
Key: Control Panel\Desktop
Name: ScreenSaveTimeOut
Type: REG_SZ
Value: 3600
(default is 600, 10 minutes)
The post Disable screensaver in Windows 2008 Core Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Disable auto logon in Windows 2008 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Hive: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
Key: SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon
Name: AutoAdminLogon
Type: REG_SZ
Value: 1 enable auto logon
Value: 0 disable auto logon
Hive: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
Key: SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon
Name: DefaultUserName
Type: REG_SZ
Value: account to logon automatically (for example: Administrator)
The post Disable auto logon in Windows 2008 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 and Message Tracking appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Remember, by default, message tracking is enabled on all Exchange 2007 computers that have the Hub Transport, Mailbox, or Edge Transport server roles installed.
You can enable or disable the message tracking performing the following steps:
1) Open the Exchange Management Console
2) Open Server Configuration, Hub Transport, Properties on your servername
3) Click on the tab Log Settings
You can also configure the message tracking with the Exchange Management Shell. You can use the following command:
Set-TransportServer <Identity> -MessageTrackingLogEnabled <$true | $false>
(For example: Set-TransportServer SRVEXC01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $true)
——————————————————————
By default, the place of your message tracking logfiles is the following location:
DriveLetter:\Exchsvr\TransportRoles\Logs\MessageTracking
(For example: E:\Exchsvr\TransportRoles\Logs\MessageTracking)
You can change this path with the Exchange Management Console, just browse to the new folder, or you can change this path with the Exchange Management Shell with the following command:
Set-TransportServer <Identity> -MessageTrackingLogPath <LocalFilePath>
(For example: Set-TransportServer SRVEXC01 -MessageTrackingLogPath E:\MessageTracking\Logs)
Note! when you change the message tracking logpath, make sure this folder has the following permissions:
– Administrator: Full Control
– System: Full Control
– Network Service: Read, Write, and Delete Subfolders and Files
——————————————————————
By default, the maximum size for each message tracking log file is 10 MB. When a message tracking log file reaches its maximum size, Exchange 2007 opens a new message tracking log file. This process continues until either of the following conditions is true:
– The message tracking log directory reaches its specified maximum size.
– A message tracking log file reaches its specified maximum age.
After the maximum size or age limit is reached, circular logging deletes the oldest message tracking log files.
By default, the maximum size for the whole message tracking log directory is 250 MB. Circular logging deletes the oldest message tracking log files when either of the following conditions is true:
– A message tracking log file reaches its specified maximum age.
– The message tracking log directory reaches its specified maximum size.You can change this size with the following command:
Set-MailboxServer <Identity> -MessageTrackingLogMaxDirectorySize <DirectorySize>
(For example: Set-TransportServer SRVEXC01 -MessageTrackingLogMaxDirectorySize 600MB)
——————————————————————
By default, the maximum age for any message tracking log file is 30 days. Circular logging deletes the oldest message tracking log files if either of the following conditions is true:
– The message tracking log directory reaches its specified maximum size.
– A message tracking log file reaches its specified maximum age.You can change this age with the following command:
Set-TransportServer <Identity> -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge <Age>
(For example: Set-TransportServer SRVEXC01 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 90.00:00:00)
To specify an age value, enter it as a time span, as follows: dd.hh:mm:ss where d = days, h = hours, m = minutes, and s = seconds. The valid input range for this parameter is 00:00:00 to 24855.03:14:07. Setting the value of the MessageTrackingLogMaxAge parameter to 00:00:00
prevents the automatic removal of message tracking log of files because of their age.
——————————————————————
To see all the settings of your TransportServer, you can use the following command:
get-transportserver | fl
In the next post I’ll let you see how to use the Exchange Message Tracking for easy tracing some e-mailtraffic.
The post Exchange 2007 and Message Tracking appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Adobe Reader 9 and EventID 1000..? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Everything looks fine, but there was a problem with Adobe Reader 9.0. The application wasn’t able to start and I received a EventID 1000 in the event viewer of my Terminal Servers.
—————————————————-
“Faulting application AcroRd32.exe, version 9.0.0.332, time stamp 0x4850f0a3, faulting module Annots.api, version 9.0.0.332, time stamp 0x4850e57f, exception code 0xc0000005, fault offset 0x001bd9e0, process id 0xb9c, application start time 0x01c99438e39a6ea2.”
—————————————————-
So I started to trouble shoot and I found the following solution. This action must be configured on every Terminal Server.
Set the compatibility mode of AcroRd32.exe to Windows XP (Service Pack 2). After this modification, everything works fine!
1) Browse the executable AcroRd32.exe on your Terminal Servers
2) Right-click on the executable and choose properties
3) Go to the Compatibility tab
4) Choose Show settings for all users
5) Enable the compatibility mode Windows XP (Service Pack 2)
The post Adobe Reader 9 and EventID 1000..? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Office Customization Tool appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can start the customization tool with the following command.
setup.exe /admin
After you’ve finished making your settings, you can save this file in the Updates folder of your installation source on the network. Microsoft Office will now be installed using your custom installation file.
These are some configurations that you can make in the wizard:
– Organization information
– Licensing and user interface
– Office security settings
– Setup properties
– User settings
– feature installation states
– Profile settings
– Exchange server settings
The post Microsoft Office Customization Tool appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 6 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Update Rollup 6 for Exchange Server 2007 SP1 fixes the issues that are described in the following Microsoft Knowledge Base articles:
950675 Downloaded .xls file attachments are empty when you open the files by using Outlook Web Access on Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1
955443 Some free/busy messages are not replicated from Exchange 2007 to Exchange 2003 servers after some mailboxes are migrated from Exchange Server 2003 to Exchange Server 2007
956536 The Microsoft Exchange File Distribution service uses lots of memory and processor time when Exchange Server 2007 processes many OABs
956624 The Microsoft Exchange Transport service crashes continuously after you enable journal rule or deploy an antivirus application on an Exchange Server 2007 server
957748 The custom message class of contact object is overwritten by the normal IPM.Contact class when an Exchange 2007 server replicates the contact object to any other public store
959239 MS09-003: Vulnerabilities in Microsoft Exchange could allow remote code execution
More information you can find here. You can download Rollup 6 for Exchange 2007 SP1 here.
The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 6 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Restore deleted users in Active Directory appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>
The following commands can be used:
adrestore
This command will give you an overview of all the tombstoned objects in your Active DirectoryThis command asks for an conformation to restore all the individual tombstoned objects.
adrestore -r
adrestore -r “CN of the tombstoned object”, for example adrestore -r testuser11
This command perform a restore of tombstoned object testuser11
Note: after performing a restore of the tombstoned objects, the accounts are disabled and the user must change password at next logon. Before you can enable this account, make sure you reset the password that meets your password policies, configured in your Default Domain policy.
The post How to: Restore deleted users in Active Directory appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Passed the 70-647… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>• Network infrastructure
• Directory services, identity management, and authentication
• Security policies
• Business continuity (disaster recovery, personnel, equipment, and data)
• Design of IT administrative structure (delegation models)
• Best practices, standards, and service level agreements (SLAs)
This was also the last certificate for Windows Server 2008. The next few months I’am going to start with SCOM, TS: Microsoft System Center Operations Manager 2007, Configuring
The post Passed the 70-647… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Microsoft Exchange TCP/IP Ports List appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>TCP port 25 – SMTP
TCP port 26 – SSL secured SMTP
TCP port 110 – Post Office Protocol (POP3)
TCP port 995 – SSL secured POP3
TCP port 143 – Internet Message Access Protocol v. 4 (IMAP4)
TCP port 993 – SSL secured IMAP4
TCP port 80 – HTTP for Outlook Web Access
TCP port 443 – SSL secured HTTP for Outlook Web Access (HTTPS)
TCP/UDP port 389 – Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)
TCP port 3268 – LDAP communications with an Active Directory Global Catalog Server
TCP port 119 – Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP)
TCP port 563 – SSL secured NNTP
TCP port 135 – Remote Procedure Protocol (RPC) however it will also use ports 1024 and up as needed.
TCP/UDP port 53 – Domain Name System (DNS)
TCP port 102 – Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) *Only used in X.400 connections.
TCP/UDP port 88 – Kerberos
The post Microsoft Exchange TCP/IP Ports List appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Backup Exchange 2007 store with HP Data Protector 6.0 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First off all i’ve installed a Windows 2003 Server with HP Data Protector 6.0. (Note: if you’re using Exchange 2007, install patch DPWIN_307 or later)
After the installation we’re are going to deploy the HP Client to the Exchange 2007 server, for communicating with the Backup server.
The next step is configuring the device for the backup destination. In my situation it’s a backup to disk.
Now the device is created, we can go further with configuring the Exchange full Store backup.
In the next few days i’m going to configure the Exchange 2007 Single Mailbox backup.
The post How to: Backup Exchange 2007 store with HP Data Protector 6.0 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 Configuring the Mailbox Information Cache Refresh Interval appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>– Locate the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSExchange ADAccess key.
– Create the “CacheTTLUser” value
– Right-click MSExchange ADAccess, select New, and then select Key.
– Name the new key Instance0.
– Right-click Instance0, select New, and then select DWORD value.
– Name the new DWORD value “CacheTTLUser”.
– Right-click CacheTTLUser, and then click Modify.
– Enter a decimal value of 300 (5 minutes)
Alternately, copy this text file and paste it into a file called MailboxCache.reg, then import it into the registry of each of your Exchange 2007 Mailbox servers
———————————————————————-
Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSExchangeIS\ParametersSystem]
“Reread Logon Quotas Interval”
=dword:000004b0
“Mailbox Cache Age Limit”
=dword:00000014
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSExchange ADAccess\Instance0]
“CacheTTLUser”
=dword:0000012cc
———————————————————————-
The post Exchange 2007 Configuring the Mailbox Information Cache Refresh Interval appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Create new users in Active Directory with DSADD appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>In this script I use the command line tool dsadd.
dsadd user “CN=Testuser01,OU=Gebruikers,DC=testlab,DC=local” -upn testuser01@testlab.local -fn testuser01 -pwd P@$$W@rd
dsadd user “CN=Testuser02,OU=Gebruikers,DC=testlab,DC=local” -upn testuser02@testlab.local -fn testuser02 -pwd P@$$W@rd
dsadd user “CN=Testuser03,OU=Gebruikers,DC=testlab,DC=local” -upn testuser03@testlab.local -fn testuser03 -pwd P@$$W@rd
dsadd user “CN=Testuser04,OU=Gebruikers,DC=testlab,DC=local” -upn testuser04@testlab.local -fn testuser04 -pwd P@$$W@rd
dsadd user “CN=Testuser05,OU=Gebruikers,DC=testlab,DC=local” -upn testuser05@testlab.local -fn testuser05 -pwd P@$$W@rd
The post Create new users in Active Directory with DSADD appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows 2008 R2 first looks appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>To be continued…
The post Windows 2008 R2 first looks appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 view all the full access permissions appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Get-Mailbox | Get-mailboxpermission | where {-not ($_.User -like “NT AUTHORITY\SELF”)} | Ft -wrap
When you want the full access permissions configured on one specific mailbox, you can add the -identity switch. For example:
Get-Mailbox -identity systeembeheer | Get-mailboxpermission | where {-not ($_.User -like “NT AUTHORITY\SELF”)} | Ft -wrap
The post Exchange 2007 view all the full access permissions appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 view all the Send-As permissions appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Get-Mailbox | Get-ADPermission | where {($_.ExtendedRights -like “*Send-As*”) -and -not ($_.User -like “NT AUTHORITY\SELF”)} | Ft -wrap
When you want the Send-As permissions configured on one specific mailbox, you can add the -identity switch. For example:
Get-Mailbox -identity systeembeheer | Get-ADPermission | where {($_.ExtendedRights -like “*Send-As*”) -and -not ($_.User -like “NT AUTHORITY\SELF”)} | Ft -wrap
The post Exchange 2007 view all the Send-As permissions appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Migrate a domain controller from Windows 2003 to Windows 2008 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The Windows 2003 Domain Controller is configured with a domain upgrade.local, forest functional level is Windows Server 2003 and the domain functional level is Windows Server 2003. This server is also the DNS server for this domain. There’s is one forward lookup zone and I’ve created a reverse lookup zone for the 172.16.10.x Subnet. We’re going to migrate to Windows 2008 Server.
First of all, I’ve installed a second virtual server with Windows 2008 Server and give it a static IP address, a subnet mask and a DNS server.
Now you have to prepare the forest and the domain with the new schema extensions.
D:\sources\adprep\adprep/forestprep and D:\sources\adprep\adprep /domainprep.
(Note: if you want to add a RODC, Read Only Domain Controller, you’ve to run also the following command: adprep /rodcprep. There must be already a Windows 2008 Domain Controller present in the domain before you can add a RODC.)
Now you can run a DCPROMO on the Windows 2008 Server.
The new Windows 2008 Domain Controller is succelfully promoted in the existing domain upgrade.local.
The next step is to move all the FSMO roles to the new Domain Controller. The following settings must be made.
Change the Domain Naming Master Active Directory Domains and Trusts, Operations Master, Change
Change the Schema Master run the following command regsvr32 schmmgmt.dll , now you’re able to add the Schema Snap-in in your Management Console.
Active Directory Schema, Operations Master, Change
Change the RID Master, PDC Emulator and the Infrastructure Master Active Directory Users and Computer, Your domain, Operations Masters, Change
Now all the FSMO roles are transfered to the new Server 2008 Domain Controller. Now we can demote the Windows 2003 Domain Controller by running the DCPROMO command.
After this steps and a copple of reboots, the migration is done! You now have a Windows 2008 Domain Controller.
The post How to: Migrate a domain controller from Windows 2003 to Windows 2008 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: In-Place Upgrade from Windows Server 2003 Domain Controller to Windows Server 2008 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First i’ve build an clean Windows 2003 x64 Server and promoted the server to a new domain controller of upgrade.local.
(note: if you want to upgrade your Windows 2000 Domain Controller to Windows 2008, you’ve first have to do an in-place upgrade to Windows 2003!)
Note: make sure you’ve at least 14000 Mb (14 Gb) free space available on your system partition.
Now place the Windows 2008 DVD in your computer, or mount it in your virtual environment.
Browse to your DVD player (in my environment it’s D:) and go to the following folder D:\sources\adprep.
First we’re going to prepare our forest with the following command: adprep /forestprep. After this command, we’re going to prepare our domain: adprep /domainprep.
The post How to: In-Place Upgrade from Windows Server 2003 Domain Controller to Windows Server 2008 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Extend VMDK in VMware Workstation appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>With the following steps, you can extend your VMDK file.
– Open the commandline (Start, Run, CMD)
– Browe to the vmware-vdiskmanager.exe
– Give the new size of the VMDK file with the parameter -x
– Browse to the VMDK file you want to extend
So, for example, the full command would be:
C:\Program Files (x86)\VMware\VMware Workstation>vmware-vdiskmanager.exe -x 40Gb D:\VM\INPLACEUPGRADE\INPLACEUPGRADE.vmdk
(Note: after the parameter X, give the total new size of the VMDK file. So when your VMDK was 10 Gb, you want to extend with 30 Gb, you type in 40 Gb)
The next step is to make the system partition bigger. I’ll use Gparted Live. Mount the ISO, boot from it, and within three steps the partition grown to 40 Gb.
The steps above can also be used in VMware ESX Server.
The post How to: Extend VMDK in VMware Workstation appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Everyone a great and wonderfull 2009 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Thanks to everyone who visited my blog. I hope you’ll visit my blog also in the next years
From now on, everyone a great and wonderfull 2009!!
Greetz Mark
The post Everyone a great and wonderfull 2009 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 on VMware… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>– Installation
– Best practices
– Migration
– Storage solutions
Have a look on his blog, there are some great articles more, so check it out by yourself on Yellow-Bricks.com
The post Exchange 2007 on VMware… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 Remote Connectivity Analyser appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Exchange Connectivity Analyzer
– Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Test
This test will simulate the steps a mobile device uses to connect to an Exchange Server using Echange ActiveSync.
– Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync AutoDiscover Test
This test will walk through the steps a Windows Mobile 6.1 device (or another AirSync licensed device) uses to connect to the AutoDiscover Service
– Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 AutoDiscover Connectivity Test
This test will walk through the steps Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 uses to connect to AutoDiscover
– Microsoft Office Outlook 2003 RPC/HTTP Connectivity Test
This test will walk through the steps Microsoft Office Outlook 2003 uses to connect via RPC/HTTP
– Inbound SMTP Email Test
This test will walk through the steps an Internet e-mail server uses to send inbound SMTP email to your domain
The post Exchange 2007 Remote Connectivity Analyser appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Change the screen resolution in Windows 2008 Server Core appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>– Log into Server Core with an admin account
– Run Regedit from the command prompt and modify the following reg keys:
HKLM\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Video
– you will find one or more GUIDs. Expand each one to find the one with a VolatileSettings subkey under the 0000 subkey (usually the first GUID)
– Double-click the 0000 key and modify the DefaultSettings.XResolution and DefaultSettings.YResolution values to set your resolution
– Close Regedit
Logoff and log back on to receive the new resolution settings.
The post Change the screen resolution in Windows 2008 Server Core appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Find the right policies for Windows Server 2008 and Windows Vista SP1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can filter on the following options:
– Filename (.admx)
– Policy Setting Name
– Scope (User of Machine)
– Policy Path
– Registry information (HKLU or HKLC)
– Requirements
– Explain text
– Supported On
– Reboot required
– Logoff Required
The post Find the right policies for Windows Server 2008 and Windows Vista SP1 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2008 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2008 here
There are a copple of prerequisites for using Hyper-V Server 2008:
– Hyper-V Server 2008 is a 64-bit only technology and requires a 64-bit capable hardware with Intel VT or AMD-V technology enabled.
– Processor : Intel Pentium 4, Xeon, Core 2 DUO processor; AMD Opteron, Athlon 64, Athlon X2, . Hardware Data Execution Protection (DEP) must be available and be enabled. Specifically, you must enable Intel XD bit (execute disable bit) or AMD NX bit (no execute bit).
– Minimum CPU speed : 1 GHz; Recommended: 2 GHz or faster
– RAM : Minimum: 1 GB RAM; Recommended: 2+ GB RAM; Maximum 32 GB
– Required Available disk space: 2GB of available hard disk space (additional disk space needed for each guest operating system)
The installation contains seven steps, then your new Hyper-V Server 2008 is running……almost
After you changed the password for the Administrator account, the Hyper-V Configuration Tool (hvconfig.cmd) automatically launches. You can use it for:
Change the computer name (requires a reboot)
Change workgroup settings or domain membership settings (requires a reboot)
Change network settings
Add local Administrator accounts
Change Windows Update settings
Download and install Windows updates.
Change Remote Desktop settings
Change Regional and Language settings (through inet.cpl)
Change Date and Time settings (through timedate.cpl)
Log off, restart and shutdown
As you can see, the installation is done within a few steps. Configuration can easally be done with the Hyper-V Configurator.
The post How to: Install Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2008 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post When to use Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2008 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>– Test and Development
– Basic Server Consolidation
– Branch Office Consolidation
– Hosted Desktop Virtualization (VDI)
Customers who require richer and more robust virtualization features, such as Quick Migration, multi-site clustering, large memory support (greater than 32 GB of RAM), and more than four processors on the host server, should use Windows Server 2008.
Windows Server 2008 provides business continuity, disaster recovery, greater scalability for consolidating large workloads, and flexible and cost-effective virtualization rights (one free virtual instance for Standard Edition, four free virtual instances for Enterprise Editions, and unlimited virtual instances for Datacenter Edition with the purchase of a license of Windows Server 2008).
The following table outlines which Hyper-V–enabled product would suit your needs:
The post When to use Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2008 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post ExInsight, free monitoring and statistics tool appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>This tool is especially useful for Exchange administrators and developers. By using this tool, you can gather real-time data about the users in an Exchange environment and learn more about the inner workings of MAPI, OWA, POP3, IMAP4, NNTP and other protocols.
ExInsight helps you to understand how individual users affect the performance of an Exchange Server, analyze application usage of Microsoft Exchange, and guide troubleshooting of applications that depend on Microsoft Exchange.
ExInsight consists of two tools: Activity Statistics and Transaction Monitor . These tools allow you to monitor users’ activity on multiple Exchange servers from any computer in the network.
Activity Statistics
This tool enables administrators to view statistics about individual users’ consumptions of Exchange Server resources and the users’ actual experiences. Shown on a user-by-user basis, this tool allows you to see the following information:
– Protocols used by the clients (MAPI, OWA, POP3, IMAP or NNTP)
– CPU usage (CPU time, CPU percentage)
– Number of messages sent, received or created
– IP addresses used by the clients (only for MAPI clients)
– Microsoft Office Outlook versions and mode, such as Cached Exchange Mode and the classic online mode
Transaction Monitor
This tool displays a continuous communication between any computer and Exchange Server, helping to guide troubleshooting of applications that depend on Exchange. You can view and log every Exchange Server transaction, applying filters and highlighting to pinpoint trouble areas.
Transaction Monitor shows accounts requesting the data, the names and locations of the objects queried in Exchange, timings and transaction results. This tool also provides simplified summaries and links with detailed diagnostic information for each transaction.
Download Version 1.1.152 – 7.38 MB (without .NET Framework 2.0, prerequisite)
Download Version 1.1.152 – 30.8 MB (with .NET Framework 2.0 included)
The post ExInsight, free monitoring and statistics tool appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 create new Storage Groups with Mailbox Database appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>————————————————
# This script creates two storage groups named SG1 and SG2, with mailbox stores MB1 and MB2, and finally mounts them.
# C: – Operating System
# D: – Exchange Logfiles/Systemfiles
# E: – Exchange Databases
# Environment variables
$server = “srv-ex01”
$logfilepath = “D:\Log”
$mbxfilepath = “E:\Database”
# Creating the Storage Groups and Mailbox Stores
foreach (
$i in (1,2,3,4)
){
new-storagegroup -name SG$i -server $server -logfolderpath “$logfilepath\SG$i” -systemfolderpath “$logfilepath\SG$i”
}
foreach (
$i in (1,2,3,4)
){
new-mailboxdatabase -storagegroup $server\SG$i -name MB$i -edbfilepath “$mbxfilepath\MB$i\MB$i.edb”
mount-database MB$i
}
————————————————
The post Exchange 2007 create new Storage Groups with Mailbox Database appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 Send Mailbox sizes with PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>—————————————————–
$body = Get-MailboxStatistics | sort-object -descending totalItemSize | ft DisplayName, @{expression={$_.totalitemsize.value.ToMB()};label=”Mailbox Size(MB)”}, itemcount, lastlogontime | out-string
$From = “administrator@e2k7.local”
$to = “m.swinkels@e2k7.local”
$server = “srv-ex01.e2k7.local”
$subject = “Mailbox overview – srv-ex01.e2k7.local”
$msg = new-object System.Net.Mail.MailMessage $From, $to, $subject, $body
$client = new-object System.Net.Mail.SmtpClient $Server
$Client.Send($msg)
—————————————————–
Copy this script into Notepad and save it as MailboxSizes.ps1. You can schedule this script to run every day, or every week using the following command:
C:\WINDOWS\system32\Windowspowershell\v1.0\powershell.exe -PSConsoleFile “D:\ExchSvr\Bin\exshell.psc1” C:\Scripts\MailboxSizes.ps1
C:\WINDOWS\system32\Windowspowershell\v1.0\powershell.exe
The path to Powershell.exe needed to run the script
-PSConsoleFile “D:\ExchSvr\Bin\exshell.psc1”
Loads the specified Windows PowerShell console file. To create a console file
(Change the path to the installation path of Exchange 2007 in your environment)
C:\Scripts\MailboxSizes.ps1
The path to the script.
(Change the path where you save the script)
When you try to run the script, you may receive an error “Client was not authenticated”. You have to add the Exchange 2007 Server to an Relay Connector, so that this server can send e-mail without authentication. If you’ve done this and run the script, you’ll receive the following e-mail.
The post Exchange 2007 Send Mailbox sizes with PowerShell appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free Exchange 2007 ebook appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free Exchange 2007 ebook appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: unattend Exchange 2007 installation on Server 2008 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First i’ve installed an virtual Windows 2008 x64 server. The nex step is to install all the prerequisites. So as I posted a few weeks ago, this can be done with two simple batch file.
You can install Exchange 2007 SP1 with the following commands, it saves you a lot of time!
“C:\TMP\Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 incl. Service Pack 1 x64\setup.com” /mode:install /roles:HT,CA,MB,MT /organizationname:E2K7
/targetdir:E:\Exchsvr /EnableErrorReporting /EnableLegacyOutlook
Let’s see what all these commands are:
“C:\TMP\Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 incl. Service Pack 1 x64\setup.com”
This is the path to the installation files of Exchange 2007. Don’t forget the quotes(“”) when there’s a space in the path.
/mode:install
This will put the command in install mode.
/roles:HT,CA,MB,MT
This are the different roles that will be installed.
HT = Hub Transport
CA = Client Access
MB = Mailbox
MT = Management Tools
/organizationname:E2K7
This is the name of the Exchange 2007 Organization. Don’t forget the quotes(“”) when there’s a space in the name.
/targetdir:E:\Exchsvr
This is the location where you want to install Exchange 2007. It prefered a different partition then the Operating System (OS).
/EnableErrorReporting
This enables a higher logging level through the Exchange 2007 setup process, so it will be easier to trouble shoot.
/EnableLegacyOutlook
If you’ve Outlook 2000 of 2003 clients in your environment, then you need to enable the LegacyOutlook. When you’re only have Outlook 2007 clients, this option can be deleted from the command.
The post How to: unattend Exchange 2007 installation on Server 2008 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Configure an Windows 2008 Server Core Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First of all install Windows 2008 Server Core Edition.
Now we are going to enter the productkey and activate it.
1) Enter the productkey:
slmgr.vbs -ipk xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx-xxxxx
2) Activate:
slmgr.vbs -ato
3) Show activation:
slmgr.vbs -dli
4) Rename the computer:
Netdom renamecomputer “%computername%” /newname:W2K8CO01 /reboot:15
(use the command set to view all the variables used by Microsoft Windows)
5) Show all network interfaces:
Netsh interface ipv4 show interface
6) Set a static IP address:
Netsh interface ipv4 set address name=2 source=static address=172.16.1.11 mask=255.255.0.0 gateway=172.16.1.1
(make sure that you’re choosing the right network interface. In this example it’s 2, so name=2 it means interface 2)
7) Set a static DNS server:
Netsh interface ipv4 add dnsserver name=2 address=172.16.1.10 index=1
8.) Turn Remote Desktop (RDP) on:
Cscript %windir%\system32\SCRegEdit.wsf /ar 0
9) Enable Remote Desktop (RDP) in the Windows Firewall:
netsh advfirewall firewall set rule group=”remote desktop” new enable=yes
(Note: type this rule in by your self, copy past will give an error!)
10) Enable Remote Management (RemoteCMD) in the Windows Firewall:
netsh advfirewall firewall set rule group=”Remote Administration” new enable=yes
(Note: type this rule in by your self, copy past will give an error!)
11) Join the domain:
Netdom join “W2K8CO01” /domain:testlab.local /usero:administrator /passwordo:*
(This step is only for joining a member server to the domain. For a Domain Controller go to step 12)
12) Preparing the promotion to a Domain Controller:
We need to create a unattend.txt that we are going to use by the DCPROMO. So let’s create a new textfile, type notepad
13) Making the unattended.txt:
Copy and past the following test into the new textfile and save this file on the C: drive of the Core Server.
14) Run the DCPROMO
dcpromo /unattend:c:\unattend.txt15) Reboot the Domain Controller
shutdown -r -t 5
So the second Domain Controller for the domain testlab.local is ready!!
The post How to: Configure an Windows 2008 Server Core Edition appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows 7 first looks appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>After the installation, I’ve to fill in a username and password, setting the time zone, productkey.
Let’s have a look on the screenshots:
As you can see, it looks pretty much to Windows Vista. A few things that I immediatly saw was:
– Windows PowerShell V2, with a graphical interface. Easy with building scripts!
– Internet Explorer 8, first looks are great!
The post Windows 7 first looks appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Where’s TS in Windows Server 2008 R2… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Improved RemoteApp and Desktop Connections
New RemoteApp & Desktop Connection (RAD) feeds provide a set of resources, such as RemoteApp programs and Remote Desktops. These feeds are presented to Windows 7 users via the new RemoteApp & Desktop Connection control panel, and resources are tightly integrated into both the Start menu and the system tray.
The improved RemoteApp and Desktop Connections features in Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7 provide the following improvements:
• Extends Remote Desktop Services to provide tools to enable VDI. The in-box Remote Desktop Services capability is targeted at low-complexity deployments and as a platform for partner solutions, which can extend scalability and manageability to address the needs of more demanding enterprise deployments. VDI includes the following technologies to provide a comprehensive solution:
• Hyper-V
• Live Migration
• System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2008
• Microsoft Application Virtualization version 4.5 in Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack (MDOP).
• Vista Enterprise VECD licensing
• Provides simplified publishing of, and access to, remote desktops and applications. The feeds described above provide access in Windows 7, but using the new RemoteApp & Desktop Web
Access, users will also be able connect to these resources from Windows Vista and Windows XP.
• Improved integration with Windows 7 user interface. Once accessed, RAD-delivered programs and desktops show up in the Start Menu with the same look and feel of locally installed applications.
A new System Tray icon shows connectivity status to all the remote desktop and RemoteApp connections to which the user is currently subscribed. The experience is designed so that many users won’t be able to tell the difference between a local and remote application.
Improving User Experience through new Remote Desktop Protocol capabilities.
These new capabilities, enabled with Windows Server 2008 R2 in combination with Windows7, improve significantly the experience of remote users, making it more similar to the experience enjoyed by users accessing local computing resources. These improvements include:
• Multimedia Redirection: Provides high-quality multimedia by redirecting multimedia files and streams so that audio and video content is sent in its original format from the server to the client and rendered using the client’s local media playback capabilities.
• True multiple monitor support: Enables support for up to 10 monitors in almost any size, resolution or layout with RemoteApp and remote desktops; applications will behave just like they do when running locally in multi-monitor configurations.
• Audio Input & Recording: VDI supports any microphone connected to a user’s local machine, enables audio recording support for RemoteApp and Remote Desktop. This is useful for VoIP scenarios and also enables speech recognition.
• Aero Glass support: VDI provides users with the ability to use the AeroGlass UI for client desktops; ensuring that remote desktop sessions look and feel like local desktop sessions.
• Direct X redirection: DirectX 9, 10 and 11 applications will render on the server and will be remoted using bitmaps (requiring Direct3D-compatible hardware). If the application supports the new DirectX 10.1 API with remoting extensions the DirectX (2D& 3D) graphics are redirected to the local client to harness the power of the GPU on the user’s local device, removing the need for a GPU on the server.
• Improved audio/video synchronization: RDP improvements in Windows Server 2008 R2 are designed to provide closer synchronization of audio and video in most scenarios.
• Language Bar Redirection: Users can easily and seamlessly control the language setting (e.g. right to left) for RemoteApp programs using the local language bar.
• Task Scheduler: This adds the ability in Task Scheduler to ensure that scheduled applications never appear to users connecting with RemoteApp. This reduces user confusion.
While RAD improves the end-user experience, RAD also reduces the desktop and application management effort by providing a dedicated management interface that lets IT managers assign remote resources to users quickly and dynamically. Windows Server 2008 R2 includes the following RAD management capabilities to help reduce administrative effort:
• RemoteApp & Desktop Connections control panel applet. Users can easily connect to RemoteApp programs and Remote Desktops using the RemoteApp & Desktop Connections control panel applet in Windows 7.
• Single administrative infrastructure. Both RemoteApp & Desktop connections and RemoteApp and Desktop Web Access are managed from a single management console. This ensures that connections can still be used from Windows XP and Vista by using a Web page.
• Designed for computers that are domain members and standalone computers: The RemoteApp & Desktop feature is easy to configure and use for computers that are members of Active Directory domains and for standalone computers.
• Always up to date. Once a workspace is configured, that workspace keeps itself up to date until it is removed from the user’s desktop. When an admin adds an application or update it automatically appears on users’ Start menu and via that user’s Web Access page.
• Single sign-on experience within a workspace. Ensures that only a single logon is required to access all applications and resources with a RAD connection.
• RemoteApp & Desktop Web Access. This capability provides full integration with RemoteApp & Desktop Connections to ensure a consistent list of applications is available to the user at all times, no matter the desktop OS used. The default web page provides a fresh and inviting look and feel and includes a new Web-based login with integrated single sign-on.
The post Where’s TS in Windows Server 2008 R2… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Hyper-V monitor for Windows Sidebar appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download the Hyper-V monitor for Windows Sidebar.
The post Hyper-V monitor for Windows Sidebar appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Wireless LAN with Windows 2008 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>To install the feature:
1) Go to Server Manager
2) Add a new feature
3) Select to add the Wireless LAN Service
4) Finish the installation
5) Install your WIFI drivers if not automatically detected.
how many real servers do you have with wireless adapters?
The post Wireless LAN with Windows 2008 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows 2008 starter GPO’s appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can also download a Starter GPO Package, this are collections of configured Administrative templates (.admx) policy settings that can be used to create a live Group Policy (GPO).
Download the Starter GPO Package here
There are two Starter GPO Packages, one for Windows Vista and one for Windows XP SP2.
– Windows Vista EC Computer
– Windows Vista EC User
– Windows Vista SSLF Computer
– Windows Vista SSLF User
– Windows XP SP2 EC Computer
– Windows XP SP2 EC User
– Windows XP SP2 SSLF Computer
– Windows XP SP2 SSLF User
The starter GPO’s are based on recommended settings for Specialized Security Limited Functionality (SSLF) and Enterprise Client (EC) environments, as documented in the Security Guides for Windows Visa and Windows XP
After installing both packages, you just have to load the .CAB files into the Starter GPOs container from the installed location (default: %Program Files%\Microsoft Group Policy\StarterGPOs) using GPMC.
The post Windows 2008 starter GPO’s appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 5 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>here you can see some of the major issues:
– CDCR: Need an option to apply ELC policy to only the root instead of applying it recursively to root and all subfolders
– CDCR: Add generatePublisherEvidence enabled=”false” to Exchange Services Config Files
– SCR does not copy logs in a disjoint namespace scenario
– SCR cannot be enabled when DNS suffixes differ on source/target in disjoint namespace scenarios
– Exchange 2007 CAS cannot copy the OAB from the OAB share on Windows Server 2008-based Exchange 2007 CCR clusters
– Messages get stuck in outbox on Windows Mobile 6.1 devices When using CAS proxy
– CDCR: MSI patching doesn’t update logon.aspx if the file is modified by customer
You can download the Rollup 5 for Exchange 2007 SP1 below.
Download Exchange SP1 Rollup 5
The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 5 is available appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 mailbox size script V5 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>It’s a great script, to overview the current mailboxsizes, items, growth history, quota used. Watch the screenshot below, to see the great script of scripting guru Glen
The post Exchange 2007 mailbox size script V5 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Install a Windows 2008 Domain Controller appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First of all I made two “base images”, one Microsoft 2008 Server X86 Enterprise and one Microsoft 2008 Server X64 Enterprise. This two machines will be cloned for the rest of the environment.
The first machine i’ve created is a new domain controller. Let’s see the screenshots i’ve made. There are a copple of new options through the promotion process of this server.
This wizard to install a new domain controller you get by typing in DCPROMO in the run box. A nice new feature you can see in screenshot 10, Export the settings. You can use this file for example promoting a second domain controller unattended, or you can use this file to promote a Server 2008 Core Edtion as a domain controller.
The second domain controller you can promote unattended with the following command: dcpromo /unattended:c:\unattended_dc_config.txt (make sure you select the right textfile).
The post How to: Install a Windows 2008 Domain Controller appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post TechNet “Get ready for Windows Server 2008” appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>– Terminal Server 2008
– TS Gateway
– TS RemoteApp
– TS Easy Print
– RODC (Read Only Domain Controller)
– NAP (Network Access Protection)
– Server 2008 Core Edition
– Hyper-V
– PowerShell
To download the presentations of the “Get ready for Windows Server 2008” seminar, go to the skydrive of Gerald van Grootheest.
The post TechNet “Get ready for Windows Server 2008” appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Changing multiple passwords in Active Directory appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>So you can see this will save you a lot of time…..
The post Changing multiple passwords in Active Directory appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Opening the right ports… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Incoming Traffic:
SMTP – TCP 25 – from the Internet
SMTP – TCP 25 – from the Edge Server to the Hub Transport Server
Outgoing Traffic:
SMTP – TCP 25 – from the Edge Server to the Internet
SMTP – TCP 25 – from the Hub Transport Server to the Edge Server
Secure LDAP – TCP 50636 – from the Hub Transport Server to the Edge Server
DNS – UDP 53 – from the Edge Server to the Internet
RDP – TCP 3389 – from the Hub Transport Server to the Edge Server
The post Opening the right ports… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post How to: Implementing an Edge Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First you need to install the following prerequisites:
– Powershell 1.0
– Microsoft Management Console 3.0 (MMC 3.0)
– .NET Framework 2.0
– .NET Framewerk 2.0 SP1
– Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM)
First off all you have to now that the Edge Server will be placed in the companys DMZ, therefore the name “Edge”. The server is NOT a member of the internal Domain and will be placed in a workgroup, for example E2K7EDGE. The Hub Transport Server will push the Active Directory information to the ADAM on the Edge Server trough Secure LDAP, port 50636, so this is one-way traffic.
After the installation of the Edge Transport Role, we’re going to creat a new Edge Subscription file. This file will be imported later on on the Hub Transport Server.
new-EdgeSubscription -file “c:\Edgeexport.xml
Go to your Hub Transport Server, Organizational Configuration, Edge Subscriptions and select New Edge Subscription. Browse to your Edgeexport.xml file and select the right Active Directory Site. Click on New to import the Edge Subscription file.
Now we create a new Receive Connector, so we’re abble to receive e-mail from the outside world.
After this action, the Edge Subscription can be started, so the Active Directory will push some information to the ADAM.
Start-EdgeSubscription
As you can see, there are two Send Connectors available on the Edge Server. One for sending e-mail to the outside world, and one for sending e-mail from the Edge Server to the Hub Transport Server.
Now you can begin to fine-tuning your Anti-spam configuration on the Edge Server. So now your Edge Server is ready.
The post How to: Implementing an Edge Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Export Distribution Group details appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>All you have to change is the OU$=”edir”.
If your Organizational Unit is called “Distribution Groups“, it will be: OU$=”Distribution Groups”
_____________________________
## This script will get all distrobution Groups and print out
## the Group Name and Members alias and Primary smtp address
##
## Example
## groupName: Group.Name
##
## alias PrimarySmtpAddress
## —- ——————
## Group.Alias Group@primarySmtpAddress
##
## groupsMembers:
##
## alias PrimarySmtpAddress
## —- ——————
## User.Alias User@primarySmtpAddress
$OU=”edir”
##input OU path above
foreach($group in Get-DistributionGroup -OrganizationalUnit $Ou)
{
write-output “GroupName:$group ”
Get-DistributionGroup $group | ft alias,primarysmtpaddress
Write-output “GroupsMembers:”
Get-DistributionGroupMember $group | ft alias,primarysmtpaddress
write-output ‘ ‘
}
_____________________________
Here you can see the output of the script in the Exchange 2007 test environment.
The post Export Distribution Group details appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Saving time during the Exchange 2007 installation appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>When you extract the Exchange 2007 SP1 setup, there’s also an folder called Updates. Here you can put the additional updates that are need to install after the Exchange 2007 SP1 setup. Easy as that, we put Exchange 2007 SP1 Rollup 3 in the update folder. The installation will be started automatically…..
The post Saving time during the Exchange 2007 installation appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Total users per storage group appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>###
clear-host
write-host -fore yellow “This script will get each mailboxdatabase and the current user count ”
foreach($name in get-mailboxdatabase)
{
write-output “$name”
$count=(get-mailbox -database $name).count
if($count -eq $null)
{ write-host -fore red “Empty Database, no users”
}
else
{ write-output $count }
}
write-host -fore yellow “The system has a total of “$user=(get-mailbox -resultsize:unlimited).count
write-host -fore red $user
__________________________________
The output of this script you can see below:
The post Total users per storage group appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Changing displaynames appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>With the following script you can change the displaynames of all userobjects in the Domain, or in an Organizational Unit.
The only thing you have to change is: ‘LDAP://OU=edir, DC=e2k7 ,DC=local’. Let’s say your domain is company.lan and the Organizational Unit where the userobject are placed is CompanyUsers, it would be:
“LDAP://OU=CompanyUsers, DC=company, DC=lan’
_______________________________________________________
On Error Resume Next
Set con = CreateObject(“ADODB.Connection”)
con.Provider = “ADsDSOObject”
con.Open
set command = CreateObject(“ADODB.Command”)
set command.ActiveConnection = con
command.CommandText = “SELECT adsPath, samAccountName,Sn, givenName, DisplayName, userAccountControl FROM ‘LDAP://OU=edir, DC=e2k7 ,DC=local’ WHERE objectClass = ‘user’ AND samAccountName <> ‘Administrator’ AND samAccountName <> ‘*$’ AND userAccountControl <> 514 ORDER BY samAccountName”
Set rs = command.Execute
While not rs.EOF
GebruikersNaam=rs.Fields(“adsPath”).Value
set oUser = GetObject(GebruikersNaam)
oUser.Displayname = rs.fields(“Sn”).value & CHR(44) &” ” & rs.fields(“givenName”).value
oUser.SetInfo
Set oUser = Nothing
rs.MoveNext
Wend
con.close
Set con = nothing
MSGBox “Klaar!”
_______________________________________________________
The post Changing displaynames appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Create a custom Address List for all recources appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>All Contacts
All Groups
All Rooms
All Users
Default Global Address List
Public Folders
We can find everything in this lists within Outlook 2003/2007, exept one thing, the Equipment Recourse. You can find the equipment recourse in the All Users address list. So, let’s make a new custom address list for all our Recourse Mailboxes (included: Room and Equipment)
Open the EMC (Exchange Management Console), Organization Configuration, Mailbox, Address Lists.
Richt-click on New Address List. Lets call it All Recources.
Now we have created a new Address List. Let’s open the Outlook Web Access (or Outlook client) to check if it is available.
As you can see, there’s our new created custom Address List that includes all the Resource Mailboxes as shown in the preview. Make it easy for your users in the environment to search a resource.
The post Create a custom Address List for all recources appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Session Broker in Windows 2008 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The installation of the new Session Broker takes four steps:
When you install the Session Broker role service, this can be installed on the same server as the TS Licensing role service.
After installing this role service, there’s a new local security group called Session Directory Computers. Here you’re going to add all of the Terminal Servers that are member of the new Terminal Server Farm.
Next you have to configure all the Terminal Server to join the new Session Broker. This can be done using the following command: TSCONFIG.MSC
Now you are going to configure the group policy on the OU that includes the Terminal Servers.
The last step is to create new DNS entries for all the terminal server in the same farm. Now you are able to connect to the new Terminal Server Farm.
Here’s a great overview how this new Session Broker Role Service works.
The post Session Broker in Windows 2008 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Set the default logon domain appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Windows 2003 Server:
In Server 2003 you had the option to do this with a registry tweak:
HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon
Add a new REG_SZ called DefaultDomainName and fill in your DomainName.
Windows 2008 Server:
In Server 2008 this setting is included in the Group Policy structure.
Computer Settings\Administrative Templates\System\Logon\Default domain for logon
Here you can fill in your domain name.
Configure this option for your terminal server environment and you’ll save a lot telephone calls of users that are able to login, possibly because the domain is standing on locally this computer.
The post Set the default logon domain appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Windows 2008 Server Core Configurator appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Product Licencing
Networking Features
DCPromo Tool
ISCSI Settings
Server Roles and Features
User and Group Permissions
Share Creation and Deletion
Firewall Settings
Display Settings
Add & Remove Drivers
Screensaver Settings
Windows Updates (Including WSUS)
Download the Windows 2008 Server Core Configurator
The post Windows 2008 Server Core Configurator appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 Component Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Download the Exchange Server 2007 Component Architectur Poster
The post Exchange 2007 Component Architecture Poster appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Prepare Windows 2008 server for Exchange 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Script: Exchange2007_pre_2008.cmd
ServerManagerCmd -i PowerShell
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Server
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-ISAPI-Ext
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Metabase
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Lgcy-Mgmt-Console
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Basic-Auth
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Digest-Auth
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Windows-Auth
ServerManagerCmd -i Web-Dyn-Compression
ServerManagerCmd -i RSAT-ADDS
Shutdown -r -t 5
The reboot is needed for the last command ServerManagerCmd -i RSAT-ADDS (Active Directory Domain Services Tools). The server is now ready for installing Exchange 2007.
The post Prepare Windows 2008 server for Exchange 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Adding a disclaimer appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Open the EMC (Exchange Management Console), Organization Configuration, Hub Transport, Transport Rules, New Transport Rule
So lets see if everything is working. We are sending an e-mail to Administrator@e2k7.nl
When we open the mailbox from Administrator, there’s one new e-mail…
And you will see, there’s our custom made disclaimer! You can make so much configurations whitin these transport rules, so check all these options, it’s a real great feature…
The post Adding a disclaimer appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Passed the 70-624… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>So now I will receive a new certificate from Microsoft and i’m proud to say that i’m now Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist (MCTS): Business Desktop Deployment.
The post Passed the 70-624… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Free monitoring tool for Exchange 2000/2003 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Requirements:
Operating System Select a 32-bit or 64-bit edition of one of the following operating systems:
Microsoft Windows XP
Microsoft Windows Vista
Microsoft Windows Server 2003
Microsoft Windows Server 2008
.NET Framework Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0
Hard Drive space 10MB
Microsoft Exchange Server 2000/2003
Exchange Server Credentials Administrator-level access to the Microsoft Exchange Server
Ports Open the following ports to and from the Exchange Server:
135/tcp
445/tcp
Fill in the Exchange server for the Solarwinds Monitor. In our example its: srv01.e2k3.local.
PressOK
The first looks are great…..but let’s do some little test to wath the real monitoring! We are going to stop the Exchange Information Store manualy.
Great job, the monitoring tool gives a critical warning as you can see. The Exchange Information Store is not running any more…
This is realy a nice free tool to monitor the baseline information for your Exchange 2000 of 2003 environment. Can’t wait for the Exchange 2007 version
The post Free monitoring tool for Exchange 2000/2003 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Custom Recipient Policy Exchange 2003 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First off all open Active Directory and open the users that needs a custom e-mailaddress. Open the tab Exchange Advanced, Custom Attributes, extensionAttribute1. Add a value in this field, so you can use this field later on…for example: User with custom address.
Open the Exchange System Manager, Recipients, Recipients policies. Make a new Recipient Policy.
Click on Modify. Here we are going to make a query to make the user selection. Go to the tab Advanced, Field, User, Custom Attribute 1, Condition (is exactly). Here we are going to add our value that we filled in earlier in Active Directory, User with custom address. Click on Add. If you want to see the selection of users within this query, you can click on Find now.
Now we are going to add a custom e-mailaddress for this user(s). Go to the tab E-mail Address (Policy). Click on the first SMTP address and click Edit.
Apply the custom policy. Apply this policy now. If your going to Active Directory again, you will see that the custom e-mailaddress is added to the specific user.
The post Custom Recipient Policy Exchange 2003 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Create a Room Mailbox in Exchange 2007 with auto accept appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Now we are going to change the mailboxcalendarsettings for this Room Mailbox to AutoAccept.
Open the EMS (Exchange Management Shell)
Set-MailboxCalendarsettings -Identity MeetingRoom1 -automateprocessing:AutoAccept
Get-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity meetingroom1 | fl
All the users must have Read permissions to view the calendar of Meetingroom01.
Add-MailboxPermission -identity meetingroom01 -user “Domain Users” -AccessRights readpermission
Lets reserve the MeetingRoom01 on Monday.
As you can see, the organisator received an automatic e-mail from MeetingRoom01 that the appointment is accepted.
What if another person also wants to reserve this MeetingRoom01 on the same time…..watch this.
Exactly…the meeting is not accepted by MeetingRoom01 because there is an timeconflict!
Pretty easy in your environment to configure this on the different room mailboxes.
The post Create a Room Mailbox in Exchange 2007 with auto accept appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Do you speak SMTP…? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>————————————————–
ehlo console
mail from: sender@domain.com
rcpt to: recipient@domain.com
data
To: recipient@domain.com
From: sender@domain.com
Subject: Test Message Mailflow
This is a message for testing the mailflow.
.
quit
————————————————–
The post Do you speak SMTP…? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Add custom e-mail addresses with VBS script appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>There are two files, addmailadres.txt and addmailadres.vbs. In the file addmailadres.txt you fill in the users with the e-mail addresses. The first collum is the SAMaccountname, the second collum is the Mailaddress. Watch the example that we are going to run….
addmailadres.txt:
markswinkels, admin@e2k3.nl
markswinkels, info@e2k3.nl
markswinkels, helpdesk@exchange2003.nl
addmailadres.vbs:
**Don’t forget to change the NETBIOS name in the script from e2k3 to your own domain name.
———————————————————-
‘De input van de tekstfile is comma separated
ON ERROR RESUME NEXT
Const ForReading = 1
Const ADS_PROPERTY_APPEND = 3
Set objFSO = CreateObject(“Scripting.FileSystemObject”)
Set objTextFile = objFSO.OpenTextFile (“.\addmailadres.txt”, ForReading)
Do Until objTextFile.AtEndOfStream
‘lees een regel uit de tekstfile
strNextLine = objTextFile.Readline
‘zet de variabale weer op nul
sADSPath=””
‘de separator is een comma
arr = Split(strNextLine , “,”)
arr(0)=TRIM(arr(0))
arr(1)=TRIM(arr(1))
‘msgbox arr(0) & ” en ” & arr(1)
call Writelogfile (“.\log.txt”, “TOEVOEGEN : gebruiker: ” & arr(0) & ” email: ” & arr(1) )
‘Zet de samaccountname om naar de Distinguishedname, dit is nodig om het mailadres te zetten
Set WshNetwork = WScript.CreateObject(“WScript.Network”)
sName = arr(0)
Set oTrans = CreateObject(“NameTranslate”)
oTrans.Init 1, “e2k3”
oTrans.Set 3, “e2k3” & “\” & sName
sAdsPath = oTrans.Get(1)
‘Voeg het mail adres toe in de AD
msgbox “LDAP://” & sAdsPath
Set objUser = GetObject (“LDAP://” & sAdsPath)
objUser.PutEx ADS_PROPERTY_APPEND, “proxyAddresses”, Array(“smtp:”&Arr(1))
‘commit de wijziging in de AD
objUser.SetInfo
set objuser=nothing
call Writelogfile (“.\log.txt”, “TOEVOEGEN : gebruiker: ” & arr(0) & ” gereed met errorcode ” & err.number & ” ” & err.description)
Loop
msgbox “klaar”
Function WriteLogFile (strLogName, strText)
‘ Deze functie probeert een entry in een logfile te schrijven. Deze logfile is door
‘ meerdere scripts te schrijven. Daartoe wordt de logfile steeds geopend en
‘ gesloten. De functie controleert of de file te openen is, zo nee dan wacht het
‘ script 500 miliseconden, waarna opnieuw geprobeert wordt het logbestand te openen.
‘ Enable error handling
On Error Resume Next
‘ Locale variabelen
CONST ForAppending=8
Dim objFSLog, objLogFile, strLogText, intDelayed
‘ Initialiseer het filesystemobject en de variabelen
Set objFSLog = CreateObject(“Scripting.FileSystemObject”)
intDelayed = -1
‘ Open de log file
Do
Err.Clear
intDelayed = intDelayed + 1
Set objLogFile = objFSLog.OpenTextFile(strLogName, ForAppending, True)
If Err.Number <> 0 Then ‘ fout bij openen log file
‘ MsgBox Err.Number & ” ” & Err.Description, , “Test log B”
WScript.Sleep (500) ‘ wacht 500 miliseconden en probeer opnieuw
Set objLogFile = Nothing
End If
Loop Until Err.number = 0
‘ Heeft het script moeten wachten op de log file?
If intDelayed <> 0 Then
strText = strText & “, (Write to log delayed for ” & intDelayed * 500 _
& ” milliseconds)”
End If
‘ Maak en schrijf het log record.
strLogText = FormatDateTime(Now(), vbShortDate) & “, ” _
& FormatDateTime(Now(), vbLongTime) & “, ” _
& WScript.ScriptName & “, ” & strText
objLogFile.WriteLine strLogText
‘ Sluit het logbestand
objLogFile.Close
Set objLogFile = Nothing
End Function
———————————————————-
The post Add custom e-mail addresses with VBS script appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Some fun with TechEddie appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Some fun with TechEddie appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Installing Exchange 2003 on Windows 2003 server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First off all the following pre-requisites must be installed.
Next step is to prepair the Forest with the commando: D:\setup /forestprep
Next step is to prepair the Domain with the commando: D:\setup /domainprep
Now we can start out installation of Exchange 2003 with the commando: D:\setup
We finshed the installation as you can see. Now we can install Service Pack 2 for Exchange 2003.
The post Installing Exchange 2003 on Windows 2003 server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Limits on maildatabase Exchange 2007…? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>After installing Exchange 2007 SP1 Standard Edtion, I received the following eventid (1216).
So, let’s change some register keys to prevent this eventid. Open regedit and go to the following registerhives.
HKEY_Local_Machine\System\CurruntControlSet\Services\MSExchangeIS\NTS31\Private-xxxxxxx
Here you can find your mailboxdatabases, this can be different in your situation.
Add a DWORD called Database Size Limit in GB. Lets change the decimal value to 180, this means 180 GB.
After dismounting and mounting the mailboxdatabase, you get the following eventid.
The post Limits on maildatabase Exchange 2007…? appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Unable to relay… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Let’s have a look on that…
First off all, open your Exchange Management Console, Server Configuration, Hub Transport, Receive Connectors. Here we going to add a new custom Receive Connector, calling Relay Connector.
In this example the following servers are authenticated to relay of the Exchange 2007 Server.
(172.16.1.19, 172.16.1.20 and the range 172.16.1.200 – 172.16.1.210)
The post Unable to relay… appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Customize OWA in Exchange 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>Default all of the users have access to all the (new)features.
From the EMC (Exchange Management Console) go to Server Configuration, Client Access, Outlook Web Acces and open the Properties. After this go to the Segmentation tab.
Here you can enable or disable some features. Let’s customize our OWA website, and find the differents
The post Customize OWA in Exchange 2007 appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Update Rollup 4 released appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>You can download the files here.
Download Update Rollup 4 for Exchange 2007 SP1
The post Exchange 2007 SP1 Update Rollup 4 released appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Join domain batchfile appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>@echo off
C:
cd \Temp\Tools
netdom.exe JOIN %COMPUTERNAME% /Domain:corp.local
/UserD:WSimport /PasswordD:*** /OU:”OU=Workstations,DC=corp,DC=local”
Make sure the user you use in the script has administrative rights, so this user can join the workstations into de domain corp.local.
The post Join domain batchfile appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Disbable hibernate in Windows 2008 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>powercfg -h off
See the differents before, and after.
The post Disbable hibernate in Windows 2008 Server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Defrag an Exchange Maildatabase appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>“D:\ExchSvr\Bin\eseutil.exe” /d “E:\SG1MD1\SG1MD1.edb” /t “D:\TEMP\temp_defrag.edb”
pause
The path to the de maildatabase can be different in some environments, so you have to change that path manualy.
E:\temp\temp_defrag.edb is the path and filename for the tempdatabase. This can also changed manualy.
Make sure you dismount the specific mailstore.
The post Defrag an Exchange Maildatabase appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Renew Exchange 2007 self-signed certificate appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>First you will get some information about the current certificates.
Remember that you have to distribute this new certificate to all mobile devices.
The post Renew Exchange 2007 self-signed certificate appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The post Installing Exchange 2007 SP1 on Windows 2003 server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>The installation of Exchange 2007 Service Pack 1 is finished. Remember, this is only the basic installation without any rollup packs.
The post Installing Exchange 2007 SP1 on Windows 2003 server appeared first on MARKSWINKELS.NL.
]]>